Donate
 
   
Select your prefered input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Amarakosha Search  
107 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
abjaḥ3.3.38MasculineSingularkaṭiḥ, gajagaṇḍa
alaṅkāraḥ2.6.102MasculineSingularābharaṇam, pariṣkāraḥ, vibhūṣaṇam, maṇḍanam
arkaḥ3.3.4MasculineSingularkamaṇḍaluḥ
avilambitam3.1.82MasculineSingularuccaṇḍam
bahupradaḥ3.1.4MasculineSingularvadānyaḥ, sthūlalakṣyaḥ, dānaśauṇḍa
bhittamNeuterSingularśakalam, khaṇḍam, ardhaḥa part
bimbaḥ1.3.15MasculineSingularmaṇḍalamthe disc of sun and moon
brahmā1.1.16-17MasculineSingularprajāpatiḥ, viścasṛṭ, aṇḍajaḥ, kamalodbhavaḥ, satyakaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, pitāmahaḥ, svayaṃbhūḥ, abjayoniḥ, kamalāsanaḥ, vedhāḥ, vidhiḥ, pūrvaḥ, sadānandaḥ, haṃsavāhanaḥ, surajyeṣṭhaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, caturāsanaḥ, druhiṇaḥ, sraṣṭā, vidhātā, nābhijanmā, nidhanaḥ, rajomūrtiḥ, parameṣṭhī, lokeśaḥ, dhātā, virañciḥbramha
cakravālamNeuterSingularmaṇḍalamthe sensible horizon
caṇḍāṃśoḥ paripārśvikaḥ1.3.31MasculinePluraldaṇḍa, māṭharaḥ, piṅgalaḥsun's attendant
dhanuḥ2.8.84FeminineSingularkārmukam, iṣvāsaḥ, cāpaḥ, dhanva, śarāsanam, kodaṇḍam
dharmarājaḥ1.1.61-62MasculineSingularantakaḥ, daṇḍadharaḥ, yamarāṭ, kṛtāntaḥ, pitṛpatiḥ, vaivasvataḥ, kālaḥ, śamanaḥ, paretarāṭ, śrāddhadevaḥ, yamaḥ, yamunābhrātā, samavartīyama
indraḥ1.1.45MasculineSingularmarutvān, pākaśāsanaḥ, puruhūtaḥ, lekharṣabhaḥ, divaspatiḥ, vajrī, vṛṣā, balārātiḥ, harihayaḥ, saṅkrandanaḥ, meghavāhanaḥ, ṛbhukṣāḥ, maghavā, vṛddhaśravāḥ, purandaraḥ, śakraḥ, sutrāmā, vāsavaḥ, vāstoṣpatiḥ, śacīpatiḥ, svārāṭ, duścyavanaḥ, ākhaṇḍalaḥ, viḍaujāḥ, sunāsīraḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, śatamanyuḥ, gotrabhid, vṛtrahā, surapatiḥ, jambhabhedī, namucisūdanaḥ, turāṣāṭ, sahasrākṣaḥindra, the king of the gods
īṣā2.9.15FeminineSingularlāṅgaladaṇḍa
jārajaḥ2..6.36MasculineSingularkuṇḍa, golakaḥ
kākapakṣaḥ2.6.97MasculineSingularśikhaṇḍakaḥ
kārottaraḥ2.10.43NeuterSingularsurāmaṇḍa
khaḍgaḥ2.8.90MasculineSingularkṛpāṇaḥ, asiḥ, riṣṭiḥ, kaukṣethakaḥ, maṇḍalāgraḥ, nistriṃśaḥ, karavālaḥ, candrahāsaḥ
khagaḥ2.5.35-36MasculineSingularvihaṅgamaḥ, pakṣī, śakunaḥ, pattrī, pattrarathaḥ, vājī, viṣkiraḥ, garutmān, vihaṅgaḥ, vihāyāḥ, śakuniḥ, dvijaḥ, patagaḥ, aṇḍajaḥ, vikiraḥ, patatriḥ, pitsan, vihagaḥ, śakuntiḥ, śakuntaḥ, patatrī, patan, nagaukāḥ, viḥ, nīḍodbhavaḥ, nabhasaṅgamaḥ
klīvaḥ2.6.39MasculineSingular‍ṣaṇḍa, napuṃsakam, tṛtīyāprakṛtiḥ, śaṇḍhaḥ
koṭhaḥ2.6.54MasculineSingularmaṇḍalakam
manthadaṇḍa2.9.75MasculineSingulardaṇḍaviṣkambhaḥ
matallikāFeminineSingularuddhaḥ, tallajaḥ, macarcikā, prakāṇḍamexcellence or happiness
matsyaṇḍī2.9.44FeminineSingularphāṇitam, khaṇḍavikāraḥ
mattaḥ3.1.22MasculineSingularśauṇḍa, utkaṭaḥ, kṣīvaḥ
mukham2.6.90NeuterSingularvadanam, tuṇḍam, ānanam, lapanam, vaktram, āsyam
muṣkaḥ2.6.77MasculineSingularaṇḍakośaḥ, vṛṣaṇaḥ
namaskārīFeminineSingulargaṇḍakālī, samaṅgā, khadirā
pariveṣaḥ1.3.32MasculineSingularparidhiḥ, upasūryakam, maṇḍalamhalo
peśī2.5.40Ubhaya-lingaSingularaṇḍam, koṣaḥ
piṭharaḥ2.9.32MasculineSingularsthālī, ukhā, kuṇḍam
prajā3.3.38FeminineSingularkākaḥ, bhagaṇḍa
prapañcaḥ3.3.33MasculineSingularvipraḥ, aṇḍajaḥ, dantaḥ
prapauṇḍarīkamNeuterSingularpauṇḍaryam
pratyayaḥ3.3.155MasculineSingularatikramaḥ, kṛcchraḥ, doṣaḥ, daṇḍa
pṛthuromāMasculineSingularvisāraḥ, jhaṣaḥ, śakalī, matsyaḥ, mīnaḥ, vaisāriṇaḥ, aṇḍajaḥa fish
puram3.3.191NeuterSingularcāmaraḥdaṇḍa, śayanam, āsanam
rāṣṭaḥ3.3.192MasculineSingularpadmam, karihastāgram, tīrthaḥ, vādyabhāṇḍamukham, oṣadhiviśeṣaḥ, jalam, vyoma, khaḍgaphalam
samagram3.1.66MasculineSingularpūrṇam, akhilam, kṛtsnam, sarvam, anūnakam, sakalam, nikhilam, aśeṣam, samam, akhaṇḍam, niḥśeṣam, samastam, viśvam
śaṃbhuḥMasculineSingularkapardī, kapālabhṛt, virūpākṣaḥ, sarvajñaḥ, haraḥ, tryambakaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, ahirbudhnyaḥ, paśupatiḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, maheśvaraḥ, īśānaḥ, bhūteśaḥ, giriśaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, ugraḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, mahādevaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, bhargaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, bhīmaḥ, umāpatiḥ, īśaḥ, gajāriḥ, śūlī, śarvaḥ, candraśekharaḥ, girīśaḥ, mṛtyuñjayaḥ, prathamādhipaḥ, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, trilocanaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, smaraharaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, bhavaḥ, rudraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, śivaḥ, īśvaraḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, mṛḍaḥ, pinākī(51)shiva, god
sarpaḥ1.8.6-8MasculineSingulardvirasanaḥ, kumbhīnasaḥ, bhogadharaḥ, bhujaṅgaḥ, āśīviṣaḥ, vyālaḥ, gūḍhapāt, phaṇī, dandaśūkaḥ, pannagaḥ, pavanāśanaḥ, gokarṇaḥ, phaṇadharaḥ, pṛdākuḥ, ahiḥ, viṣadharaḥ, sarīsṛpaḥ, cakṣuḥśravā, darvīkaraḥ, bileśayaḥ, bhogī, lelihānaḥ, kañcukī, hariḥ, bhujagaḥ, bhujaṅgamaḥ, cakrī, kuṇḍa, kākodaraḥ, dīrghapṛṣṭhaḥ, uragaḥ, jihvagaḥa snake or serpent
sarvarasāgre2.9.49MasculineSingularmaṇḍam
śastrājīvaḥ2.8.69MasculineSingular‍kāṇḍapṛṣṭhaḥ, āyudhīyaḥ, āyudhikaḥ
śauṇḍikaḥ2.10.10MasculineSingularmaṇḍahārakaḥ
śilājatuḥ2.9.105NeuterSingularprāṇaḥ, ‍piṇḍa, goparasaḥ, bolaḥ
siṃhaḥ2.5.1MasculineSingularmṛgadviṭ, puṇḍarīkaḥ, mṛgaripuḥ, kesarī, mṛgendraḥ, citrakāyaḥ, mṛgāśanaḥ, kaṇṭhīravaḥ, haryakṣaḥ, pañcanakhaḥ, mṛgadṛṣṭiḥ, hariḥ, pañcāsyaḥ
śuklaḥ1.5.12MasculineSingulardhavalaḥ, sitaḥ, śyetaḥ, śuciḥ, valakṣaḥ, avadātaḥ, viśadaḥ, śubhraḥ, arjunaḥ, gauraḥ, ṇḍaraḥ, śvetaḥwhite
sūraḥ1.3.28-30MasculineSingularsahasrāṃśuḥ, raviḥ, chāyānāthaḥ, jagaccakṣuḥ, pradyotanaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, aryamā, dhāmanidhiḥ, divākaraḥ, braghnaḥ, bhāsvān, haridaśvaḥ, arkaḥ, aruṇaḥ, taraṇiḥ, virocanaḥ, tviṣāṃpatiḥ, haṃsaḥ, savitā, tejasāṃrāśiḥ, karmasākṣī, trayītanuḥ, khadyotaḥ, sūryaḥ, bhagaḥ, dvādaśātmā, abjinīpatiḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, saptāśvaḥ, vikartanaḥ, mihiraḥ, dyumaṇiḥ, citrabhānuḥ, grahapatiḥ, bhānuḥ, tapanaḥ, padmākṣaḥ, tamisrahā, lokabandhuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, inaḥ, ādityaḥ, aṃśumālī, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vivasvān, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, mārtaṇḍa, pūṣā, mitraḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, aharpatiḥ(53)the sun
tāmrakam2.9.98NeuterSingularaśmasāraḥ, śastrakam, tīkṣṇam, piṇḍam, kālāyasam, ayaḥ
tāraḥ3.3.174MasculineSingularmakheṣuyūpakhaṇḍa
tundam2.6.78NeuterSingularjaṭharam, udaram, picaṇḍa, kukṣiḥ
turuṣkaḥ1.2.129MasculineSingularpiṇḍakaḥ, sihlaḥ, yāvanaḥ
udāraḥ3.3.200MasculineSingulardrumaprabhedaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, ṇḍa, puṣpam
vemā2.10.28FeminineSingularvāpadaṇḍa
vikalāṅgaḥ2.6.46MasculineSingularapogaṇḍa
viṣṇuḥ1.1.18-21MasculineSingularadhokṣajaḥ, vidhuḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, svabhūḥ, govindaḥ, acyutaḥ, janārdanaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, madhuripuḥ, devakīnandanaḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, kaṃsārātiḥ, kaiṭabhajit, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, dāmodaraḥ, mādhavaḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, viśvaksenaḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, trivikramaḥ, śrīpatiḥ, balidhvaṃsī, viśvambharaḥ, śrīvatsalāñchanaḥ, narakāntakaḥ, mukundaḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, keśavaḥ, daityāriḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, śārṅgī, upendraḥ, caturbhujaḥ, vāsudevaḥ, śauriḥ, vanamālī(45)vishnu, the god
vyāḍaḥ3.3.48MasculineSingularninditaḥ, vargaḥ, avasaraḥ, vāri, daṇḍa, bāṇaḥ
vyāghrapucchaḥ2.2.50MasculineSingularvyaḍambakaḥ, pañcāṅgulaḥ, rucakaḥ, gandharvahastakaḥ, varddhamānaḥ, cañcuḥ, erubūkaḥ, maṇḍa, citrakaḥ, eraṇḍa
vyālagrāhī1.8.11MasculineSingularahituṇḍakaḥa snake charmer
yakṛt2.6.67NeuterSingularkālakhaṇḍam
daṇḍanītiḥFeminineSingulararthaśāstramadministration of justice, judicature as a science
vīṇādaṇḍaMasculineSingularpravālaḥthe neck of a lute
ṇḍavam1.7.9MasculineSingularnāṭyam, lāsyam, nṛtyam, nartanam, naṭanamdancing(particularly, the frantic or violent dance of shiva)
naukādaṇḍaMasculineSingularkṣipaṇīthe oar
puṇḍarīkamNeuterSingularsitāmbhojamwhite lotus
ṣaṇḍam1.10.42MasculineSingularan assemblage of water lilies
maṇḍapaḥMasculineSingularjanāśrayaḥ
gaṇḍaśailaḥ2.3.6MasculinePlural
prakāṇḍa2.4.10MasculineSingularskandhaḥ
gardabhāṇḍa2.2.43MasculineSingularplakṣaḥ, kandarālaḥ, kapītanaḥ, supārśvakaḥ
sīhuṇḍaMasculineSingularvajraḥ, snuk, snuhī, guḍā, samantadugdhā
prapauṇḍarīkamNeuterSingularpauṇḍaryam
kūṣmāṇḍakaḥMasculineSingularkarkāruḥ
gaṇḍakaḥ2.2.5MasculineSingularkhaḍgaḥ, khaḍgī
śikhaṇḍa2.5.34MasculineSingularpiccham, barham
sapiṇḍa2.6.33MasculineSingularsanābhiḥ
muṇḍa2.6.48MasculineSingularmuṇḍitaḥ
pragaṇḍa2.6.81MasculineSingular
gaṇḍa2.6.91MasculineSingularkapolaḥ
kuṇḍalam2.6.104NeuterSingularkarṇaveṣṭnam
pālaśadaṇḍa2.7.49MasculineSingularrāmbhaḥ, āṣāḍhaḥ
kamaṇḍaluḥ2.7.50MasculineSingularkuṇḍī
maṇḍaleśvaraḥ2.8.2MasculineSingular
daṇḍa2.8.20MasculineSingulardamaḥ, sāhasam
gaṇḍa2.8.37MasculineSingularkaṭaḥ
ṇḍavān2.8.70MasculineSingularkāṇḍīraḥ
bhāṇḍam2.9.34NeuterSingularāvapanam, pātram, amatram, ‍bhājanam
maṇḍa2.9.50MasculineSingularmāsaraḥ, ācāmaḥ
maṇḍa2.9.55NeuterSingular
ṣaṇḍa2.9.63MasculineSingular‍vahaḥ
manthadaṇḍa2.9.75MasculineSingulardaṇḍaviṣkambhaḥ
palagaṇḍa2.10.6MasculineSingularlepakaḥ
maṇḍanaḥ3.1.27MasculineSingularalaṅkariṣṇuḥ
caṇḍa3.1.30MasculineSingularatyantakopanaḥ
aṇḍajāḥ3.1.51MasculineSingular
puṇḍarīkaḥ3.3.11MasculineSingularapriyam, anṛtam
daṇḍa3.3.48MasculineSingularvaṃśaśalākā
ṇḍa3.3.49MasculineSingularvinyastaḥ, saṃhataḥ
bhāṇḍam3.3.50NeuterSingulararbhakaḥ, straiṇagarbhaḥ
gaṇḍa3.5.12MasculineSingular
piṇḍa3.5.18MasculineSingular
picaṇḍa3.5.18MasculineSingular
karaṇḍa3.5.18MasculineSingular
varaṇḍa3.5.18MasculineSingular
taṇḍakaḥ3.5.33MasculineSingular
muṇḍam3.5.34MasculineSingular
ṇḍavam3.5.34MasculineSingular
     Apte Search  
119 results
     
akṣara अक्षर a. [न क्षरतीति; क्षर् चलने अच्-न. त.] 1 Imperishable, indestructible, undecaying, epithet of the Supreme as well as the Individual soul; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुस्तमात्मानमात्मन्यवलोकयन्तम् Ku.3.5; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च । क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16. यस्मात्क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18; the unconcerned (Spirit); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमभ् Bg.8.3. -2 Fixed, firm, unalterable. -रः 1 Śiva. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 A sword. -रा Sound, word, speech (Ved.). -रम् [अश्-सरः Uṇ.3.7, अशेः सरः; अश्नुते व्याप्नोति वेदादिशास्त्राणि.] 1 (a) A letter of the alphabet; अक्षराणामकारो$स्मि Bg.1.33; मुद्राक्षराणि, मधुर˚, त्र्यक्षर &c. (b) a syllable; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83 the monosyllable; गिरामस्म्येकमक्षरम् Bg.1.25, Ms. 2.78,84,125 (sacred syllable). Hence (c) a word or words, speech collectively; प्रतिषेधाक्षरविक्लवाभिरामम् Ś.3.24; अहो संदापनान्यक्षराणि U.4; भर्तुरेतानि प्रणयमयान्यक्षराणि M.3 words; ब्राह्मणसंक्रमिताक्षरेण पितामहेन V.3; अक्षंर वर्णनिर्माणं वर्णमप्यक्षरं विदुः । अक्षरं न क्षरं विद्यादश्नोतेर्वा सरो$क्षरम् ॥ -2 A document (letter &c.), sacred writing; writing in general (in pl.); तत्र भुक्तिः प्रमाणं स्यान्न साक्षी नाक्षराणि च Pt.3.93; तत्रभवत्या अक्षराणि विसृष्टानि स्युः V.2. -3 The highest deity or Godhead, the indestructible spirit, Brahman (परमब्रह्मन्, मूलकारणम्); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमम् Bg.8.3; कर्म ब्रह्मोद्भवं विद्धि ब्रह्माक्षरसमुद्भवम् 3.15; यथा सतः पुरुषात्केशलोमानि तथाक्षरात्संभवतीह विश्वम् Chān. Up. -4 Religious austerity, penance. -5 Sacrifice. -6 Water. ततः क्षरति अक्षरम् Rv. 1.164.42. -7 The sky. -8 Final beatitude, emancipation from further transmigration. -9 Continuance, permanence. -1 Right, justice (Ved. in these two senses). -11 N. of a plant, Achyranthes Aspera. (अपामार्ग Mar. अघाडा.) -12 A measure of time, equal to one-fifth of a Kāṣṭhā. -Comp -अक्षरः a kind of religious meditation; Kāraṇḍavyūha (Metrical recension) -अङ्गम् 1. a part of a syllable. -2. alphabet. -अर्थः [ष. त.] meaning (of words); किं तावत् गीत्या अवगतो$क्षरार्थः Ś.5. -च (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुः -ञ्चणः, -नः [अक्षरेण वर्णविन्यासलिप्या वित्तः अक्षर -चणप् or चु (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुप् तेन वित्तश्चुञ्चुप् चणपौ; P. V. 2.26.] a scribe, writer, copyist; so ˚जीवकः, -जीवी, अक्षरेण जीवति; जीव् णिनि or ण्वुल्; also ˚जीविकः. -च्युतकम् [अक्षरं च्युतं लुप्तं यत्र; ब कप्] getting out a different meaning by the omission of a letter (e. g. कुर्वन् दिवाकरश्लेषं दधच्चरणडम्बरम् । देव यौष्माकसेनयोः करेणुः प्रसरत्यसौ where another meaning may be got by omitting क in करेणुः i. e. by taking रेणुः). -छन्दस् n. -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains; छन्दस्तु द्विविधं प्रोक्तं वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा । वृत्तमक्षरसंख्यातं जातिर्मात्राकृता भवेत् ॥ unshaken resolve, resolute (अक्षरं निश्चलं छन्दो$भिप्रायो यस्य); -जननी, -तूलिका [अक्षराणां जननीव; तल्लिपिलेखानां तूलिकेव वा साधनत्वात्] a reed or pen. -जीवकः or -जीविन् m. 'One who lives by writing', a scribe. -(वि) न्यासः [ष. त. भावे घञ्] 1 writing, arrangement of letters; भूर्जपत्रगतो ˚सः V.2. -2 the alphabet. -3 scripture. -4 हृदयाद्याधारस्पर्शपूर्वकं तदक्षराणां स्मरणोच्चारणरूपस्तन्त्रप्रसिद्धो वर्णन्यासः - पङ्क्ति a. 1. having 5 syllables (पङ्क्ति = Gr. pentas-five) सु मत् पद् वग दे इत्येष वै यज्ञो$क्षरपङ्क्तिः Ait. Br. (तान्येतान्यक्षराणि होतृज- पादौ प्रयोक्तव्यानि). -2 N. of a metre of four lines (द्विपदा विराज्) each having five syllables (one dactyl and one spondee). -भाज् a. having a share in the syllables (of a prayer ?). -भूमिका tablet; न्यस्ताक्षरामक्षरभूमिकायाम् R.18. 46. -मुखः [अक्षराणि तन्मयानि शास्त्राणि वा मुखे यस्य] a scholar, student. -खम् [ष. त.] the beginning of the alphabet; the letter अ. -मुष्टिका 'finger-speech', speaking by means of finger-signs. -वर्जित a. unlettered, illiterate, not knowing how to read or write. a. of an epithet of परमात्मन्. -व्यक्तिः f. [ष. त.] distinct articulation of syllables. -शिक्षा [ष. त.] the science of (mystic) syllables; theory of ब्रह्म (ब्रह्मतत्त्व); मह्यं ˚क्षां विधाय Dk.11. -संस्थानम् [अक्षराणां संस्थानं यत्र] arrangement of letters, writing, alphabet.
agniḥ अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.
agra अग्र a. [अङ्ग्-रन् नलोपः Uṇ.2.28] 1 First, foremost, chief, best, prominent, principal, pre-eminent; ˚महिषी chief queen; ˚वातमासेवमाना M.1. front (and hence, fresh) breeze; ˚आसनम् chief seat, seat of honour; माम- ग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशं ये दृष्टवन्तः पुरा Mu.1.12. -2 Excessive, over and above, surplus; supernumerary, projecting (अधिक). -ग्रः Setting mountain; अग्रसानुषु नितान्तपिशङ्गैः Ki.9.7. -ग्रम् 1 (a) The foremost or topmost point, tip, point (opp. मूलम्, मध्यम्); (fig.) sharpness, keenness; धर्मस्य ब्राह्मणो मूलम् मग्रं राजन्य उच्यते Ms.11.83; दर्व्याम् अग्रं मूलम् मध्यम् &c.; नासिका˚ tip of the nose; सूचि˚ &c.; समस्ता एव विद्या जिह्वाग्रे$भवन् K.346 stood on the tip of the tongue; अमुष्य विद्या रसनाग्रनर्तकी N.1.5. (b) Top, summit, surface; कैलास˚, पर्वत˚, &c. -2 Front, van; अग्रे कृ put in the front or at the head; तामग्रे कृत्वा Pt.4. See अग्रे. -3 The best of any kind; स्यन्दनाग्रेण with the best of chariots; प्रासादाग्रैः Rām. -4 Superiority, excellence (उत्कर्ष); अग्रादग्रं रोहति Tāṇḍya. -5 Goal, aim, resting place (आलम्बनम्); मनुमेकाग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1, See ˚भूमि also. -6 Beginning, See अग्रे. -7 A multitude, assemblage. -8 Overplus, excess, surplus; साग्रं स्त्रीसहस्रम् Rām. 1 women and more; so साग्रकोटी च रक्षसाम्. -9 A weight = पल q. v. -1 A measure of food given as alms (ब्राह्मणभोजनम् occurring in अग्रहार); प्रयतो ब्राह्मणाग्रे यः श्रद्धया परया युतः । Mb.13.65.13. -11 (Astr.) Amplitude of the sun (˚ग्रा, अग्रका also). cf. ...अग्रमालम्बने$धिके । पुरोपरिप्रान्ताद्येषु न पुंसि प्रमिताशने । Nm. -12 Forepart of time; नैवेह किंचनाग्र आसीत् Bṛi. Up.1.2.1. In compounds as first member meaning 'the forepart', 'front', 'tip' &c.; e. g. ˚अक्चयः First procurement (cf. Daṇḍa-viveka G. O. S.52, p.43). ˚पादः -चरणः the forepart of the foot, toe; so ˚हस्तः, ˚करः, ˚पाणिः &c.; ˚सरोरूहम् the topmost lotus. पद्मानि यस्याग्रसरोरुहाणि Ku.1.16. ˚कर्णम् Tip-ear; top of the ear; Mātaṅga L.5.7. ˚कायः forepart of the body; so ˚नखम्, ˚नासिका tip of the nail, nose &c., -adv. In front, before, ahead. -Comp. -अंशुः [अग्रम् अंशोः] the focal point. -अक्षि n. [कर्म.] sharp or pointed vision, side-look (अपाङ्गवीक्षण); अग्राक्ष्णा वीक्षमाणस्तु तिर्यग् भ्रातरमब्रवीत् Rām. -अद्वन् a. having precedence in eating. -अनी (णी) कः (कम्) vanguard; दीर्घाल्लँघूंश्चैव नरानग्रानीकेषु योधयेत् Ms.7.193; [अग्राणीकं रघुव्याघ्रौ राक्षसानां बभञ्जतुः Rām. -अयणीयम [अग्रं श्रेष्टं अयनं ज्ञानं तत्र साधु छ]. 1 N. of a Buddhistic tenet (उत्पादपूर्वमग्रायणीयमथ वीर्यता प्रवादः स्यात् -हेमचन्द्रः). -2 title of the second of the fourteen oldest Jain books (Pūrvas). -अवलेहितम् [अग्रम् अव- लेहितम् आस्वादितं यस्य] food at a Śrāddha ceremony, the chief part of which has been tested. -आसनम् First seat of honour; मामग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशम् Mu.1.12. -उत्सर्गः taking a thing by leaving its first portion in conformity with the rule of laying by nothing for the next day (i. e. the rule of non hoarding); cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, pp.43-44. -उपहरणम् first supply. -उपहरणीय a. [अग्रे उपह्रियते कर्मणि अनीयर्] 1 that which is first offered or supplied. -2 [अग्रम् उपह्रियते यस्मै हृ- संप्रदाने अनीयर्] श्राद्धाद्यर्थमुपकल्पितस्य अन्नादेरग्रे दानोद्देश्यः वास्तु- देवादिः Tv. -करः 1 = अग्रहस्तः q. v. -2 the focal point. -केशः front line of hair; ˚शेषु रेणुः अपहरति K.86. -गः [अग्रे गच्छतीति, गम्-ड] a leader, a guide; taking the lead; marching foremost. -गण्य a. [अग्रे गण्यते$सौ] foremost, to be ranked first; शमनभवनयाने यद्भवानग्रगण्यः Mahān. -गामिन् a. [अग्रे गच्छति] a leader; प्रष्ठो$ग्रगामिनि P.VIII.3.92. -ज a. [अग्रे जायते; जन्-ड.] first born or produced; आनन्देनाग्रजेनेव R.1.78. (-जः) 1 the first born, an elder brother; सुमतिं ममाग्रजमवगच्छ M.5; अस्त्येव मन्युर्भरताग्रजे मे R.14.73. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. (-जा) an elder sister; so ˚जात, ˚जातक, ˚जाति. -जङ्घा the forepart of the calf. -जन्मन् m. [अग्रे जन्म यस्य सः] 1 the first-born, an elder brother; जनकाग्रजन्मनोः शासनमतिक्रम्य Dk.2. -2 a Brāhmaṇa (वर्णेषु मध्ये अग्रजातत्वात्, or अग्रात् प्रधानाङ्गात् मुखात् जातत्वात्, ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत्, तस्मात् त्रिवृत् स्तोमानां मुखम... अग्निर्देवतानां ब्राह्मणो मनुष्याणाम्; तस्माद् ब्राह्मणो मुखेन वीर्यं करोति मुखतो हि सृष्टः Tāṇḍya); अतिवयसमग्रजन्मानम् K.12; अवो- चत् ˚न्मा Dk.13.3; N. of Brahmā, as he was the first to be born in the waters. cf. अग्रजन्मा द्विजे ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि ब्रह्मणि स्मृतम् Nm. -जिह्वा the tip of the tongue. -ज्या (astr.) the sign of the amplitude. -दानिन् [अग्रे दानम् अस्य; अग्र- दान-इनि] a (degraded) Brāhmaṇa who takes presents offered in honour of the dead (प्रेतोद्देशेन यद्दानं दीयते तत्प्रति- ग्राही); लोभी विप्रश्च शूद्राणामग्रेदानं गृहीतवान् । ग्रहणे मृतदानानां (ग्रहणात्तिलदानानां Tv.) अग्रदानी बभूव सः ॥ -दानीयः [अग्रे दानमर्हति छ] = अग्रदानिन्. -दूतः a harbinger; कृष्णाक्रोधा- ग्रदूतः Ve.1.22; ˚दूतिका Dk.2; महीपतीनां प्रणयाग्रदूत्यः R.6.12; -देवी the chief queen; समग्रदेवीनिवहाग्र- देवी... । Bu.ch.1.15. -धान्यम a cereal grain. (Mar. जोंधळा), Holcus soraghum or Holcus spicatus. (Mar. बाजरी). -निरूपणम् predestination; prophecy, determining beforehand. -नीः (णीः) [अग्रे नीयते असौ नी-क्विप्, णत्वम्] 1 a leader, foremost, first, chief; ˚णी- र्विरागहेतुः K.195; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणाम् R.5.4. chief. -2 fire. -पर्णी [अग्रे पर्णं यस्याः सा-ङीप्] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (अजलोमन्). [Mar. कुयली]. -पातिन् a. [अग्रे आदौ पतति; पत्-णिनि] happening beforehand, antecedent; [˚तीनि शुभानि निमित्तानि K.65. -पादः the forepart of the foot; toes; नवकिसलयरागेणाग्रपादेन M.3.12; ˚स्थिता standing on tiptoe. Ś.5. -पाणिः = ˚हस्तः q. v. -पूजा the highest or first mark of reverence or respect; ˚जामिह स्थित्वा गृहाणेदं विषं प्रभो Rām. -पेयम् precedence in drinking. -प्रदायिन् a. giving in advance; तेषामग्र- प्रदायी स्याः कल्पोत्थायी प्रियंवदः Mb.5.135.35. -बीज a. [अग्रं शाखाग्रं बीजमुत्पादकं यस्य] growing by means of the tip or end of branches, growing on the stock or stem of another tree, such as 'कलम' in Mar. (-जः) a viviparous plant. -भागः [कर्म.] 1 the first or best part (श्राद्धादौ प्रथममुद्धृत्य देयं द्रव्यम्) -2 remnant, remainder (शेषभाग). -3 fore-part, tip, point. -4 (astr.) a degree of amplitude. -भागिन् a. [अग्र- भागो$स्यास्ति; अस्त्यर्थे इनि] first to take or claim (the remnant); अलङ्क्रियमाणस्य तस्य अनुलेपनमाल्ये ˚गी भवामि V. 5, claiming the first share of the remnant etc. -भावः precedence. उदारसंख्यैः सचिवैरसंख्यैः कृताग्रभावः स उदाग्रभावः Bu.ch.I.15. -भुज् a. 1 having precedence in eating. स तानग्रभुजस्तात धान्येन च धनेन च Mb.1.178.12. -2 gluttonous, voracious (औदरिक). -भूः [अग्रे भवति भू-क्विप्] = ˚ज. -भूमिः f. 1 goal of ambition or object aimed at; ततो$ग्रभूमिं व्यवसायासिद्धेः Ki.17.55; त्वमग्र- भूमिर्निरपायसंश्रया Śi.1.32 (प्राप्यस्थानम्). -2 the topmost part, pinnacle; विमान˚ Me.71. -महिषी the principal queen. -मांसम् [अग्रं भक्ष्यत्वेन प्रधानं मांसम्] flesh in the heart, the heart itself; ˚सं चानीतं Ve.3.2. morbid protuberance of the liver. -यणम् [अग्रम् अयनात् उत्तरायणात् णत्वं शकं˚ तद्विधानकालो$स्य अच् (?) Tv.] a kind of sacrificial ceremony. See आग्रयण. -यान a. [अग्रे यानं यस्य, या-ल्युट्] taking the lead, foremost. (-नम्) an army that stops in front to defy the enemy. मनो$ग्रयानं वचसा निरुक्तं नमामहे Bhāg.8.5.26. -यायिन् a. [अग्रे यास्यति या-णिनि] taking the lead, leading the van; पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26. मान- धनाग्रयायी R.5.3,5.62.18.1. -योधिन् [अग्रे स्थित्वा युध्यते] the principal hero, champion राक्षसानां वधे तेषां ˚धी भविष्यति Rām.; so ˚वीर; कर्मसु चाग्रवीरः. -रन्ध्रम् opening fore-part; त्रासान्नासाग्ररन्ध्रं विशति Māl.1.1. -लोहिता [अग्रं लोहितं यस्याः सा] a kind of pot-herb (चिल्लीशाक). -संख्या the first place or rank; पुत्रः समारोपयदग्रसंख्याम् R.18.3. -वक्त्रम् N. of a surgical instrument, Suśr. -वातः fresh breeze; अग्रवातमासेवमाना M.1. -शोमा towering beauty or the beauty of the peaks; कैलासशैलस्य यदग्रशोभाम् । Bu. ch.1.3. -संधानी [अग्रे फलोत्पत्तेः प्राक् संधी- यते ज्ञायते $नया कार्यम् Tv.] the register of human actions kept by Yama (यत्र हि प्राणिवर्गस्य प्राग्भवीयकर्मानुसारेण शुभा- शुभसूचकं सर्वं लिख्यते सा यमपञ्जिका). -सन्ध्या early dawn; कर्कन्धूनामुपरि तुहिनं रञ़्जयत्यग्रसन्ध्या Ś.4. v.1. -सर = यायिन् taking the lead; आयोधनाग्रसरतां त्वयि वीर याते R.5.71. -सारा [अग्रं शीर्षमात्रं सारो यस्याः सा] 1 a sprout which has tips without fruits. -2 a short method of counting immense numbers. -हर a. [अग्रे ह्रियते दीयते$सौ; हृ-अच्] 1 that which must be given first. -2 = अग्रहारिन्. -हस्त (˚कर; ˚पाणिः,) the forepart of the hand or arm; अग्रहस्तेन गृहीत्वा प्रसादयैनाम् Ratn.3; forepart of the trunk (of an elephant); often used for a finger or fingers taken collectively; शीतलस्ते ˚स्तः Mk.3; अतिसाध्वसेन वेपते मे ˚स्तः Ratn.1; कुसुमित इव ते ˚स्तः प्रतिभाति M.1.; प्रसारिते ˚स्ते M.4; ˚हस्तात्प्रभ्रष्टं पुष्पभाजनम् Ś.4. slipped from the fingers; also the right hand; अथ ˚हस्ते मुकुलीकृताङ्गुलौ Ku.5.63. (अग्रश्चासौ हस्तश्च Malli.). Ki.5.29. -हायनः (णः) [अग्रः श्रेष्ठः हायनो व्रीहिः अत्र, णत्वम्] the beginning of the year; N. of the month मार्गशीर्ष; (मासानां मार्गशीर्षो$हम् Bg. 1.35.); ˚इष्टिः नवशस्येष्टिर्यागभेदः. -हारः 1 a grant of land given by kings (to Brāhmaṇas) for sustenance (अग्रं ब्राह्मणभोजनं, तदर्थं ह्रियन्ते राजधनात् पृथक् क्रियन्ते ते क्षेत्रादयः- नीलकण्ठ; क्षेत्रोत्पन्नशस्यादुद्धृत्य ब्राह्मणोद्देशेन स्थाप्यं धान्यादि, गुरुकुला- दावृत्तब्रह्मचारिणे देयं क्षेत्रादि, ग्रामभेदश्च Tv.); अग्रहारांश्च दास्यामि ग्रामं नगरसंमितम् Mb.3.64.4. कस्मिंश्चिदग्रहारे Dk.8.9. -2 the first offering in वैश्वदेव Mb.3.234.47.
aṅgāraḥ अङ्गारः रम् [अङ्ग्-आरन् Uṇ.3.134.] 1 Charcoal (whether heated or not); घृतकुम्भसमा नारी तप्ताङ्गारसमः पुमान्; उष्णो दहति चाङ्गारः शीतः कृष्णायते करम् H.1.8; नालास्त्रार्थाग्निचूर्णे तु गन्धाङ्गारौ तु पूर्ववत् Śukra.4.135. त्वया स्वहस्तेनाङ्गाराः कर्षिताः Pt.1 you have ruined yourself with your own hands; cf. "to dig a mine under one's feet." कुरुकुलाङ्गार Ve.6 destroyer or pest of the Kuru family. -2 The planet Mars. -3 A plant हितावली, ˚कुष्टकः- हितावली. -4 N. of a prince who fought with king Māndhātr. -र a. Red, of a red colour. -रम् Red colour. -Comp. -अवक्षेपणम् [अङ्गारा अवक्षिप्यन्ते अनेन करणे ल्युट्] also -अवक्षायणम् (Śat. Br.xiv) a vessel or pincers (Mar. चिमटा) to throw or extinguish coals -कर्करिः (री) f. A thick cake baked on burning coals -कारिन् a. [अङ्गारं करोति कृ-णिनि] one who prepares coal for sale, Mb.2; मालाकार इव ग्राह्यो भागो नाङ्गारकारवत् Śukra.4.223. -कुष्ठकः [अङ्गारवर्णं कुष्ठमिव-कन्] N. of a plant हितावली. -धानी [अङ्गारा धीयन्ते अस्याम्; धा- आधारे ल्युट् ङीप्], -धानिका also -धारिका [स्वार्थे कन्] a portable fire-pan, brazier. -परिपाचितम् [तृ. त.] roasted food or meat. -पर्णम् [अङ्गारमिव पर्णं यस्य] N. of a grove or forest. (-र्णः) [अस्त्यर्थे अच्] N. of Chitraratha, king of the Gandharvas. [On one occasion, while he was sporting with his wife, he saw Kuntī with her five sons proceeding to the capital of Pāñchāla in disguise. He accosted them and asked them to tell him where they were going, or to fight. Arjuna accepted the challenge; but Aṅgāraparṇa finding Arjuna to be a very skilful warrior gave him a secret lore called Chākṣuṣī (enabling one to see the smallest things) and took from him in return a lore called Agniśirāstra and became a friend of the Pāṇḍavas.] -पात्री -शकटी a portable fire-pan. -पुष्पः [अङ्गारमिव लोहितवर्णं पुष्पं यस्य सः] the plant इङ्गुदी. -पूरिका (see अङ्गारकर्करिः) -म़ञ्जरी, -मञ्जी [अङ्गारा रक्तवर्णा मञ़्जरी यस्याः] a shrub Cesalpinia Banducella (रक्तकरंजवृक्ष). -वल्लरी, -वल्ली [अङ्गारा इव रक्तफलत्वात् रक्ता] N. of various plants, करंज, भार्गी, गुञ़्जा. also Guilandina Bonducella (Mar. सागरगोटी). -वृक्षः Balanites Aegiptiaca (Mar. हिंगणबेट). -वेणुः [कर्म.] a sort of bamboo. -सदनम् A portable fire-pan.
ajñāta अज्ञात a. Unknown, unexpected, unconscious, unaware; ˚भुक्त, संवत्सरस्यैकमपि चरेत्कृच्छ्रं द्विजोत्तमः । अज्ञातभुक्तशुद्ध्यर्थं ज्ञातस्त तु विशेषतः ॥ Ms.5.21 eaten unconsciously or unawares; ˚कुलशीलस्य whose family and character are unknown; ˚पातं सलिले ममज्ज R.16.72. -Comp. -केत a. [ब.] Ved. of secret designs. अज्ञातकेता वृजिना अभूवन् Rv. 5.3.11. -वस्तुशास्त्रम् Agnoiology. -चर्या, -वासः remaining incognito (said of the Pāṇḍavas); हंसाः संप्रति पाण्डवा इव वनादज्ञातचर्यां गताः Mk.5.6. Mb.3.185.89.
atharvan अथर्वन् m. [अथ-ऋ-वनिप् शकन्ध्वादि˚ Tv.; probably connected with some word like athar fire] 1 A priest who has to worship fire and Soma. -2 A Brāhmaṇa. -3 N. of the priest who is said to have first brought down fire from the heaven, offered Soma and recited prayers. [He is represented as the eldest son of Brahmā sprung from his mouth; as a Prajāpati appointed by Brahmā to create and protect sub-ordinate beings, who first learnt from Brahmā and then taught the Brahmavidyā and is considered to be the author of the Veda called after him. His wife was Śānti, daughter of Kardama Prajāpati. He had also another wife called Chitti; he is also considered identical with Aṅgiras and father of Agni.] -4 Epithet of Śiva, Vasiṣṭha. वृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Kir. 1.1. -(pl.) Descendants of Atharvan; hymns of this Veda; जिष्णुं जैत्रैरथर्वभिः R.17.13. -र्वा-र्व m. n., ˚वेदः The Atharvaveda, regarded as the fourth Veda. [It contains many forms of imprecations for the destruction of enemies and also contains a great number of prayers for safety and averting mishaps, evils, sins or calamities, and a number of hymns, as in the other Vedas, addressed to the gods with prayers to be used at religious and solemn rites; cf. Mv.2.24. मूर्तिमभिरामघोरां बिभ्रदिवाथर्वणो निगमः. It has nine Śākhās and five Kalpas, and is comprised in 2 Kāṇḍas. The most important Brāhmaṇa belonging to this Veda is the Gopatha Brāhmaṇa, and the Upaniṣads pertaining to it are stated to be 52, or, according to another account 31.] [cf. Zend atharvan, Pers. áturbán.] -Comp. -अधिपः N. of बुध Mercury (सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदराट्). -निधिः, -विढ् m. receptacle of the (knowledge of) Atharvaveda, or conversant with it; गुरुणा- $थर्वविदा कृतक्रियः R.8.4.1.59; (अथर्वविधिपदेन दुरितोपशमन- निमित्तशान्तिकपौष्टिकप्रवीणत्वं पौरोहित्यो चितत्वं द्योत्यते Malli.) -भूताः (pl.) those who have become Atharvans, Names of the 12 Maharṣis. -शिखा, -शिरस् n. (अथर्वणो वेदस्य शिखा शिर इव वा ब्रह्मविद्याप्रतिपादकत्वेन श्रेष्ठत्वात्) N. of an Upaniṣad dealing with Brahmavidyā. अथर्वशिरसो$ध्येता ब्रह्मचारी यतव्रतः Mb.13.9.29. -संहिता A text of collection of hymns of अथर्ववेद. अथर्वसंहितायाजी विदधे विधिवद्धुतम् Bm.1.869.
aditi अदिति a. [न दीयते खण्ड्यते बध्यते बृहत्त्वात्; दो-क्तिच्] Free, not tied. आदित्यासो अदितयः स्याम Rv.7.52.1. boundless, unlimited, inexhaustible; entire, unbroken; happy, pious (mostly Ved. in all these senses). -तिः [अत्ति प्राणिजातम्; अद्इतिच्] 1 Devourer i. e. death; यद्यदेवासृज तत्तदत्तुमध्रियत, सर्वं वा अत्तीति तददितेरदितित्वम् Bṛi. Ār. Up.1.2.5. -2 An epithet of God. -तिः f. [न दातुं शक्तिः] 1 Inability to give, poverty. -2 [दातुं छेत्तुम् अयोग्या] (a) The earth. (b) The goddess Aditi, mother of the Ādityas, in mythology represented as the mother of gods; see further on. (c) Freedom, security; boundlessness, immensity of space (opp. to the earth). (d) Inexhaustible abundance, perfection. (e) The lunar mansion called पुनर्वसु. (f) Speech; या प्राणेन संभवत्यदितिर्देवतामयी (शब्दादीनां अदनात् अदितिः Śaṅkara). (g) A cow. cf. ŚB. on MS. 1-3-49. (h) Milk; wife (?). -ती (dual) Heaven and earth. [अदिति literally means 'unbounded', 'the boundless Heaven', or according to others, 'the visible infinite, the endless expanse beyond the earth, beyond the clouds, beyond the sky'. According to Yāska अदिति- रदीना देवमाता, and the verse beginning with अदितिर्द्यौः &c. Rv.1.89.16. he interprets by taking अदिति to mean अदीन i. e. अनुपक्षीण, न ह्येषां क्षयो$स्ति इति. [In the Ṛigveda Aditi is frequently implored 'for blessing on children and cattle, for protection and for forgiveness'. She is called 'Devamātā' being strangely enough represented both as mother and daughter of Dakṣa. She had 8 sons; she approached the gods with 7 and cast away the 8th (Mārtaṇḍa, the sun.) In another place Aditi is addressed as 'supporter of the sky, sustainer of the earth, sovereign of this world, wife of Viṣṇu', but in the Mahābhārata, Rāmāyaṇa and Purāṇas, Viṣṇu is said to be the son of Aditi, one of the several daughters of Dakṣa and given in marriage of Kaśyapa by whom she was the mother of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation, and also of Indra, and she is called mother of gods and the gods her sons, 'Aditinandanas'; See Dakṣa and Kaśyapa also]. -Comp. -जः, -नन्दनः a god, divine being.
adhyātma अध्यात्म a. [आत्मन. संबद्धं, आत्मनि अधिकृतं वा] Belonging to self or person; concerning an individual. -त्मम् ind. [आत्मानमधिकृत्य] Concerning self. -त्मम् The supreme spirit (manifested as the individual self) or the relation between the supreme and the individual soul; अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमं स्वभावो$ध्यात्ममुच्यते Bg.8.3 (स्वस्यैव ब्रह्मण एवांशतया जीवस्वरूपेण भावो भवनं स एव आत्मानं देहमधिकृत्य भोक्तृ- त्वेन वर्तमानो$ध्यात्मशब्देनोच्यते Śrīdhara) 'Brahman is the supreme, the indestructible; its manifestation (as an individual self) is अध्यात्म' -Telang's Bhagavadgītā; -त्मन् 1 Egotism; कर्माण्यध्यात्मना रुद्रे यदहं ममता क्रिया Bhāg. 7.12.29. -2 Wind; स्पर्शमध्यात्मनि त्वचम् Bhāg.7.12.27. ˚चेतसा Bg.3.3. -Comp. -ज्ञानम्-विद्या knowledge of the supreme spirit or आत्मन्, theosophical or metaphysical knowledge (the doctrines taught by the Upaniṣads &c.); ˚विद्या विद्यानां वादः प्रवदतामहम् Bg.1.32 (अध्यात्मविद्या न्यायवैशेषिकमते देहभिन्नत्वेन, सांख्यादिमते प्रकृतिभिन्नत्वेन आत्मनः स्वरूपादिप्रतिपादिका, वेदान्तिमते तु ब्रह्माभिन्नत्वेन इति भेदः; सर्वेषां मते$पि आत्मतत्त्वज्ञानरूपत्वात्तस्या अध्यात्मविद्यात्वम्.). त्रयी विग्रह- वत्येव सममध्यात्मविद्यया M.1.14; -वृश्-विद् n. [अध्यात्मं पश्यति वेत्ति वा] one proficient in this knowledge; न ह्यन- ध्यात्मवित्कश्चित् क्रियाफलमुपाश्रुते Ms.6.82. -योगः [आत्मानं क्षेत्रज्ञमधिकृत्य योगः] concentration of the mind on the Ātman drawing it off from all objects of sense. -रति a. [स. ब.] one who delights in the contemplation of the supreme spirit; अध्यात्मरतिरासीनो निरपेक्षो निरामिषः । आत्मनैव सहायेन सुखार्थी विचरेदिह ॥ Ms.6.49. -रामायणम् N. of a Rāmāyaṇa which treats of the relation between the supreme and the individual soul, while it narrates Rāma's story. It forms part of the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa.
anasūya अनसूय यक a. [न. ब.] Free from malice, not envious, not spiteful; श्रद्दधानो$नसूयश्च Ms.4.158; श्रद्धावाननसूयश्च शृणुयादपि यो नरः । Bg.18.71. -या [न. त.] 1 Absence of envy, charity of disposition, freedom from spite or illwill; न गुणान् गुणिनो हन्ति स्तौति चान्यगुणानपि । न हसेच्चान्यदो- षांश्च सानसूया प्रकीर्तिता. -2 N. of a friend of Śakuntalā. -3 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -4 N. of Atri's wife, the highest type of chastity and wifely devotion. [She was very pious and given to austere devotion by virtue of which she had obtained miraculous powers. Several stories are told o illustrate them. When the earth was devastated by a terrible drought which lasted for 1 years, Anasūyā created water, fruits, roots &c. by means of her ascetic powers and saved many lives. On one occasion when the sage Māṇḍavya was about to be impaled, the wife of a sage happened to touch the stake as she passed by, whereupon Māṇḍavya cursed her that she would become a widow at sunrise. She, however, prevented the sun from rising, and all actions of men being consequently stopped, the gods, sages &c. went to Anasūyā, her friend, who, by the force of her penance, made the sun rise without, at the same time, bringing widowhood on her friend. Another legend is also told in which Anasūyā changed Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa into infants, when, at the instigation of their wives, they attempted to test her chastity, but restored them to their former shapes at the importunities of their humbled consorts. She is also said to have caused the three-streamed Ganges to flow down on the earth near the hermitage of her husband for the ablutions of sages; see R.13.51. In the Rāmāyaṇa she is represented as having been very kind and attentive to Sītā whom she favoured with sound motherly advice on the virtues of chastity, and at the time of her departure gave her an unguent (See R.12.27,14.14) which was to keep her beautiful for ever and to guard her person from the attempts of rapacious beasts, demons &c. She was the mother of the irascible sage Durvāsas]. सा त्वेवमुक्ता वैदेही त्वनसूयानसूयया Rām.2.18.1.
apehi अपेहि (Imper. 2nd sing.) Used as the first member of some compounds (belonging to the class मयूर- व्यंसकादि P.II.1.72); ˚करा, ˚द्वितीया, ˚प्रकसा, ˚वाणिजा, ˚स्वागता where it has the sense of 'excluding', 'expelling', 'refusing admission to'; e. g. ˚वाणिजा a ceremony where merchants are excluded; so ˚द्वितीया &c. -Comp. -वाता N. of a plant which expels wind. अपोगण्डः apōgaṇḍḥ अपौगण्ड apaugaṇḍa अपोगण्डः अपौगण्ड [अ-पोगण्डः, or अपसि (बैध) कर्मणि गण्डः त्याज्यः Tv.] 1 Having a limb too many or too few (redundant or deficient). -2 Not under 16 years of age; बाल आषोडशाद्वर्षात्पोगण़्डश्चापि संज्ञितः । Nārada; अजडश्चेदपौगण्डो विषये चास्य भुज्यते । Ms.8.148; पोगण्डः पञ्चमा- दब्दादर्वाक् च दशमाब्दतः । -3 A child or infant (किशोर, शिशु). -4 Very timid; -5 Wrinkled, flaccid. -6 One past 16.
abhimanyuḥ अभिमन्युः 1 N. of a son of Arjuna by his wife Subhadrā, sister of Kṛiṣṇa and Balarāma; also known by the metronymic Saubhadra. [He was called Abhimanyu because at his very birth he appeared to be heroic, long-armed and very fiery (अभिवृद्धः मन्युर्यस्य). When the Kauravas at the advice of Droṇa formed the peculiar battle-array called 'Chakravyuha' hoping that, as Arjuna was away, none of the Paṇḍavas would be able to break through it, Abhimanyu assured his uncles that he was ready to try, if they only assisted him. He accordingly entered the Vyūha, killed many warriors on the Kaurava side, and was for a time more than a match even for such veteran and elderly heroes as Droṇa, Karṇa, Duryodhana &c. He could not, however, hold out long against fearful odds, and was at last overpowered and slain. He was very handsome. He had two wives, Vatsalā daughter of Balarāma and Uttarā daughter of the king of Virāṭa. Uttarā was pregnant when he was slain and gave birth to a son named Parīkṣita who succeeded to the throne of Hastināpura.] -2 Name of a son of Manu Chākṣuṣa. -3 Name of two kings of Kāshmir; Rāj. T. -पुरम् - Name of a town. Raj. T.
arjuna अर्जुन a. [अर्ज्-उनन् णिलुक् च Uṇ.3.58] (-ना, -नी f.). 1 White, clear, bright, of the colour of day; अहश्च कृष्णमहरर्जुनं च Rv.6.9.1; पिशङ्गमौञ्जीयुजमर्जुनच्छविम् Śi.1.6. -2 Silvery; यत्र वः प्रेङ्खा हरिता अर्जुना Av.4.37.5. -नः 1 The white colour. -2 A peacock. -3 A sort of cutaneous disease. -4 A tree (Mar. अर्जुनसादडा), with useful rind; Mb.3.64.3. -5 N. of the third Pāṇḍava who was a son of Kuntī by Indra and hence called ऐन्द्रि also. [Arjuna was so called because he was 'white' or 'pure in actions' (पृथिव्यां चतुरन्तायां वर्णो मे दुर्लभः समः । करोमि कर्म शुद्धं च तेन मामर्जनं विदुः). He was taught the use of arms by Droṇa and was his favourite pupil. By his skill in arms he won Draupadī at her Svayaṁvara (see Draupadī). For an involuntary transgression he went into temporary exile and during that time he learnt the science of arms from Paraśurāma. He married Ulūpī, a Nāga Princess, by whom he had a son named Irāvat, and also Chitrāṅgadā, daughter of the king of Maṇipura, who bore him a son named Babhruvāhana. During this exile he visited Dvārakā, and with the help and advice of Kṛiṣṇa succeeded in marrying Subhadrā. By her he had a son named Abhimanyu. Afterwards he obtained the bow (Gāṇḍiva from the god Agni whom he assisted in burning the Khāṇḍva forest. When Dharma, his eldest brother, lost the kingdom by gambling, and the five brothers went into exile, he went to the Himālayas to propitiate the gods and to obtain from them celestial weapons for use in the contemplated war against Kauravas. There he fought with Śiva who appeared in the disguise of a Kirāta; but when he discovered the true character of his adversary he worshipped him and Śiva gave him the Pāśupatāstra. Indra, Varuṇa, Yama and Kubera also presented him with their own weapons. In the 13th year of their exile, the Pāṇḍavas entered the service of the King of Virāṭa and he had to act the part of a eunuch, and music and dancing master. In the great war with the Kauravas Arjuna took a very distinguished part. He secured the assistance of Kṛiṣṇa who acted as his charioteer and related to him the Bhagavadgītā when on the first day of the battle he hesitated to bend his bow against his own kinsmen. In the course of the great struggle he slew or vanquished several redoubtable warriors on the side of the Kauravas, such as Jayadratha, Bhīṣma, Karṇa &c. After Yudhiṣṭhira had been installed sovereign of Hastināpura, he resolved to perform the Aśvamedha sacrifice, and a horse was let loose with Arjuna as its guardian. Arjuna followed it through many cities and Countries and fought with many kings. At the city of Maṇipura he had to fight with his own son Babhruvāhana and was killed; but he was restored to life by a charm supplied by his wife Ulūpī. He traversed the whole of Bharata-khaṇda and returned to Hastināpura, loaded with spoils and tributes, and the great horse-sacrifice was then duly performed. He was afterwards called by Kṛiṣna to Dvārakā amid the internecine struggles of the Yādavas and there he performed the funeral ceremonies of Vasudeva and Kṛiṣṇa. Soon after this the five Pāṅdavas repaired to heaven having installed Parīkṣit -the only surviving son of Abhimanyu- on the throne of Hastināpura. Arjuna was the bravest of the Pāṇdavas, high-minded, generous, upright, handsome and the most prominent figure of all his brothers. He has several appellations, such a Pārtha, Gudākeśa, Savyasāchī, Dhanañjaya, Phālguna, Kirītin, Jīṣṇu, Śvetavāhana, Gāṇḍivin &c.] cf. अर्जनः फाल्गुनो जिष्णुः किरीटी श्वेतवाहनः । बीभत्सुर्विजयः कृष्णः सव्यसाची धनञ्जयः ॥ -6 N. of Kārtavīrya, slain by Parasurāma See कार्तवीर्य. -7 N. of a country Bṛi. S.14. 25. -8 The only son of his mother. -9 N. of Indra. -1 N. of a tree, Jerminalia Arjuna (Mar. अईन). The tree is rarer in south India. The colour of its bark is white. It is a forest-tree bearing fragrant flowers appearing in panicles like those of the Mango-tree. -नी 1 A procuress, bawd. -2 A cow. तथार्जुनीनां कपिला वरिष्ठा Mb.13.73.42. -3 A kind of serpent; अर्जुनि पुनर्वोयन्तु˚ Av.2.24.7. -4 N. of Uṣhā, wife of Aniruddha. -5 N. of a river commonly called करतोया. -6 (न्यौ, -न्यः dual and pl.) N. of the constellation Phalgunī. अघासु हन्यन्ते गावो$र्जुन्योः पर्युह्यते Rv.1.85.13. -नम् 1 Silver. वीरुद्भिष्टे अर्जुनं संविदानम् Av.5.28.5. -2 Gold. -3 Slight inflammation of the white of the eye. -4 Grass. -न (Pl.) The descendants of Arjuna; cf. अर्जुनः ककुभे पार्थे कार्तवीर्यमयूरयोः । मातुरेकसुते वृक्षे धवले नयनामये । तृणभेदे गवि स्त्री स्यात् ...Nm. -Comp. -अभ्रम N. of a medicament. -ईश्वरतीर्थम् N. of a holy place. Siva P. -उपमः the teak tree; also शाकद्रुम and महापत्राख्यवृक्ष. -काण्ड a. having a white stem or appendage. बभ्रोरर्जनकाण्डस्य यवस्य ते Av.2.8.3. -च्छवि a. white, of a white colour. -ध्वजः 'white-bannered', N. of Hanūmat. -पाकी N. of a plant and its fruits. -बदरः The fibre of the Arjuna plant; अर्जुन- बदरा मेखलाः क्रियन्ताभू । ŚB. on MS.9.4.25 -मिश्रः Name of a commentator on the Mb. -सखिः (L.) Kriṣṇa. -सिंहः N. of a prince (Inscriptions).
arṇa अर्ण a. [ऋ-न] 1 Being in motion, agitated; restless -2 Foaming, effervescing. -र्णः 1 A flood, stream; water (Ved.). -2 The teak tree; Bhāg.3.15. 19. -3 A letter (of the alphabet); पञ्चार्णो मनुरीरितः. -4 N. of a metre having 1 feet and belonging to the class called Daṇḍaka. -5 Colour; श्रीह्रीविभूत्यात्मवदद्भुतार्णम् Bhāg.2.6.44. (v. l.) -र्णा A river (Ved.). -र्णम् Tumult or din of battle, confused noise; नृमणा वीर- पस्त्यो$र्णा धीरेव सनिता Rv.5.5.4.
ānandaḥ आनन्दः [आनन्द्-घञ्] 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure; आनन्दं ब्रह्मणो विद्वान्न बिभेति कदाचन T. Up. supreme bliss of felicity; आनन्द एवास्य विज्ञानमात्मानन्दात्मनो हैवं सर्वे देवाः Śat. Br. -2 God, Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्) (said to be n. also in this sense; cf. विज्ञानमानन्दं ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.3.9.28.). -3 N. of the forty-eighth year of the cycle of Jupiter. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 N. of Viṣṇu. -6 N. of Balarāma (according to Jaina doctrines). -7 N. of a cousin and follower and favourite disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni, compiler of the Sūtras. -8 A variety of the Daṇḍaka metre. -दा, -दी N. of two plants (Mar. भाङ्ग, रानमोगरी). -दम् 1 Wine, liquor. -2 A kind of house. -Comp. -अर्णवः the delight of Brahman. -काननम्, -वनम् N. of Kāśi. -गिरिः, -ज्ञानः, -ज्ञानगिरिः N of a celebrated annotator on Śaṅkarāchārya. -ज a. caused by joy (as tears). -तीर्थः N. of Madhva, the founder of a Vaiśṇava school of philosophy. -द, -कर a. exhilarating, delighting. -करः The moon; दधार सर्वात्मकमात्मभूतं काष्ठा यथानन्दकरं मनस्तः Bhāg. 1.2.18. -दत्तः [आनन्दो दत्तो येन] the membrum virile. -पटः [आनन्दजनको पटः] a bridal garment. -पूर्ण a. delighted supremely, full of bliss. (-र्णः) the Supreme Spirit. -प्रभवः semen. -भैरव a. causing both joy and fear. (-वः) N. of Śiva. -लहरिः, -री f. 'wave of enjoyment', title of a small hymn by Śaṅkarāchārya addressed to Pārvatī.
āpta आप्त p. p. [आप्-क्त] 1 Got, obtained, gained; ˚कामः, शापः &c. -2 Reached, overtaken, equalled, engrossed; यदिदं सर्वं मृत्युनाप्तं सर्वं मृत्युनाभिपन्नं केन यजमानो मृत्योराप्तिमतिमुच्यते Bṛi. Up.3.1.3. -3 Reaching to, extending as far as. -4 Trustworthy, reliable, credible (as news &c.). -5 Trusty, confidential, faithful (person); कुमारभृत्याकुशलैरनुष्ठिते भिषग्भिराप्तैः R.3.12;5.39; आप्ताः सर्वेषु वर्णेषु Ms.8.63. -6 (a) Clever, skilful; प्राजकश्चेद्भवेदाप्तः Ms.8.294. (b) Apt, fit. -7 Full, complete, abundant; न सत्यं दानमानौ वा यज्ञो वाप्याप्तदक्षिणः Rām.2.3.35. यजेत राजा क्रतुभिर्विविधैराप्त- दक्षिणैः Ms.7.79. -8 True, exact. -9 Intimate, closely related, acquainted; कन्यायाः किल पूजयन्ति पितरो जामातुराप्तं जनम् U.4.17 relatives; Ms.5.11. -1 Appointed. -11 Generally received, commonly used; authentic. -12 Accused, prosecuted. -13 Reasonable, sensible. -14 Beneficial, useful; अधिष्ठितं हयज्ञेन सूतेनाप्तोपदेशिना Rām.6.9.1. -प्तः 1 A trustworthy, reliable, or fit person; credible person or source, guarantee; आप्तः यथार्थवक्ता T. S. -2 A relative, friend; निग्रहात्स्वसुराप्तानां वधाच्च धनदानुजः R.12.52; कथमाप्तवर्गो$यं भवत्याः M.5; Y.1.28, 2.71; Ms.2.19;8.64. -3 An Arhat. -प्ता A twisted lock of hair (जटा). -प्तम् 1 A quotient. -2 (In Math.) Equation of a degree. -Comp. -आगमः Proper knowledge परोक्षमाप्तागमात् सिद्धम् Sāṅ. K.6. -आधीन a. Dependent on trustworthy person. -उक्तिः f. 1 an augment. -2 an affix. -3 a word of received acceptation and established by usage only; see आप्तवाच् also. -काम a. 1 one who has obtained his desire; येनाक्रमन्त्यृषयो ह्याप्रकामाः Muṇḍa.3.1.6. -2 one who has renounced all worldly desires and attachments. (-मः) the Supreme Soul. -कारिन् a. doing things in a fit or confidential manner; अरक्षिता गृहे रुद्धाः पुरुषैराप्तकारिभिः Ms.9.12. m. a trusty, agent or confidential servant; तस्माद्गच्छन्तु पुरुषाः स्मारणायाप्तकारिणः Mb.3.239.17. -गर्भा a pregnant woman. -दक्षिण a. having proper or abundant gifts. -वचनम् 1 received text or authority, revelation. -2 the words of a credible or trustworthy person; R.11.42, इत्याप्तवचनाद्रामो विनेष्यन्वर्णविक्रियाम् 15.48. -वाक्यम् a true or correct sentence; आप्तवाक्यं शब्दः T. S. -वचनम् above. cf. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु Sāṅ. K.5. -वाच् a. worthy of belief, regarded as authority, one whose words are credible and authoritative; पराति- संधानमधीयते यैर्विद्येति ते सन्तु किलाप्तवाचः Ś.5.25. f. 1 the advice of a friend or credible person. -2 the Vedas or Śruti; a word of authority (said to apply to Smṛitis, Ithihāsas and Purāṇas also, which are considered as authoritative evidence); आप्तवागनुमानाभ्यां साध्यं त्वा प्रति का कथा R.1.28. -श्रुतिः f. 1 the Vedas. -2 Smṛitis &c. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु । Sāṅ. K.5.
āyā आया 2 P. 1 To come, arrive, approach. -2 To reach, attain, go to (any particular state); क्षयम्, वशम्, बन्धनम्, तुलाम् &c. ब्राह्मणो निर्वेदमायात् Mu&ṇḍa 1.2.12; आयातु वरदा देवी Mahānār. 15.1. -3 To follow, result. -4 To be possible or practicable (with inf.).
āraṇya आरण्य a. (-ण्या, -ण्यी f.) [अरण्ये भवः ण्] Wild, forestborn, relating to a forest (opp. ग्राम्य); ˚पशुः Ms.1.48. (आरण्यपशु is of 7 kinds:- सरीसृपो रुरुश्चैव महिषो वानरस्तथा । पृषतर्क्षौ मृगश्चैव पशुर्वै सप्तधा मतः ॥) -ण्यः, -ण्यम् 1 A forest. -2 A kind of corn growing without sowing seed. -3 N. of certain signs of the zodiac (see ˚राशि below). -4 Cow-dung (-ण्यः only). -5 N. of a Parvan in the Mahābhārata. -6 N. of a Kāṇḍa in the Rāmāyaṇa. -Comp. -कुक्कुटः a wild cock. -गानम् one of the four Gānas or psalm-books of the Sāmaveda. -पर्वन् n. N. of the third book of the Mahābhārata, usually called Vana-Parvan. -पशुः a wild beast. -मुद्गा a kind of bean. -राशिः (in the zodiac) 1 The signs Leo, Aries, and Taurus. -2 The former half of Capricorn.
indraḥ इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.
uttara उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone.
udayanam उदयनम् 1 Rising, ascending, going up; सूर्यस्योदयना- दधि Rv.1.48.7. -2 Result, consequence. -3 End, conclusion. -नः 1 N. of Agastya. -2 N. of the king Vatsa; प्राप्यावन्तीनुदयनकथाकोविदग्रामवृद्धान् Me.3. [A celebrated Prince of the lunar race, who is usually styled Vatsarāja. He reigned at Kauśambī. Vāsavadattā, Princess of Ujjayinī, saw him in a dream and fell in love with him. He was decoyed to that city and there kept in prison by Chaṇḍamahāsena, the king. But on being released by the minister, he carried off Vāsava-dattā from her father and a rival suitor. Udayana is the hero of the play called Ratnāvalī and his life has been made the subject of several other minor compositions. See Vatsa also]. -Comp. -आचार्यः N. of a philosopher and author of several works.
upacayaḥ उपचयः 1 Accumulation, addition, accession; येन मूर्तीनामुपचयापचयाश्च लक्ष्यन्ते तं कालमाहुः Mbh. on II.2.5. -2 Increase, growth, excess; बल˚ K.15; स्वशक्त्युपचये Śi.2.57; अम्भसामुपचयाय 9.32; भाग्य˚ Ratn.1.6 dawn of good fortune; so ज्ञान˚, मांस˚. -3 Quantity, heap. -4 Prosperity, elevation, rise. शिवस्योपचयं वीक्ष्य तथापचय- मात्मनः । Śiva B.25.32. -5 The third, sixth, tenth and eleventh house or position from the first of a zodiacal sign (or a lagna q. v.). -Comp. -अपचय (du.) rise and fall, prosperity and decay. -भवनम् a species of the Daṇḍaka metre.
ṛc ऋच् f. [ऋच्यते स्तूयते$नया, ऋच् करणे क्विप्] 1 A hymn (in general). -2 A single verse, stanza, or text; a verse of the Ṛigveda (opp. यजुस् and सामन्); त्रेधा विहिता वागृचो यजूंषि सामानि Śat. Br. -3 The collective body of the Ṛigveda (pl.), ऋचः सामानि जज्ञिरे Rv.1.9.9. ऋक्साम यजुरेव च Bg.9.17. -4 Splendour (for रुच्). -5 Praise. -6 worship. -Comp. -अयनम् [ऋचामयनम्] N. of a book; ऋक्पारायण, ˚आदि N. of a collection of words in Pāṇini. -आवानम् the time for reciting the Vedas. -गाथा N. of a certain song consisting of riklike stanzas; ऋग्गाथा पाणिका दक्षविहिता ब्रह्मगीतिका Y.3.114. -तन्त्रम्, -व्याकरणम् N. of the Pariśiṣtas of the Sāma Veda. -ब्राह्मणम् The Aitareya Brāhmaṇa. -भाज् a. partaking of a Ṛik. (as a deity who is addressed with it). -विधानम् the performance of certain rites, by reciting verses of the Ṛigveda. -वेदः the oldest of the four Vedas, and the most ancient sacred book of the Hindus. [The Ṛigveda is said to have been produced from fire; cf. M.1.23. This Veda is divided, according to one arrangement, into 8 Aṣṭakas, each of which is divided into as many Adhyāyas; according to another arrangement into 1 Maṇḍalas, which are again subdivided into 1 Anuvākas, and comprises 1 sūktas. The total number of verses or Ṛiks is above 1]. -संहिता the arranged collection of the hymns of Ṛigveda. -साम (˚मे dual) the verses Ṛik and Sāman. ˚शृङ्गः N. of Viṣṇu.
ṛṣiḥ ऋषिः [cf. Uṇ.4.119] 1 An inspired poet or sage, a singer of sacred hymns, (e. g कुत्स, वसिष्ठ, अत्रि, अगस्त्य &c.). (These Ṛiṣis form a class of beings distinct from gods, men, Asuras &c. (Av.1.1.26). They are the authors or seers of the Vedic hymns; ऋषयो मन्त्रद्रष्टारो वसिष्ठादयः; or, according to Yāska, यस्य वाक्यं स ऋषिः, i. e. they are the persons to whom the Vedic hymns were revealed. In every Sūkta the ऋषि is mentioned along with the देवता, छन्दस् and विनियोग. The later works mention seven Ṛiṣis or saptarṣis whose names, according to Śat. Br., are गौतम, भरद्वाज, विश्वामित्र, जमदग्नि, वसिष्ठ, कश्यप and अत्रि; according to Mahābhārata, मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलह, क्रतु, पुलस्त्य and वसिष्ठ; Manu calls these sages Prajāpatis or progenitors of mankind, and gives ten names, three more being added to the latter list, i. e. दक्ष or प्रचेतस्, भृगु and नारद. In astronomy the seven Ṛiṣis form the constellation of "the Great Bear"); यत्रा सप्त ऋषीन् पर एकमाहुः Rv.1.82.2. -2 A sanctified sage, saint, an ascetic, anchorite; (there are usually three classes of these saints; देवर्षि, ब्रह्मर्षि and राजर्षि; sometimes four more are added; महर्षि, परमर्षि, श्रुतर्षि and काण्डर्षि. -3 A ray of light. -4 An imaginary circle. -5 A hymn (मन्त्र) composed by a Ṛiṣi; एतद्वो$स्तु तपोयुक्तं ददामीत्यृषि- चोदितम् Mb.12.11.18; -6 The Veda; P.III.2.186. -7 A symbolical expression for number seven. -8 Life; Bhāg.1.87.5. -9 The moon. -Comp. -ऋणम् A debt due to Ṛiṣis. -कुल्या 1 a sacred river. -2 N. of महानदी, N. of सरस्वती; अथ तस्योशतीं देवीमृषिकुल्यां सरस्वतीम् Bhāg. 3.16.13. -कृत् a. making one's appearance; Rv.1.31. 16. -गिरिः N. of a mountain in Magadha. -चान्द्रायणम् N. of a particular observance. -च्छन्दस् n. the metre of a Ṛiṣi, -जाङ्गलः, -जाङ्गलिका the plant ऋक्षगन्धा, (Mar. म्हैसवेल). -तर्पणम् libation offered to the Ṛiṣis. -धान्यम् The grain Coix barbata (Mar. वरी). -पञ्चमी N. of a festival or ceremony on the fifth day in the first half of Bhādrapada (observed by women). -पुत्रकः Southern wood, Artemisia abrotanum (Mar. दवणा). -प्रोक्ता the plant माषपर्णी (Mar. रानउडीद). -बन्धु a. connected or related to the Ṛiṣi; Rv.8.1.6. -मनस् a. inspired; far-seeing, enlightened; Rv.9.96.18. -मुखम् the beginning of a Maṇḍala composed by a Ṛiṣi. -यज्ञः a sacrifice offered to a Ṛiṣi (consisting of a prayer in low voice). Ms.4.21. -लोकः the world of the Ṛiṣis. -श्राद्धम् Funeral oblations for the Ṛiṣis. a figurative expression for insignificant acts which are preceded by great preparation. -श्रेष्ठः (ष्ठम्) The pod of Helicteres isora : also the shrub of tree (Mar. मुरुड- शेंग). -स्तोमः 1 praise of the Ṛiṣis. -2 a particular sacrifice completed in one day.
kaṭhora कठोर a. 1 Hard (fig. also); solid, stiff, कठोरा- स्थिग्रन्थि Māl.5.34. -2 Cruel, hard-hearted, ruthless; अयि कठोर यशः किल ते प्रियम् U.3.27; so ˚हृदय, ˚चित्त. -3 Sharp, piercing; ˚अङ्कुश Śānti.1.22. -4 Full, deve- loped, complete, fullgrown, of mature age; कठोरगर्भां जानकीं विमुच्य U.1,1.49,6.25; Māl.6.19; so कठोरतारा- धिपलाञ्छनच्छविः Śi.1.2; so अ˚ new, young; Māl.1.2. -5 (Fig.) Matured, refined; कलाकलापालोचनकठोरमतिभिः K.7; ˚रीभूतः दिवसः U.2 it is noon-time. -Comp. -गर्भ a. far advanced in pregnancy; आतङ्कस्फुरितकठोरगर्भगुर्वीम् U.1.49. -गिरिमाहात्म्यम् a portion of the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa.
karaṇḍa करण़्डः [कृ-अण्डन् Uṇ.1.126] 1 A small box or basket (of bamboo); करण्डपीडिततनोः भोगिनः Bh.2.84; सर्वमायाकरण्डम् 1.77. -2 A bee-hive. -3 A sword. -4 A sort of duck (कारण्डव). -5 Liver. -6 A crest; cf. करण्डो मुकुटे पात्रे Nm. करण्डकः karaṇḍakḥ करण्डिका karaṇḍikā करण्डी karaṇḍī करण्डकः करण्डिका करण्डी f. A small box made of bamboo, एतां दोषकरण्डिकाम् Mk.8.36.
karṇa कर्ण a. Ved. 1 Having long ears. -2 Furnished with chaff (as grain). -र्णः 1 The ear; अहो खलभुजङ्गस्य विपरीतवधक्रमः । कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते ॥ Pt.1. 35, 34 also; -कर्णे दा to listen; कर्णमागम् to come to the ear, become known; तद्गुणैः कर्णमागत्य R.1.9; कर्णे कृ to put round the ear; Ch. P.1; कर्णे कथयति whispers in the ear; cf. षट्कर्ण, चतुष्कर्ण &c. also. -2 The handle or ear of a vessel; उभा कर्णा हिरण्यया Rv.8.72.12. -3 The helm or rudder of a ship; सेना भ्रमति संख्येषु हत- कर्णेव नौर्जले Rām.6.48.26. -4 The hypotenuse of a triangle. -5 The diameter of a circle; Sūrya. -6 An intermediate region or quarter (उपदिग्भाग); Mb.6. 6.1. -7 (In prosody) A spondee. -8 N. of a tree (Mar. बाहवा, रुइमांदार) Rām.5.56.34. -2 N. of a celebrated warrior on the side of the Kauravas mentioned in the Mahābhārata. भवान् भीष्मश्च कर्णश्च Bg.1.8;11.34. [He was the son of Kuntī begotten on her by the god Sun while she was yet a virgin residing at her father's house (see Kuntī). When the child was born, Kuntī, afraid of the censure of her relatives and also of public scandal, threw the boy into the river where he was found by Adhiratha, charioteer of Dhṛitrāṣṭra, and given over to his wife Rādhā, who brought him up like her own child; whence Karṇa is often called Sūtaputra, Rādheya &c. Karṇa, when grown up, was made king of Aṇga by Duryodhana, and became by virtue of his many generous acts a type of charity. On one occasion Indra (whose care it was to favour his son Arjuna) disguised himself as a Brāhmaṇa and cajoled him out of his divine armour and ear-rings, and gave him in return a charmed javelin. With a desire to make himself proficient in the science of war, he, calling himself a Brāhmaṇa went to Parasurāma and learnt that art from him. But his secret did not long remain concealed. On one occasion when Parasurāma had fallen asleep with his head resting on Karṇa's lap, a worm (supposed by some to be the form assumed by Indra himself to defeat Karṇa's object) began to eat into his lap and made a deep rent in it; but as Karṇa showed not the least sign of pain, his real character was discovered by his preceptor who cursed him that the art he had learnt would avail him not in times of need. On another occasion he was curse by a Brāhmaṇa (whose cow he had unwittingly slain in chase) that the earth would eat up the wheel of his chariot in the hour of trial. Even with such disadvantages as these, he acquitted himself most valiantly in the great war between the Paṇḍavas and Kauravas, while acting as generalissimo of the Kaurava forces after Bhīṣma and Droṇa had fallen. He maintained the field against the Paṇḍavas for three days, but on the last day he was slain by Arjuna while the wheel of his chariot had sunk down into the earth. Karṇa was the most intimate friend of Duryodhana, and with Śakuni joined him in all the various schemes and plots that were devised from time to time for the destruction of the Paṇ&dvas.] -Comp. -अञ्चलः (लम्) Ear-lobe; (Mātaṅga L.5.12.) -अञ्जलिः 1 The auditory passage of the outer ear. -2 The ears pricked up; आपीय कर्णाञ्जलिभिर्भवापहाम् Bhāg.3.13.5. -अनुजः Yudhiṣṭhira. -अन्तिक a. close to the ear; स्वनसि मृदु कर्णान्तिकचरः Ś.1.23. -अन्दुः, -न्दू f. an ornament for the ear, ear-ring. -अर्पणम् giving ear, listening. -आरा (= -वेधनी). -आस्फालः the flapping of the elephant's ears. -इन्दुः f. a semicircular ear-ring. -उत्तंसः an ear-ornament or merely an ornament (according to some authorities). (Mammaṭa says that here कर्ण means कर्णंस्थितत्व; cf. also his remark ad hoc:- कर्णावतंसादिपदे कर्णादिध्वनिनिर्मितः । सन्निधानार्थबोधार्थं स्थितेष्वेत- त्समर्थनम् ॥ K. P.7). -उपकर्णिका rumour; (lit. 'from ear to ear'). प्रागेव कर्णोपकर्णिकया श्रुतापवादक्षुभितहृदयः Pt. -ऊर्णः a kind of deer; कर्णोर्णैकपदं चास्मै निर्जुष्टं वृकनाभिभिः Bhāg. -कषायः Dirt in the ears; आपीयतां कर्णकषायशोषाननुक्रमिष्ये न इमान्सुपेशान् Bhāg.2.6.46. -कीटा, -टी 1 a worm with many feet and of a reddish colour, -2 a small centipede. -कुमारी N. of Bhavānī. -कूटः The tower at the corner of the roof; Māna.19.54-55. -क्ष्वेडः (in Medic.) a constant noise in the ear. -गूथम् earwax. (-थः) -गूथकः hardening of the wax of the ear. -गोचर a. audible. -ग्राहः a helmsman. -चूलिका f. An ear-ring; उत्कृत्तकर्णचूलिकेन मुखेन ...... Svapna.2. -जप a. (also कर्णेजप) a secret traducer, talebearer, informer. कर्णेजपः सूचकः Mbh. on P.III.2.13. -जपः, -जापः slandering, tale-bearing, calumniating. -जलूका a small centipede. (also -जलौकस्, -जलौका) -जाहम् the root of the ear; cf. तस्य पाकमूले पील्वादिकर्णादिभ्यः कुणब्जाह चौ Pān. V.2.24. अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः Māl.5.8. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Karṇa', epithet of Arjuna, the third Pāṇḍava prince. -ज्वरः pain to the ear; U.5.6. -तालः the flapping of the elephant's ears, the noise made by it; विस्तारितः कुञ्जरकर्ण- तालैः R.7.39,9.71; Śi.17.37. -दर्पणः an ear-ring. -दुन्दुभिः = कर्णकीटा. -धारः a helmsman, a pilot; अकर्णधारा जलधौ विप्लवेतेह नौरिव H.3.2; अविनयनदीकर्णधार- कर्ण Ve.4. -धारिणी a female elephant. -पत्रकः The lobe of the ear; Y.3.96. -पथः the range of hearing. -परम्परा from ear to ear, hearsay; इति कर्णपरंपरया श्रुतम् Ratn.1. -पर्वन् n. the eighth (i. e. Karṇa) section of the Mahābhārata. -पाकः inflammation of the outer ear. -पालिः, -ली f. 1 the lobe of the ear. -2 the outer edge of the ear. (-ली) an ornament of the ear. -पाशः a beautiful ear; U.6.27. -पिशाची f. a type of goddess. -पुटम् the auditory passage of the ear. -पूरः 1 an ornament (of flowers &c.) worn round the ear, an ear-ring; इदं च करतलं किमिति कर्णपूरतामारोपितम् K.6. प्रचुरसमरशोभासुभ्रुवः कर्णपूरः Śiva. B.3.46. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Śirīṣa tree. -4 the blue lotus. -पूरकः 1 an ear-ring. -2 the Kadamba tree. -3 the Aṣoka tree. -4 the blue lotus. -प्रणादः, -प्रतिनाहः a disease of the ear. -प्रान्तः the lobe of the ear. -फलः a kind of fish. -भूषणम्, -भूषा an ear-ornament. -मुकुरः an ear-ornament. -मूलम् the root of the ear; तं कर्णमूलमागत्य रामे श्रीर्न्यस्यतामिति R.12.2. -मोटी a form of Durgā. -योनि a. having the ear as a source. तस्य साध्वीरिषवो याभिरस्यति नृचक्षसो दृशये कर्णयोनयः Rv.2.24.8. -लता, -लतिका the lobe of the ear; मन्ये$मुना कर्णलतामयेन N.7.64. -वंशः a raised platform or dais of bamboo. -वर्जित a. earless. (-तः) a snake. -विवरम्, -छिद्रम्, -पुरम्, -रन्ध्रम् the auditory passage of the ear. -विष् f. ear-wax; Ms.5.135. -विषम् 'poisoning the ear', slandering, backbiting. -वेधः piercing the ears to put ear-rings on; a religious ceremony (संस्कार). -वेधनी, -वेधनिका an instrument for piercing the ear. -वेष्टः, -वेष्टनम् an ear-ring; सुकृतौ कर्णवेष्टौ च Rām.5.15.42. -शष्कुली the outer part of the ear (leading to the auditory passage); AV.9.8.1. अवलम्बितकर्णशष्कुलीकलसीकं रचयन्नवोचत N.2.8. -शूलः, -लम् ear-ache. -श्रव a. audible, loud; कर्णश्रवे$- निले Ms.4.12. -श्रावः, -संश्रवः 'running of the ear', discharge of pus or ichorous matter from the ear. -सूः f. Kuntī, mother of Karṇa. -स्रोतस् n. excretion of the ear (कर्णमल) कर्णस्रोतोभवं चापि मधुं नाम महासुरम् Mb.6. 67.14. -हर्म्यम् a tower, a side-tower. -हीन a. earless. (-नः) a snake.
ṇḍa काण्डः ण्डम् 1 A section, a part in general. -2 The portion of a plant from one knot to another. काण्डात्काण्ड- त्प्ररोहन्ती Mahānār.4.3. -3 A stem, stock, branch; लीलोत्खातमृणालकाण्डकवलच्छेदे U.3.16; Amaru.95; Ms. 1.46,48, Māl.3.34. -4 Any division of a work, such as a chapter of a book; as the seven Kāṇḍas of the Rām. -5 A separate department or subject; e. g. कर्म˚ &c. -6 A cluster, bundle, multitude. -7 An arrow. मनो दृष्टिगतं कृत्वा ततः काण्डं विसर्जयेत् Dhanur.3; Mb.5.155.7. -8 A long bone, a bone of the arms or legs. -9 cane, reed. -1 A stick, staff. -11 Water. निवृत्ताः काण्डचित्राणि क्रियन्ते दाशबन्धुभिः Rām.2.89.18. -12 Opportunity, occasion. -13 Private place. -14 A kind of measure. -15 Praise, flattery. -16 A horse. -17 Vile, bad, sinful (at the end of comp. only). -ण्डी A little stock or stem; Rāj. T.7.117. -Comp. -अनुसमयः Performance of all the details with reference to one thing or person first, then doing them with reference to the second, and so on (see अनुसमय). -ऋषिः A class of sages including Jaimini. -कारः (-रिन्) a maker of arrows कुसीदवृत्तयः काण्डकारिणश्चाहि- तुण्डिकाः Śiva. B.31.22. (-रम्) the betel-nut. -गोचरः an iron arrow. -तिक्तः, -तिक्तकः N. of a tree (Mar. काडेचिराईत). -पटः, -पटकः a screen surrounding a tent, curtain (Mar. कनात); उत्क्षिप्तकाण्डपटकान्तरलीयमानः Śi.5.22; उल्लोचैः काण्डपटकैः अनेकैः पटमण्डपैः Śiva. B. 22.61. ततः स्वमेवागारमानीय काण्डपटपरिक्षिप्ते विविक्तोद्देशे Dk. 'अपटः काण्डपटी स्यात्' इति वैजयन्ती. -पातः an arrow's flight, range of an arrow. -पुष्पम् The कुन्द flower. -पृष्ठः 1 one of the military profession, a soldier; cf. काण्डस्पृष्टः. -2 the husband of a Vaiśya woman. -3 an adopted son, any other than one's own son. -4 (as a term of reproach) a base-born fellow, one who is faithless to his family, caste, religion, profession &c. In Mv.3 Jāmadagnya is styled by शतानन्द as काण्डपृष्ठ. (स्वकुलं पृष्ठतः कृत्वा यो वै परकुलं व्रजेत् । तेन दुश्चरितेनासौ काण्डपृष्ठ इति स्मृतः ॥). -ष्ठम् the bow of Karṇa & Kāma. -भङ्गः, -भग्नम् a fracture of the bone or limbs. -वीणा the lute of a Chāṇḍāla. -सन्धिः a knot, joint (as of a plant). -स्पृष्टः one who lives by arms, a warrior, soldier. -हीनम् a kind of grass.
kārin कारिन् a. Making, doing, causing, bringing about (at the end of comp.). -m. A mechanic, artist preparer न कारिसोमं प्रपपौ अग्ने Mbh. on III.2.115. कारण्डः kāraṇḍḥ कारण्डवः kāraṇḍavḥ कारण्डः कारण्डवः A sort of duck; Rām.7.31.21. Bhāg.8.2.16; तप्तं वारि विहाय तीरनलिनीं कारण्डवः सेवते V.2.23.
kīcakaḥ कीचकः [Uṇ.5.56] 1 A hollow bamboo. -2 A bamboo rattling or whistling in the wind; शब्दायन्ते मधुरमनिलैः कीचकाः पूर्यमाणाः Me.58; R.2.12;4.73; Ku.1. 8. -3 N. of a people. -4 N. of the commander-in-chief of king Virāṭa; कीचकानां वधः पर्व Mb.1.2.58. (While Draupdī in the guise of Sairandhrī was residing at the court of king Virāṭa with her five husbands also disguised, Kīchaka once happened to see her, and her beauty stirred up wicked passion in his heart. He, thenceforward, kept a sinister eye on her, and endeavoured through the help of his sister, the king's wife, to violate her chastity. Draupadī complained of his unmannerly conduct towards herself to the king; but when he declined to interfere, she sought the assistance of Bhīma, and at his suggestion showed herself favourable to his advances. It was then agreed that they should meet at mid-night in the dancing hall of the palace. Pursuant to appointment Kīchaka went there and attempted to embrace Draupadī (as he fancied Bhīma to be owing to the darkness of night). But the wretch was at once seized and crushed to death by the powerful Bhīma.] -Comp. -जित् m. an epithet of Bhīma, the second Pāṇḍava prince.
kīrtiḥ कीर्तिः f. [कॄत्-क्तिन्] 1 Fame, renown, glory; इह कीर्तिमवाप्नोति Ms.2.9; वंशस्य कर्तारमनन्तकीर्तिम् R.2.64; स्रोतोमूर्त्या भुवि परिणतां रन्तिदेवस्य कीर्तिम् Me.47. For an interesting distinction between कीर्तिः and यशस् cf. खङ्गादिप्रभवा कीर्तिर्विद्यादिप्रभवं यशः -2 Favour, approbation. -3 Dirt, mud. -4 Extension, expansion. -5 Light, lustre, splendour. -6 Sound. -7 Mention, speech, report. -Comp. -भाज् a. famous, celebrated, renowned. (-m.) an epithet of Droṇa, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -शेषः survival or remaining behind only in fame, leaving nothing behind but fame i. e. death; cf. नामशेष, आलेख्यशेष; सरसीव कीर्तिशेषं गतवति भुवि विक्रमादित्ये Vās. -स्तम्भः a column of fame; B. R.
kuṇḍalin कुण्डलिन् (-नी f.) 1 Decorated with ear-rings. -2 Circular, spiral. -3 Winding, coiling (as a serpent). -m. 1 A snake. वामाङ्गीकृतवामाङ्गि कुण्डलीकृतकुण्डलि Udb. -2 A peacock. -3 An epithet of Varuṇa, and of Śiva. -4 The spotted or painted deer. -5 The golden mountain; काञ्चनाद्रौ सर्पे पुंसि तु कुण्डली Nm. -नी A form of Durgā or Śakti. -2 N. of a नाडी in Yoga. कुण्डली kuṇḍalī कुण्डलिका kuṇḍalikā कुण्डली कुण्डलिका A kind of sweetmeat (Mar. जिलेबी.)
kumbhaḥ कुम्भः [कुं भूमिं कुत्सितं वा उम्भति पूरयति उम्भ्-अच् शकं˚ Tv.] 1 A pitcher, water-pot, jar; इयं सुस्तनी मस्तकन्यस्तकुम्भा Jag.; वर्जयेत्तादृशं मित्रं विषकुम्भं पयोमुखम् H.1.74; R.2.36; so कुच˚, स्तन˚. -2 The frontal globe on the forehead of an elephant; इभकुम्भ Māl.5.32; मत्तेभकुम्भदलने भुवि सन्ति शूराः Bh.1.59. -3 Aquarius, the eleventh sign of the zodiac. -4 A measure of grain equal to 2 droṇas; धान्यं दशभ्यः कुम्भेभ्यो हरतो$भ्यधिकं वधः Ms.8.32. -5 (In Yoga phil.) Closing the nostrils and mouth so as to suspend breathing. -6 The paramour of a harlot. -7 An urn in which the bones of dead bodies are collected. -8 A kind of heart-disease. -9 N. of a plant (and also of its fruit); क्वचिद् बिल्वैः क्वचित्कुम्भैः क्वचिच्चा- मलकमुष्टिभिः Bhāg.1.18.14. -भा A harlot, a whore. -भम् A fragrant resin (गुग्गुल). -Comp. -उदरः one of the attendants of Śiva; अवेहि मां किङ्करमष्टमूर्तेः कुम्भोदरं नाम निकुम्भमित्रम् R.2.35. -उलूकः a kind of owl; हृत्वा पिष्ट- मयं पूपं कुम्भोलूकः प्रजायते Mb.13.111.11. -उलूखकम् a medicinal plant (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -कर्णः 'pitcher-eared', N. of a gigantic Rākṣasa, a brother of Rāvaṇa and slain by Rāma. [He is said to have devoured thousands of beings including sages and heavenly nymphs, and the gods were anxiously waiting for an opportunity to retaliate upon the powerful demon. After Brahmā had inflicted on him a curse for the humiliation to which he subjected Indra and his elephant Airāvata, Kumbhakarṇa began to practise the most rigid austerities. Brahmā was pleased and was about to grant him a boon, when the gods requested Sarasvatī to sit on his tongue and to pervert it. Accordingly when he went to the god, instead of asking Indrapada he asked Nidrāpada which was readily granted. It is said that he slept for six months at a time, and, when roused, was awake for only one day. When Lankā was besieged by the monkey-troops of Rāma, Ravāṇa with great difficulty roused Kumbhakarṇa, desirous of availing himself of his gigantic strength. After having drunk 2 jars of liquor, he took Sugrīva prisoner, besides devouring thousands of monkeys. He was ultimately slain by Rāma.] Rām.6; R.12.8. -2 an epithet of Śiva; Mb.12. -कामला a bilious affection. -कारः 1 a potter; मृद्दण्डचक्रसंयोगात्कुम्भकारो यथा घटम् (करोति) Y.3.146. -2 a mixed tribe (वेश्यायां विप्रतश्चौर्यात् कुम्भकारः स उच्यते Uśanas; or मालाकारात्कर्मकर्यां कुम्भकारो व्यजायत Parāśara). -3 a serpent. -4 a kind of wild fowl. (-री), -कारिका 1 the wife of a potter. -2 a kind of collyrium. -घोणः N. of a town. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -योनिः, m. -संभवः 1 epithets of Agastya; एतदाख्याय रामाय महर्षिः कुम्भसंभवः Rām.7.8.1; प्रससादोदयादम्भः कुम्भयोनेर्महौजसः R.4.21;15.55. -2 an epithet of Droṇa, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -3 an epithet of Vasiṣṭha. -दासी a bawd, procuress; sometimes used as a term of reproach or abuse. -धरः the sign ef the zodiac called Aquarius. -पञ्जरः a niche in the wall. -राशिः the sign Aquarius. -रेतस् m. a form of Agni. -लग्नम् that time of the day in which Aquarius rises above the horizon. -मण्डूकः 1 (lit.) a frog in a pitcher. -2 (fig.) an inexperienced man; cf. कूपमण्डूक. -शाला pottery. -सन्धिः the hollow on the top of an elephant's head between the frontal globes.
kuruḥ कुरुः (pl.) 1 N. of a country situated in the north of India about the site of the modern Delhi; श्रियः कुरूणा- मधिपस्य पालनीम् Ki.1.1; चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासति 1.17. -2 The kings of this country. -रुः 1 A priest. -2 Boiled rice. -Comp. -क्षेत्रम् N. of an extensive plain near Delhi, the scene of the great war between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1; Ms.2.19. -क्षेत्रियोगः a solar day in the course of which three lunar days, three asterisms and three yogas occur. The yoga is indicative of death; पञ्चग्रहयुते मृत्यौ लग्नसंस्थे बृहस्पतौ । सौम्यक्षेत्रगते लग्ने कुरुक्षेत्रे मृति- र्भवेत् ॥ -चिल्लः a crab. -जाङ्गलम् = कुरुक्षेत्र q. v. -नन्दनः epithet of Arjuna; Bg.2.41;6.43. -पञ्चालाः N. of a country; कुरुपञ्चालानां ब्राह्मणाः Bṛi. Up.3.9.19. -बिल्वः a ruby. -राज् m. -राजः 1 an epithet of Duryodhana. स्वस्था भवन्तु कुरुराजसुताः सभृत्याः Ve.1.7. -2 N. of Yudhi-ṣṭhira; कस्यचित्त्वथ कालस्य कुरुराजो युधिष्ठिरः Mb.16.1.7. -विस्तः a weight of gold equal to about 7 Troy grains. -वृद्धः an epithet of Bhīṣma; तस्य संजनयन्हर्षं कुरुवृद्धः पितामहः Bg.1.12.
kṛpaḥ कृपः The maternal uncle of अश्वत्थामन्. [He was born of the sage Śaradvat by a nymph called Jānapadī, but along with his sister Kṛipī, also born from the nymph, he was brought up by Śantanu. He was proficient in the science of archery. In the great war he sided with the Kauravas, and after all had been slain he was given an asylum by the Pāṇḍavas. He is one of the seven Chirajīvins.] कृपश्च समितिञ्जयः Bg.1.8.
kṛṣṇa कृष्ण a. [कृष्-नक्] 1 Black, dark, dark-blue. -2 Wicked, evil; मनो गुणान्वै सृजते बलीयस्ततश्च कर्माणि विलक्षणानि । शुक्लानि कृष्णान्यथ लोहितानि तेभ्यः सवर्णाः सृतयो भवन्ति ॥ Bhāg. 11.23.44. -ष्णः 1 The black colour. -2 The black antelope; Bhāg.1.35.19. -3 A crow. -4 The (Indian) cuckoo. -5 The dark half of a lunar month (from full to new moon); Bg.8.25. -6 The Kali age. -7 Viṣṇu in his eighth incarnation, born as the son of Vasudeva and Devakī. [Kṛiṣna is the most celebrated hero of Indian mythology and the most popular of all the deities. Though the real son of Vasudeva and Devakī and thus a cousin of Kaṁsa, he was, for all practical purposes, the son of Nanda and Yaśodā, by whom he was brought up and in whose house he spent his childhood. It was here that his divine character began to be gradually discovered, when he easily crushed the most redoubtable demons, such as Baka, Pūtanā &c., that were sent to kill him by Kaṁsa, and performed many other feats of surprising strength. The chief companions of his youth were the Gopis or wives of the cowherds of Gokula, among whom Rādhā was his special favourite (cf. Jayadeva's Gitagovinda). He killed Kaṁsa, Naraka, Keśin, Ariṣṭa and a host of other powerful demons. He was a particular friend of Arjuna, to whom he acted as charioteer in the great war, and his staunch support of the cause of the Pāṇḍavas was the main cause of the overthrow of the Kauravas. On several critical occasions, it was Kṛiṣṇa's assistance and inventive mind that stood the Pāṇḍavas in good stead. After the general destruction of the Yādavas at Prabhāsa, he was killed unintentionally by a hunter named Jaras who shot him with an arrow mistaking him at a distance for a deer. He had more than 16 wives, but Rukmiṇi and Satyabhāmā, (as also Rādhā) were his favourites. He is said to have been of dark-blue or cloud-like colour; cf. बहिरिव मलिनतरं तव कृष्ण मनो$पि भविष्यति नूनं Gīt.8. His son was Pradyumna]. -8 N. of Vyāsa, the reputed author of the Mahābhārata; कुतः सञ्चोदितः कृष्णः कृतवान्संहितां मुनिः Bhāg.1.4.3. -9 N. of Arjuna. -1 Aloe wood. -11 The Supreme spirit. -12 Black pepper. -13 Iron. -14 A Śūdra; कृष्णस्तु केशवे व्यासे कोकिले$र्जुनकाकयोः । शूद्रे तामिस्रपक्षे$ग्निकलिनीलगुणेषु च ॥ Nm. -15 The marking nut (भल्लातक); विरक्तं शोध्यते वस्त्रं न तु कृष्णोपसंहितम् Mb.12.291.1. -ष्णा 1 N. of Draupadī, wife of the Pāṇḍavas; तेजो हृतं खलु मयाभिहतश्च मत्स्यः सज्जीकृतेन धनुषाधिगता च कृष्णा Bhāg.1.15.7; प्रविश्य कृष्णासदनं महीभुजा Ki.1.26. -2 N. of a river in the Deccan that joins the sea at Machhalipaṭṭaṇa. -3 A kind of poisonous insect. -4 N. of several plants. -5 A grape. -6 A kind of perfume. -7 An epithet of Durgā Bhāg.4.6.7. -8 One of the 7 tongues of fire. -9 N. of the river Yamunā; विलोक्य दूषितां कृष्णां कृष्णः कृष्णाहिना विभुः Bhāg.1.16.1. -ष्णी A dark night; रिणक्ति कृष्णीर- रुषाय पन्थाम् Rv.7.71.1. -ष्णम् 1 Blackness, darkness (moral also); शुक्रा कृष्णादजनिष्ट श्वितीची Rv.1.123.9. -2 Iron. -3 Antimony. -4 The black part of the eye. -5 Black pepper. -6 Lead. -7 An inauspicious act. -8 Money acquired by gambling. -Comp. -अगुरु n. a kind of sandal-wood. -अचलः an epithet of the mountain Raivataka. -अजिनम् the skin of the black antelope. -अध्वन्, -अर्चिस् m. an epithet of fire; cf. कृष्ण- वर्त्मन्. -अयस्, n. -अयसम्, -आमिषम् iron, crude or black iron. -कृष्णायसस्येव च ते संहत्य हृदयं कृतम् Mb.5.135. 1; वाचारम्भणं विकारो नामधेयं कृष्णायसमित्येव सत्यम् Ch. Up. 6.1.6. -अर्जकः N. of a tree. -अष्टमी, -जन्माष्टमी the 8th day of the dark half of Śrāvaṇa when Kṛiṣṇa, was born; also called गोकुलाष्टमी. -आवासः the holy fig-tree. -उदरः a kind of snake. -कञ्चुकः a kind of gram. -कन्दम् a red lotus. -कर्मन् a. of black deeds, criminal, wicked, depraved, guilty, sinful. -काकः a raven. -कायः a buffalo. -काष्ठम् a kind of sandal-wood, agallochum. -कोहलः a gambler. -गङ्गा the river कृष्णावेणी. -गति fire; ववृधे स तदा गर्भः कक्षे कृष्णगतिर्यथा Mb.13.85.56; आयोघने कृष्णगतिं सहायम् R.6.42. -गर्भाः (f. pl.) 1 the pregnant wives of the demon Kṛiṣṇa; यः कृष्णगर्भा निरहन्नृजिश्वना Rv.1.11.1. -2 waters in the interiors of the clouds. -गोधा a kind of poisonous insect. -ग्रीवः N. of Śiva. -चञ्चुकः a kind of pea. -चन्द्रः N. of Vasudeva. -चर a. what formerly belonged to Kṛiṣṇa. -चूर्णम् rust of iron, iron-filings. -च्छविः f. 1 the skin of the black antelope. -2 a black cloud; कृष्णच्छविसमा कृष्णा Mb.4.6.9. -ताम्रम् a kind of sandal wood. -तारः 1 a species of antelope. -2 an antelope (in general) -तालु m. a kind of horse having black palate; cf. शालिहोत्र of भोज, 67. -त्रिवृता N. of a tree. -देहः a large black bee. -धनम् money got by foul means. -द्वादशी the twelfth day in the dark half of Āṣaḍha. -द्वैपायनः N. of Vyāsa; तमहमरागमकृष्णं कृष्णद्वैपायनं वन्दे Ve.1.4. -पक्षः 1 the dark half of a lunar month; रावणेन हृता सीता कृष्णपक्षे$- सिताष्टमी Mahān. -2 an epithet of Arjuna; -पदी a female with black feet, -पविः an epithet of Agni. -पाकः N. of a tree (Mar. करवंद). -पिङ्गल a. dark-brown. (-ला) N. of Durgā. -पिण्डीतकः (-पिण्डीरः) N. of a tree (Mar. काळा गेळा). -पुष्पी N. of a tree (Mar. काळा धोत्रा). -फलः (-ला) N. of a tree (Mar. काळें जिरें). -बीजम् a watermelon. -भस्मन् sulphate of mecury. -मृगः the black antelope; शृङ्गे कृष्णमृगस्य वामनयनं कण्डूयमानां मृगीम् Ś.6.17. -मुखः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः the black-faced monkey. -मृत्तिका 1 black earth. -2 the gunpowder. -यजुर्वेदः the Taittirīya or black Yajurveda. -यामः an epithet of Agni; वृश्चद्वनं कृष्णयामं रुशन्तम् Rv.6.6.1. -रक्तः dark-red colour. -रूप्य = ˚चर q. v. -लवणम् 1 a kind of black salt. -2 a factitious salt. -लोहः the loadstone. -वर्णः 1 black colour. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a Śūdra; विडूरुङ्घ्रिश्रितकृष्णवर्णः Bhāg.2.1.37. -वर्त्मन् m. 1 fire; श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42; Ms.2.94. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a low man, profligate, black-guard. -विषाणा Ved. the horns of the black antelope. -वेणी N. of a river. -शकुनिः a crow; Av.19.57.4. -शारः, -सारः, -सारङ्गः the spotted antelope; कृष्णसारे ददच्चक्षुस्त्वयि चाधिज्यकार्मुके Ś.1.6; V.4.31; पीयूषभानाविव कृष्णसारः Rām. Ch.1.3. -शृङ्गः a buffalo. -सखः, -सारथिः an epithet of Arjuna. (-खी) cummin seed (Mar. जिरें). -स्कन्धः N. of a tree (Mar. तमाल).
khaṇḍana खण्डन a. [खण़्ड्-ल्युट्] 1 Breaking, cutting, dividing. -2 Destroying, annihilating; स्मरगरलखण्डनं मम शिरसि मण्डनम् Gīt.1; भवज्वरखण्डन 12. -नम् 1 Breaking or cutting. -2 Biting; injuring, hurting; अधरोष्ठखण्डनम् Pt.1; घटय भुजबन्धनं जनय रदखण्डनम् Gīt.1; Ch. P.12; दर्शनेन कृतखण्डनव्यथाः R.19.21. -3 Disappointing, frustrating (as in love). -4 Interrupting; रसखण्डनवर्जितम् R.9.36. -5 Cheating, deceiving. -6 Refuting (in argument); N.6.113. -7 Rebellion, opposition. -8 Dismissal. -Comp. -खण्डखाद्यम् N. of a work on logic by Harṣa. -रतम् Skilful in cutting or destroying. खण्डनीय khaṇḍanīya खण्डयितव्य khaṇḍayitavya खण्डनीय खण्डयितव्य pot. p. 1 To be broken, fragile, brittle. -2 Destructible. -3 Refutable &c.
khāṇḍavaḥ खाण्डवः Sugar-candy. -वम् N. of a forest in Kurukṣetra, sacred to Indra, and burnt by Agni with the assistance of Arjuna and Kṛiṣṇa; यत्सन्निधावहमु खाण्डवम- ग्नये$दाम् Bhāg.1.15.8. -Comp. -प्रस्थः N. of a town. -रागः a kind of sweetmeat; भक्ष्यखाण्डवरागाणां क्रियतां भुज्यतां तथा Mb.14.89.41. खाण्डविकः khāṇḍavikḥ खाण्डिकः khāṇḍikḥ खाण्डविकः खाण्डिकः [खाण्डव-ठन्, खण्ड-ठञ्] A confectioner.
guṇḍicā गुण्डिचा f. 1 One of the twelve festivals of God Puruṣottama. -2 N. of this place of festival; Utkalakhaṇḍa.
guru गुरु a. (-रु, -र्वी f.) [ग कु उच्च Uṇ.1.24.] (compar. गरीयस्; superl. गरिष्ठ) 1 Heavy, weighty (opp. लघु); (fig. also); तेन धूर्जगतो गुर्वी सचिवेषु निचिक्षिपे R.1.34;3.35; 12.12; विमुच्य वासांसि गुरूणि साम्प्रतम् Ṛs.1.7. -2 Great, large, long, extended. -3 Long (in duration or length). आरम्भगुर्वी Bh.2.6; गुरुषु दिवसेष्वेषु गच्छत्सु Me.85. -4 Important, momentous, great; विभवगुरुभिः कृत्यैः Ś.4. 19; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.31; Ku.3.13; Bh.3.7; R.14.35. -5 Arduous, difficult (to bear); कान्ताविरहगुरुणा शापेन Me.1. -6 Great, excessive, violent, intense; गुरुः प्रहर्षः प्रबभूव नात्मनि R.3.17; गुर्वपि विरहदुःखम् Ś.4.16; Bg.6.22. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Heavy, hard of digestion (as food). -9 Best, excellent. -1 Dear, beloved. -11 Haughty, proud (as a speech). -12 (In prosody) Long, as a syllable, either in itself, or being short, followed by a conjunct consonant &c.; e. g. ई in ईड् or त in तस्कर (It is usually represented by ग in works on prosody; मात्तौ गौ चेच्छालिनी वेदलोकैः &c.). -13 Irresistible, unassailable; जागर्ति दंशाय...गुरुर्भुजङ्गी Māl.6.1. -14 Mighty; powerful. -15 Valuable, highly prized; पूर्वं पूर्वं गुरु ज्ञेयम् Y.2.3. -16 Grievous; Me.85. -रुः 1 (a) A father; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेकपार्थिवः क्षितावभूदेकधनुर्धरो$पि सः R.3.31,48;4.1; 8.29. (b) Forefather, ancestor; त्वां मैत्रावरुणो$भिनन्दतु गुरुर्यस्ते गुरूणामपि U.5.27. (c) Father-in-law; त्वं हि मे गुरुः (तद्धर्मतः स्नुषा ते$हम्) Rām.7.26.28-29. -2 Any venerable or respectable person, an elderly personage or relative, the elders (pl.) शुश्रूषस्व गुरून् Ś.4.18; Bg. 2.5; Bv.2.7,18,19,49; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R. 14.46. -3 A teacher, preceptor; गुरुशिष्यौ. -4 Particularly, a religious teacher, spiritual preceptor. तौ गुरुर्गुरुपत्नी च प्रीत्या प्रतिननन्दतुः R.1.57; (technically a Guru is one who performs the purificatory ceremonies over a boy and instructs him in the Vedas; स गुरुर्यः क्रियाः कृत्वा वेदमस्मै प्रयच्छति Y.1.34). -5 A lord, head, superintendent, ruler; सर्वे गुरुहिते स्थिताः Rām.4.4.6; कर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी R.5.19 the head of the castes or orders; गुरुर्नृपाणां गुरवे निवेद्य 2.68. -6 N. of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; गुरुं नेत्रसहस्रेण चोदयामास वासवः Ku.2.29; Pt.1.23. -7 The planet Jupiter; गुरुकाव्यानुगां बिभ्रच्चान्द्रीमभिनभः श्रियम् Śi.2.2. -8 The propounder of a new doctrine. -9 The lunar asterism called पुष्य. -1 N. of Droṇa, teacher of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -11 N. of Prabhākara, the leader of a school of the Mīmāṁsakas (called after him Prābhākara). -12 The supreme spirit. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a long syllable. -अङ्गना 1 the wife of a Guru. -2 A woman entitled to great respect. -अर्थ a. important; सतीं व्यादाय शृण्वन्तो लघ्वीं गुर्वर्थगह्वराम् Bhāg.3. 16.14. (-र्थः) a preceptor's fee for instructing a pupil; गुर्वर्थमाहर्तुमहं यतिष्ये R.5.17. -उत्तम a. highly revered. (-मः) the Supreme soul. -उपदेशः 1 Consultation of the experts; एषु स्थानेषु गुरूपदेशात् सम्यङ् नाडीं परीक्ष्य शिरामोचनं कुर्यात् Śālihotra of Bhoja, 82. -2 advice by the elders or by the preceptor. -कण्ठः a peacock. -कारः worship, adoration. -कार्यम् 1 a serious or weighty affair. -2 the office of a spiritual teacher. -कुलम् the residence of a Guru (गुरुगृह), academy; वसन् गुरुकुले नित्यं नित्यम- ध्ययने रतः Mb.9.4.3; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलाद्विप्राणां पूजको भवेत् Ms.7.82. -कृत a. 1 worshipped. -2 made much of; अहो निन्द्यं रूपं कविजनविशेषैर्गुरु कृतम् Bh.3.2. -क्रमः instruction handed down through a series of teachers, traditional instruction. -गृहम् signs (राशिs) Sagittarius (धनु) and Pisces (मीन). -घ्नः white mustard. -चर्या attendance upon a preceptor; Māl.9.51. -जनः any venerable person, an elderly relative, the elders collectively; नापेक्षितो गुरुजनः K.158; Bv.2.7. -तल्पः 1 the bed (wife) of a teacher. -2 violation or violator of a teacher's bed; Mb.12.56.32. -तल्पगः, -तल्पिन् m. 1 one who violates his teacher's bed (wife), (ranked in Hindu law as a sinner of the worst kind, committer of an अतिपातक; cf. Ms.11.13); Mb.3.43.6. -2 one who defiles his step-mother. -दक्षिणा fee given to a spiritual preceptor; उपात्तविद्यो गुरुदक्षिणार्थी R.5.1. -दानम् a Guru's gift. -दैवतम् the constellation पुष्य. -पत्रा the tamarind tree. -त्रम् tin. -पाक a. difficult of digestion. -पूजा 1 the ceremonies in propitiation of Bṛihaspati when a work is to be performed or undertaken. -2 the worship of one's spiritual preceptor. -प्रसादः the product of a Guru's blessing, i. e. learning. -भम् 1 the constellation पुष्य. -2 a bow. -3 the sign Pisces of the zodiac. -भावः importance, weight. -मर्दलः a kind of drum or tabor. -रत्नम् 1 topaz; (Mar. पुष्पराग, गोमेद). -2 a gem brought from the Himālaya and the Indus. -लाघवम् relative importance or value; विरोधिषु महीपाल निश्चित्य गुरु- लाघवम् Mb.3.131.12; Ś.5. -वर्चोघ्नः the lime, citron. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् m. a student (ब्रह्मचारिन्) who resides at his preceptor's house. -वर्ति, -ता f. respectful behaviour towards Guru (elder or venerable person); निवेद्य गुरवे राज्यं भजिष्ये गुरुवर्तिताम् Rām.2.115.19. -वारः, -वासरः Thursday. -वृत्तिः f. the conduct of a pupil towards his preceptor; Rām.2.9.2. -व्यथ a. greatly distressed, heavy with grief; वचोभिराशाजननैर्भवानिव गुरुव्यथम् V. 3.9. -शिखरिन् m. an epithet of the Himālaya. -श्रुतिः a mantra (especially गायत्री); जपमानो गुरुश्रुतिम् Mb.13. 136.6. -स्वम् (= ष्वम्) the preceptor's wealth or property; गवां क्षीरं गुरुष्वं ते... Bm.1.35.
go गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.] 1 Cattle, kine (pl.) -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c. -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1. -4 The sky. -5 The thunderbolt of Indra; Ki.8.1. -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6. -7 A diamond. -8 Heaven. -9 An arrow. -f. 1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6. -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6). -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2. -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī. -5 A mother. -6 A quarter of the compass. -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5. -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42. -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव. -2 The hair of the body. -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3. -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49. -5 The sun. -6 The number 'nine' (in math.). -7 The moon. -8 A singer. -9 A billion. -1 A cow-sacrifice -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा ... Enm. -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made impassable. -2 the cow's hoof. -3 the print of a cow's hoof. -कर्ण a. having cow's ears. (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57. -2 a mule. -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42. -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P. -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33. -6 a kind of deer. -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42. -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird. -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough -2 a pestle. -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb. -2 a cow-house. -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up). -कुलिक a. 1 one who does not help a cow in the mud. -2 squint-eyed. -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā. -कृतम् cow-dung. -क्षीरम् cow's milk. -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof. -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13. -खा a nail. -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf. -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen. -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed. -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung. -2 a cow-house. -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2. -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer. -घृतम् 1 rain-water. -2 clarified butter coming from a cow. -घ्न a. 1 destructive to cows. -2 one who has killed a cow. -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest. -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood. -चर a. 1 grazed over by cattle. -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13. -4 moving on earth. -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12. -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent. (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1. -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39. -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible. -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16. -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1. -6 horizon. -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4. -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other. ˚पीडा inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current). -चर्मन् n. 1 a cow's hide. -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha :-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva. -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29. -चारकः cowherd. -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8. -ज a. 1 born in the earth (rice &c.). -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा ...... Kaṭh.5.2. -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13. -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow. -जागरिकम् auspiciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker. -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11. -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी). -जिह्विका the uvula. -जीव a. living on cattle (milkman); Hch.1.7. -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow. -तीर्थम् a cowhouse. -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क] 1 a cow-pen. -2 a stable in general. -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141. -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88. -5 a multitude. -6 increase. -7 a forest. -8 a field. -9 a road. -1 possessions, wealth. -11 an umbrella, a parasol. -12 knowledge of futurity. -13 a genus, class, species. -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm. (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows. -2 the earth. ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree. ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family. ˚कीला the earth. ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135. ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree. ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52. ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī. -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (protecting the head). -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail. (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment. -2 a white fossil substance. -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow. -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently). -3 the part of the head close to the right ear. -दाय a. intending to give cows. -दारणम् 1 a plough. -2 a spade, hoe. -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south. -दुह् m., -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi. -दोहः 1 the milking of cows. -2 the milk of cows. -3 the time of milking cows. -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows. -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4. -दोहनी a milk-pail. -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow. -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle. -2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow. -धरः a mountain. -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26. -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13. -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour; -सम्भवम् a sour paste. -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called because cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth). -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf. -भ्रः a mountain. -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva. -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird. -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane. -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull). -3 N. of a country. -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya. -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake. -2 a kind of gem. -नसा the mouth of a cow. -नाथः 1 a bull. -2 an owner of land. -3 a herdsman. -4 an owner of kine. -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3. -नाशनः a wolf. -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox. -नासम् a kind of gem. -निष्यन्दः cow's urine. -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15. -2 the chief of a cowpen. -3 the superintendent of a village. -4 a king. -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1. ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49. ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd. ˚आटविका a cowherd. ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd. -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. ˚चापः the rainbow. ˚दलः the betel-nut tree. ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily. ˚रसः gum myrrh. ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1. (-पकः) 1 the superintendent of a district. -2 myrrh. (-पिका) 1 a cowherdess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15. -2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports). -2 a milk-maid. -3 a protectress. -4 Nature, elementary nature. -पतिः 1 an owner of cows. -2 a bull. -3 a leader, chief. -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32. -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1. -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 N. of Śiva. -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11. -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26. -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av. -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो. -पशुः a sacrificial cow. -पाः m. Ved. 1 a herdsman. -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57. -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15. -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed. -पालकः 1 a cowherd. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa. -पालिः an epithet of Śiva. -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19. -पालितः N. of a lexicographer. -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.). -पीतः a species of wagtail. -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage. -पुच्छम् a cow's tail. -2 a particular point of an arrow. (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22. -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings. -3 a kind of drum. -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull. -पुत्रः 1 a young bull. -2 an epithet of Karṇa. -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1. -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5. -3 the ornamental gateway of a temple. -पुरीषम् cowdung. -प्रकाण्डम् an excellent cow or bull. -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166. -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle. -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11. -प्रदानम् same as गोदान. -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35. -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c. -2 a sling. -बालः the hair of cows. -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मक्षिका a gadfly. -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3. -मंडलम् 1 the globe. -2 a multitude of cows. -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B. -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v. -मतल्लिका a tractable cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41. -मथः a cowherd. -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist. -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय. -मांसम् beef. -मायु 1 a kind of frog. -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25. -3 bile of a cow. -4 N. of a Gandharva. -मीनः a kind of fish. -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55. (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark. -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves. (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly. -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside. -2 a house built unevenly. -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows. -मूढ a. stupid as a bull. -मूत्रम् cow's urine. -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11. -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly. -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it :-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.) -2 a form of calculation. -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय). -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, described as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue. -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद. -2 a kind of poison (काकोल). -3 smearing the body with unguents. -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8. -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174. -युक्त a. drawn by oxen. -युतम् 1 a cattle station. -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22. -रक्षः 1 a cowherd. -2 keeping or tending cattle. -3 the orange. -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat. -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith). -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl -2 a prisoner. -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes. -4 a chanter. -रवम् saffron. -रसः cow's milk. -2 curds. -3 buttermilk. -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk. -राजः an excellent bull. -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird. -रुतम् a measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva. -रोचम् yellow orpiment. -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow. -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow. -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3. -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world. -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute. -2 white Dūrvā grass. -3 Zedoary. -4 N. of a shrub. -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf. -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59. -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -वरम् pounded cowdung. -वशा a barren cow. -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen. -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide. -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m. 1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9. -2 a husbandman. -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows. -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman. -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन -विष् f., -विष्ठा cowdung. -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4. -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9. -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2. -वीर्यम् the price received for milk. -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle. -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow. -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva. -वैद्यः a quack docter. -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen. -2 a herd of cows. -3 a place where cattle graze. -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in frugality; ...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः ... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14. -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182. -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa. -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall. -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11. -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23. -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine. -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows. -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7. -2 giving cattle. -ष्टोमः a kind of sacrifice fasting for one day. -संख्यः a cowherd. -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय). -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग. -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17. -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ. -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री). -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow. -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow. -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c. -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings. -4 a kind of fort. -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes. -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen. -स्वामिन् m. 1 an owner of cows. -2 a religious mendicant. -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्). -हत्या cow-slaughter. -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung. -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.) -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.
grah ग्रह् 9 U. (In Vedic literature ग्रभ्; गृह्णति, जग्राह, अग्र- हीत्, ग्रहीतुम्, गृहीत caus. ग्राहयति; desid. जिवृक्षति) 1 To seize, take, take or catch hold of, lay hold of, catch, grasp; तयोर्जग्रहतुः पादान् राजा राज्ञी च मागधी R.1.57; आलाने गृह्यते हस्ती वाजी वल्गासु गृह्यते Mk.1.5; तं कण्ठे जग्राह K.363. पाणिं गृहीत्वा, चरणं गृहीत्वा &c. -2 To receive, take, accept, exact; प्रजानामेव भूत्यर्थं स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18; Ms.7.124; 9.162. -3 To apprehend, capture, take prisoner. बन्दिग्राहं गृहीत्वा V.1; यांस्तत्र चोरान् गृह्णीयात् Ms.8.34. -4 To arrest, stop, catch; अभ्यासेन तु कौन्तेय वैराग्येण च गृह्यते Bg.6.35. -5 To captivate, attract; महाराजगृहीत- हृदयया मया V.4; हृदये गृह्यते नारी Mk.1.5; माधुर्यमीष्टे हरिणान् ग्रहीतुम् R.18.13. -6 To win over, persuade, induce to one's side; लुब्धमर्थेन गृह्णीयात् Chāṇ.33; Pt.1.69,184. -7 (Hence) To please, gratify, satisfy, propitiate; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानुभावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17,33. -8 To affect; seize or possess (as a demon, spirit &c.); as in पिशाचगृहीत, वेतालगृहीत. -9 To assume, take; द्युतिमग्रहीद् ग्रहगणः Śi.9.23; Bk.19.29. -1 To learn, know, recognize, understand; युवतीजनैर्जग्रहे मुनि- प्रभावः Ki.1.8; Pt.1.43. -11 To regard, consider, believe, take for; मयापि मृत्पिण्डबुद्धिना तथैव गृहीतम् Ś.6; परिहासविजल्पितं सखे परमार्थेन न गृह्यतां वचः Ś.2.19; एवं जनो गृह्णाति M.1; Mu.3. -12 To catch or perceive (as by an organ of sense); ज्यानिनादमथ गृह्णती तयोः R.11.15. -13 To master, grasp, comprehend; न्यस्ताक्षरामक्षरभूमि- कायां कार्त्स्न्येन गृह्णाति लिपिं न यावत् R.18.46. -14 To guess, conjecture, infer; नेत्रवक्त्रविकारैश्च गृह्यते$न्तर्गतं मनः Ms.8.26. -15 To utter, mention (as a name); यदि मयान्यस्य नामापि न गृहितम् K.35; न तु नामापि गृह्णीयात् पत्यौ प्रेते परस्य तु Ms.5.157. -16 To buy, purchase; कियता मूल्येनैतत्पुस्तकं गृहीतम् Pt.2; Y.2.169; Ms.8.21. -17 To deprive (one) of, take away from, rob or seize away; यथा रणे प्राणान् बहूनामग्रहीद् द्विषाम् Bk.9.9;15.63. -18 To wear, put on (as clothes &c.); वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय नवानि गृह्णाति नरो$पराणि Bg.2.22. -19 To conceive. -2 To observe (as a fast). -21 To eclipse. -22 To undertake, undergo, begin. -23 To take up, draw (water.); अपस्फुरं गृभायत सोममिन्द्राय पातवे Rv.8.69.1. -24 To stop, intercept. -25 To withdraw, draw back; यथोर्ण- नाभिः सृजते गृह्णते Muṇḍa.1.7. -26 To include. -27 To receive hospitably (as a guest). [The senses of this root may be variously modified according to the noun with which it is joined]. -Caus. 1 To cause to take, catch, seize or accept. -2 To give away in marriage; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 To teach, make one acquainted with. -4 To make one take, deliver over to. -5 To become familiar with; -With अनुसम् to salute humbly. -अप to take away, tear off. -अभि to seize forcibly. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (ग्रहति, ग्राहयति-ते) To take, receive, &c.
ghaṭotkacaḥ घटोत्कचः N. of a son of Bhīma by a female demon named हिडिम्बा; Bhāg.9.22.3-31. He was a very powerful person and fought valiantly in the great war between the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas on the side of the former, but was slain by Karṇa with the Śakti or missile he had received from Indra; cf. Mu.2.15. The derivation of the name is given in the आदिपर्व of महाभारत as follows : घटो हास्योत्कच इति माता तं प्रत्यभाषत । अब्रवीत्तेन नामास्य घटोत्कच इति स्म ह ॥ Mb.1.155.38.
cakram चक्रम् [क्रियते अनेन, कृ घञर्थे< क नि˚ द्वित्वम् Tv.] 1 The wheel of a carriage; चक्रवत्परिवर्तन्ते दुःखानि च सुखानि च H.1.173. -2 A potter's wheel. -3 A sharp circular missile, weapon, a disc (especially applied to the weapon of Viṣṇu). -4 An oil-mill; दशसूनासमं चक्रं दशचक्रसमो ध्वजः Mb.13.125.9. -5 A circle, ring; कलाप- चक्रेषु निवेशिताननम् Ṛs.2.14. -6 A troop, multitude, collection, Śi.2.17. -7 A realm, sovereignty; स्वस्थं स्वचक्रं परचक्रमुक्तम् Bu. Ch.2.15; cf. चक्रं सैन्यथाङ्गयोः । राष्ट्रे दम्भान्तरे ... । Medinī. -8 A province, district, a group of villages. -9 A form of military array in a circle. -1 A circle or depression of the body. -11 A cycle, cycle of years. -12 The horizon; यावदावर्तते चक्रं तावती मे वसुन्धरा Rām.2.1.36. -13 An army, a host. -14 Section of a book. -15 A whirlpool. -16 The winding of a river. -17 An astronomical circle; राशि˚ the zodiac. -18 Circular flight (of birds &c.). -19 A particular constellation in the form of a hexagon. -2 Range, department in general. -21 The convolutions or spiral marks of the शालिग्राम. -22 A crooked or fraudulent contrivance. -क्रः 1 The ruddy goose (also called चक्रवाक); पद्मोल्लासविधायिनि सत्पथदीप्तिकृति चक्रभव्यकरे Viś. Guṇā.274. -2 A multitude, troop, group. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a gander having a curved neck. -2 a carriage. _x001F_+-3 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक); चक्राङ्गान् स च नित्यं वै सर्वतो वनगोच- रान् Mb.12.268.36. (-ङ्गी) a goose. (-ङ्गम्) a parasol. -अटः 1 a juggler, snake-catcher. -2 a rogue, knave, cheat. -3 a particular coin, a dināra. -अधिवासिन् m. the orange tree. -अरः, (-रम्) the spoke of a wheel; चक्रारपङ्क्तिरिव गच्छति भाग्यपङ्क्तिः । Svapna.1.4. -अश्मन् n. a machine to hurl stones at a distance; अयःकणपचक्राश्म- भुशुण्ड्युद्यतबाहवः Mb.1.227.25. -आकार, -आकृति a. circular, round. -आयुधः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -आवर्तः whirling or rotatory motion. -आह्वः, -आह्वयः the ruddy goose; -ईश्वरः 1 'lord of the discus', N. of Viṣṇu. -2 the officer in charge of a district. -ईश्वरी N. of the Jaina goddess of learning. -उपजीविन् m. an oil-man. -कारकम् 1 a nail. -2 a kind of perfume. -गजः the plant Cassia Tora. -गण्डुः a round pillow. -गतिः f. rotation, revolution. -गुच्छः the Aśoka tree. -ग्रहणम्, -णी f. a rampart, an entrenchment. -चक्रम् A flock of चक्रवाक birds; अस्ताद्रिपद्मा- करचक्रचक्रे तत्कालविज्ञातपतङ्गपाते । सद्यो दिदीपे विरहानलः ...... । Rām. Ch.6.19. -चर a. moving in a circle; (-रः) a juggler. -चारिन् m. a chariot. -चूडामणिः a round jewel in a coronet or diadem. -जीवकः, -जीविन् m. a potter. -तीर्थम् N. of a holy place. -तुण्डः a kind of fish; रोहितांश्चक्रतुण्डांश्च नलमीनांश्च राघव Rām.3.73.14. -दंष्ट्रः a hog. -घनः a thunder cloud. -धर a. 1 bearing or having a wheel. -2 carrying a discus. -3 driving in a carriage. (-रः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; चक्रघरप्रभावः R. 16.55. -2 a sovereign, governor or ruler of a province; वृद्धानां भारतप्तानां स्त्रीणां चक्रधरस्य च Mb.13.162.38. -3 a village tumbler or juggler. -4 a snake; भवेच्चक्रधरो विष्णौ भुजङ्गे ग्रामजालिनि Viśvalochana. -धारा the periphery of a wheel. -नदी the Gaṇḍakī river. -नाभिः the nave of a wheel. -नामन् m. 1 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक). -2 a pyritic ore of iron. -नायकः 1 the leader of a troop. -2 a kind of perfume. -नेमिः f. the periphery or circumference of a wheel; नीचैर्गच्छत्युपरि च दशा चक्रनेमिक्रमेण Me.19. -पाणिः an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bg.11.49. -पादः, -पादकः 1 a carriage. -2 an elephant. -पालः 1 the governor of a province. -2 an officer in charge of a division of an army. -3 horizon. -4 a circle. -5 one who carries a discus. -फलम् a kind of discus. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः the sun. -बालः, -डः, -वालः, -लम्, -डम् 1 a ring, circle. -2 a collection, group, multitude, mass; कैरव- चक्रवालम् Bh.2.74; प्रकटयसि कुमुच्चैरर्चिषां चक्रवालं Rati.4.16; Mv.6.4; Mu.3.21.; K.126,178. -3 horizon. (-लः) 1 a mythical range of mountains supposed to encircle the orb of the earth like a wall and to be the limit of light and darkness. -2 the ruddy goose. -बालधिः a dog. -भृत् m. 1 one who holds a discus. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -भेदिनी night. -भ्रमः, -भ्रमिः f. a lathe or grindstone; आरोप्य चक्रभ्रमिमुष्णतेजास्त्वष्ट्रेव यत्नोल्लिखितो विभाति R.6. 32; चक्रभ्रमीवद्धृतशरीरः Sāṅ. K.67. -भ्रान्तिः f. revolution of wheels; V.1.5. -मण्डलिन् m. a species of cobra. -मुखः a hog. -मुषलः a battle carried on with the discus and club. -यानम् a wheel-carriage. -रदः a hog. -वर्तिन् m. 1 an emperor, universal monarch, sovereign of the world, a ruler whose dominions extend as far as the ocean (आसमुद्रक्षितीश Ak.); पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12; तव तन्वि कुचावेतौ नियतं चक्रवर्तिनौ । आसमुद्रक्षितीशो$पि भवान् यत्र करप्रदः ॥ Udb. (where there is a pun on the word चक्रवर्तिन्, the other meaning being 'resembling in shape the ruddy goose', 'round'); -2 (hence) head, foremost; आपद्गतः किल महाशयचक्रवर्ती विस्तारयत्यकृतपूर्वमुदार- भावम् Bv.1.7; कवयस्तर्कयाञ्चक्रुरित्थं ते चक्रवर्तिनः Parṇal.5.38. -3 a kind of horse having one or three curls on the shoulder; स्कन्धपार्श्वे यदावर्त एको वा यदि वा त्रयः । चक्रवर्ती स विज्ञेयो वाजी भूपालमन्दिरे ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वर्मन् m. N. of a king of Kashmir; चक्रवर्माभिधं राज्ये क्षीणपुण्यो व्यपद्यत Rāj. T.5.287. -वाकः 1 (-की f.) the ruddy goose; दूरी- भूते मयि सहचरे चक्रवाकीमिवैकाम् Me.83. ˚बन्धुः the sun. -2 a kind of horse, having white feet and white eyes; श्वेताभः श्वेतपादश्च तथा स्यात् श्वेतलोचनः । चक्रवाकः स विज्ञेयो राजार्हो वाजि सत्तमः ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वाटः 1 a limit, boundary. -2 a lamp-stand. -3 engaging in an action. -वातः a whirlwind, hurricane; चक्रवातस्वरूपेण जहारासीनमर्भकम् Bhāg.1. 7.2. -वृद्धिः f. 1. interest upon interest, compound interest; Ms.8.153,156. -2 wages for transporting goods in a carriage. -व्यूहः a circular array of troops. -संज्ञम् tin. (-ज्ञः) the ruddy goose. -साह्वयः the ruddy goose. -हस्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
citra चित्र a. [चित्र्-भावे अच्; चि-ष्ट्रन् वा Uṇ.4.163] 1 Bright, clear. -2 Variegated, spotted, diversified. -3 amusing, interesting, agreeable; Māl.1.4. -4 Various, different, manifold; Pt.1.136; Ms.9.248; Y.1.288. -5 Surprising, wonderful, strange; किमत्र चित्रम् R.5.33; Ś.2.15. -6 Perceptible, visible. -7 Conspicuous, excellent, distinguished; न यद्वचश्चित्रपदं हरेर्यशो जगत्पवित्रं प्रगृणीत कर्हिचित् Bhāg.1.5.1. -8 Rough, agitated (as the sea, opp सम). -9 Clear, loud, perceptible (as a sound). -त्रः 1 The variegated colour. -2 A form of Yama. -3 The Aśoka tree. -4 = चित्रगुप्त q. v. below. -त्रम् 1 A picture, painting, delineation चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पितसत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.9; पुनरपि चित्रीकृता कान्ता Ś.6.2,13,21 &c. -2 A brilliant ornament or ornament. -3 An extraordinary appearance, wonder. -4 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -5 Heaven, sky. -6 A spot. -7 The white or spotted leprosy. -8 (In Rhet.) The last of the three main divisions of Kāvya (poetry). (It is of two kinds शब्दचित्र and अर्थ-वाच्य-चित्र, and the poetical charm lies mainly in the use of figures of speech dependent on the sound and sense of words. Mammaṭa thus defines it :-- शब्दचित्रं वाज्यचित्रमव्यङ्ग्यं त्ववरं स्मृतम् K. P.1. As an instance of शब्दचित्र may be cited the following verse from R. G. मित्रात्रिपुत्रनेत्राय त्रयीशात्रवशत्रवे । गोत्रारिगोत्रजैत्राय गोत्रात्रे ते नमो नमः ॥ -9 Anything bright which strikes the eye. -1 Playing upon words, punning, using conundrums, riddles &c. -11 A lotus. ...... मङ्गले तिलके हेम्नि व्योम्नि पद्मे नपुंसकम् । Nm. -त्रम् ind. Oh !, how strange !, what a wonder ! चित्रं बधिरो नाम व्याकरणमध्येष्यते Sk. -Comp. -अक्षी, -नेत्रा, -लोचना a kind of bird commonly called Sārikā. -अङ्ग a. striped, having a spotted body. (-ङ्गः) 1 a kind of snake. -2 N. of Arjuna. (-ङ्गम्) 1 vermilion. -2 yellow orpiment. -अङ्गद a. decked with brilliant bracelets. (-दा) N. of a wife of Arjuna and mother of Babhruvāhana. -अङ्गदसूः f. an epithet of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. -अन्नम् rice dressed with coloured condiments; Y.1.34. -अपूपः a kind of cake. -अर्पित a. committed to a picture, painted. ˚आरम्भ a. painted; चित्रार्पितारम्भ इवावतस्थे R.2.31; Ku.3.42. -आकृतिः f. a painted resemblance, portrait. -आयसम् steel. -आरम्भः a painted scene, outline of a picture; V.1.4. v. l. -उक्तिः f. 1 agreeable or frequent discourse; जयन्ति ते पञ्चममित्रचित्रोक्तिसंदर्भविभूषणेषु Vikr.1. -2 a voice from heaven. -3 a surprising tale. -ओदनः boiled rice coloured with turmeric &c. -कण्ठः pigeon. -कथालापः telling agreeable or charming stories. -कम्बलः 1 painted cloth used as an elephant's housing -2 a variegated carpet. -कर 1 a painter. -2 an actor. -कर्मन् n. 1 an extraordinary act; धीर्न चित्रीयते कस्माद- भित्तौ चित्रकर्मणा Ks.6.5. -2 ornamenting, decorating. -3 a picture; Mu.2.4. -4 magic. (-m.) 1 a magician, one who works wonders. -2 a painter. ˚विद् m. 1 a painter. -2 a magician. -कायः 1 a tiger in general. -2 a leopard or panther. -कारः 1 a painter. -2 N. of a mixed tribe; (स्थपतेरपि गान्धिक्यां चित्रकारो व्यजायत Parāśara). -कूटः N. of a hill and district near Prayāga; दृप्तः कुकुद्मानिव चित्रकूटः R.12;15;13.47, U.1. -कृत् a. astonishing, surprising. (-m.) a painter. -कोलः a kind of lizard. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् painting; आहूय स्वसुता- वासे चित्रकृत्ये न्ययुङ्क्त माम् Ks.71.82. -क्षत्र a. Ved. having manifold power, or one whose wealth is visible; चित्रक्षत्र चित्रतमं वयोधाम् Rv.6.6.7. -ग, -गत a. 1 painted, drawn in a picture; संपूर्णलक्षणा देवी प्रतिभाति स्म चित्रगा Ks.5.31. -2 coloured, variegated. -गन्धम् yellow orpiment. -गुप्तः one of the beings in Yama's world recording the vices and virtues of mankind; नामान्येषां लिखामि ध्रुवमहम- धुना चित्रगुप्तः प्रमार्ष्टु Mu.1.2. -गृहम् a painted room. -जल्पः a random or incoherent talk, talk on various subjects. -तण्डुलम् a medicinal plant said to possess anthelmintic virtues. -त्वच् m. the Bhūrja tree. -दण्डकः the cotton-plant. -धा ind. in many ways; तर्कयामास चित्रधा Bhāg.3.13.2. -न्यस्त a. painted, drawn in a picture; Ku.2.24. -पक्षः the francoline partridge. -पटः, -ट्टः 1 a painting, a picture. -2 a coloured or chequered cloth. -पद a. 1 divided into various parts. -2 full of graceful expressions. -पादा the bird called Sārikā. -पिच्छकः a peacock. -पुङ्खः a kind of arrow. -पृष्ठः a sparrow. -प्रतिकृतिः f. representation in colours, a painting, a picture. -फलः, -फलकः A kind of large flat fish; L. D. B. -फला 1 A smaller kind of flat fish. -2 N. of several plants. -फलकम् a tablet for painting, a picture-board. -बर्हः a peacock; -भानु a. of a variegated colour, shining with light; चित्रभानुरुषसां भात्यग्रे R.7.9.3; प्रपूर्वगौ पूर्वजौ चित्रभानू Mb.1.3.57. (-नुः) 1 fire; पुच्छैः शिरोभिश्च भृशं चित्रभानुं प्रपेदिरे Mb.1.53. 5. -2 the sun; (चित्रभानुर्विभातीति दिने रवौ रात्रौ वह्नौ K. P. 2 given as an instance of one of the modes of अञ्जन). -3 N. of Bhairava. -4 the Arka plant. -5 Śiva. -6 an epithet of the Aśvins. -7 the first year of the first cycle of Jupiter. -भाष्यम् A diplomatic speech; Mb. 5.35.71. -भूत a. painted. -मण्डलः a kind of snake. -मृगः the spotted antelope. -मेखलः a peacock. -योधिन् a. fighting in a wonderful manner; लब्धास्त्रश्चित्रयोधी च मनस्वी च दृढवतः 5.17.3. (-m.) an epithet of Arjuna. -रथः 1 the sun. -2 N. of a king of the Gandharvas, one of the sixteen sons of Kaśyapa by his wife Muni; अत्र मुनेस्तनयश्चित्रसेनादीनां पञ्चदशानां भ्रातॄणामधिको गुणैः षोडश- श्चित्ररथो नाम समुत्पन्नः K.136; V.1. -लिखनम् painting. -लिखित a. 1 painted. -2 dumb, motionless (as in a picture). -लेख a. of beautiful outlines, highly arched; रुचिस्तव कलावती रुचिरचित्रलेखे श्रुवौ Gīt.1. (-खा) 1 a portrait, picture. -2 N. of a friend and companion of Uṣā, daughter of Bāṇa. [When Uṣā related to her her dream, she suggested the idea of taking the portraits of all young princes in the neighbourhood; and on Uṣā's recognising Aniruddha, Chitralekhā, by means of her magical power, conveyed him to her palace.] -लेखकः a painter. -लेखनिका a painter's brush. -वदालः the sheat-fish. -वनम् N. of a forest near the Gaṇḍakī. -वाजः a cock. -विचित्र a. 1 variously coloured, variegated. -2 multiform. -विद्या the art of painting. -शाला a painter's studio. -शिखण्डिन् m. an epithet of the seven sages :--मरीचि, अङ्गिरस्, अत्रि, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ; मरीचिरत्र्यङ्गिरसौ पुलस्त्यः पुलहः क्रतुः । वसिष्ठश्च महातेजास्ते हि चित्रशिखण्डिनः ॥ Mb.12.335.29. ˚जः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -शिरस् m. -शीर्षकः a kind of venomous insect. -श्रीः great or wonderful beauty. -संस्थ a. painted. -हस्तः a particular position of the hands in fighting.
cekitānaḥ चेकितानः 1 An epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of a Yādava prince, who fought on the side of the Pāṇḍavas in the great war. -a. One who sees; यं चेकितानमनु चित्तय उच्चकन्ति Bhāg.6.16.48.
jaṅghā जङ्घा [जङ्घन्यते कुटिलं गच्छति हन् यङ् - लुकि अच् पृषो˚; cf. Uṇ.5.31] 1 Leg from the ankle to the knee, the shank. -2 The upper part of the leg, the part about the loins. -3 A part of a bed-stead. -Comp. -करः, करिकः, -कारः, -कारिकः a runner, courier, an express. Kau. A.2.1. -त्राणम् an armour for the legs. -पथः A foot-path. गङ्घापथश्चतुष्पादस्त्रिपादं च गृहान्तरम् Brahmāṇḍa P., part 1, second अनुषङ्गपाद. Ch.7.5.115. -बलम् 'Strength of the shanks', running away किमन्यत् । जङ्घाबलमेव M.3 (between 19th and 2th verses.)
jatu जतु n. [जन्-ड तो$न्तादेशः Uṇ.1.18] 1 Lac; Pt.1.17. -2 A kind of red dye. -तुः, -तूः f. A bat. -Comp. -अश्मकम् red arsenic. -गृहम् a house made of lac (such as was built by Duryodhana in order to burn up the Pāṇḍavas). -पुत्रकः a man at chess. -मणिः a mole, a natural mark on the body. -रसः lac.
janaḥ जनः [जन्-अच्] 1 A creature, living being, man. -2 An individual or person (whether male or female); क्व वयं क्व परोक्षमन्मथो मृगशावैः सममेधितो जनः Ś.2.18; तत्तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः U.2.19; so सखीजनः a female friend; दासजनः a slave, अबलाजनः &c. (In this sense जनः or अयं जनः is often used by the speakerwhether male or female, in the sing. or pl. --instead of the first personal pronoun to speak of himself in the third person); अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4 (male); भगवन् परवानयं जनः प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81 (female); पश्यानङ्गशरातुरं जनमिमं त्रातापि नो रक्षसि Nag.1.1. (female and pl.). -3 Men collectively, the people, the world (in sing. or pl.); एवं जनो गृह्णाति M.1; सतीमपि ज्ञातिकुलैक- संश्रयां जनो$न्यथा भर्तृमतीं विशङ्कते Ś.5.17. -4 Race, nation, tribe. -5 The world beyond Maharloka, the heaven of deified mortals. -6 A low man, the mob; L. D. B. -ना Birth, production. -Comp. -अतिग a. extraordinary, uncommon, superhuman. -अधिपः, -अधिनाथः 1 a king -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अन्तः 1 a place removed from men, an uninhabited place. -2 a region. -3 an epithet of Yama. -4 personal proximity. -अन्तिकम् secret communication, whispering or speaking aside (to another). (-ind.) aside to another (in dramas); the S. D. thus defines this stage direction:-- त्रिपताककरेणान्यानप- वार्यान्तरा कथाम् । अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत् स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् ॥ 425. -अर्णवः a large concourse of people, caravan. -अर्थशब्दः a family appellation. -अर्दनः an epithet of Visnu or Krisna. -अशनः a. wolf. -आकीर्ण a. thronged or crowded with people; Ś.5.1. -आचारः 1 a popular usage or custom. -2 propriety, decorum. -आश्रमः an asylum for people, an inn, caravansary. -आश्रयः a pavilion. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः a king. -इष्ट a. desired or liked by the people. (-ष्टः) a kind of jasmine. (-ष्टा) turmeric. -उदाहरणम् glory, fame. -ओघः a concourse of people, crowd, mob. -कारिन् m. lac. -चक्षुस् n. 'the people's eye', the sun. -जन्मादिः the the Supreme Being. -जल्पः A rumour. -त्रा an umbrella, a parasol. -देवः a king. -पदः 1 a community, race, nation; Y.1.361 v. l. -2 A kingdom, an empire, an inhabited country; जनपदे न गदः पदभादधौ R.9.4; दाक्षि- णात्ये जनपदे Pt.1; Me.48. -3 the country (opp. the town पुर, नगर); जनपदवधूलोचनैः पीयमानः Me.16. -4 the people, subjects (opp. the sovereign); जनपदहितकर्ता त्यज्यते पार्थिवेन Pt.1.131. -5 mankind. -6 a. considering his subjects as authority; आपौरप्रकृतिजनपदो राजा Bhāg.5.4.5. -पदिन् m. the ruler of a country or community. -प्रवादः 1 rumour, report. -2 scandal, calumny. -प्रिय a. 1 philanthropic. -2 liked by the people, popular. (-यः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 coriander-seed. -मरकः an epidemic disease. -मर्यादा established custom or usage, popular custom. -मारः an epidemic; Av. Pariś.72.84. -योपन a. perplexing or vexing men; कमगञ्जनयोपनः Rv.1.86.22. -रञ्जनम् gratifying the people, courting popular favour. -रवः 1 rumour. -2 calumny, scandal. -लोकः one (i. e. the fifth) of the seven divisions of the universe situated above Maharloka; यो ब्रह्मवादः पूर्वेषां जनलोकनिवासिनाम् Bhāg.1.87.8. -वादः (also जनेवादः) 1 news, rumour. -2 a scandal; द्यूतं च जनवादं च Ms.2.179. -व्यवहारः popular usage. -श्चुत a. well-known among people, famous -श्रुतिः f. a rumour, report; अभिचारं चकारास्येत्य- विगाना जनश्रुतिः Rāj. T.7.133. (-नं) सह a. subduing men; सत्रासाहो जनभक्षो जनंसहः Rv.2.21.3. -संबाध a. densely crowded with people. -स्थानम् N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest; R.12.42;13.22; U.1.28;2.17.
jaraṭha जरठ a. [जॄ बा˚ अठ] 1 Hard, solid. -2 old, aged; अयमतिजरठाः प्रकामगुर्वीः परिणतदिक्करिकास्तटीर्बिभर्ति Śi.4.29 (where जरठ means 'hard' also). -3 Decayed, decrepit, infirm. -4 Bent, bowed down, drooping. -5 Pale, yellowish-white. -6 Full-grown, ripe, matured; जरठ- कमल Śi.11.14. -7 Hard-hearted, cruel. -ठः1 N. of Paṇdu, father of the five Paṇḍavas. -2 Old age.
takman तक्मन् m. N. of a disease; Av. (various Kāṇḍas).
taraṇi तरणि a. [तॄ-अनि] Ved. 1 Passing through, pervading (as the sun). -2 Quick, energetic, unremitting; विपश्चितं तरणिं भ्राजमानम् Av.13.2.4. -3 Saving, carrying over, benevolent. -णिः 1 The sun; 'तरणिर्द्युमणौ पुंसि कुमारीनौकयोः स्त्रियाम् Medinī. -2 A ray of light. -3 The Arka plant. -4 Copper. -णिः, -णी f. A raft, boat. -Comp. -तनया the river Yamunā; परिश्रान्तस्यायं तरणि- तनयातीरनिलयः Bv.4.7. -धन्यः an epithet of Śiva. -पेटकः an oval bowl of wood for baling a boat. -रत्नम् a ruby. तरण्डः taraṇḍḥ ण्डा ṇḍā ण्डी ṇḍī ण्डम् ṇḍam तरण्डः ण्डा ण्डी ण्डम् [तॄ-अण्डच्] A boat. -ण्डः, -ण्डम् 1 A raft or float made of bamboos tied together and floated on jars or inverted hollow gourds. -2 The float of a fishing-line. -3 An oar. -Comp. -पादा a kind of boat.
daṇḍakaḥ दण्डकः 1 A stick, staff &c. (such as a handle of a parasol, the beam of a plough, the staff of a banner). -2 A line, row. -3 N. of a metre; see App. I. -कः, -का, -कम् N. of a celebrated district in the Deccan situated between the rivers Narmadā and Godāvarī (it was a vast region said to be tenantless in the time of Rāma); प्राप्तानि दुःखान्यपि दण्डकेषु R.14.25; किं नाम दण्डकेयम् U.2; क्वायोध्यायाः पुनरुपगमो दण्डकायां वने वः U.2.13,14,15. -Comp. -अरण्यम् the Daṇḍaka forest in the Deccan; Mb.3; also दण्डकावनम्.
dur दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.
daivata दैवत a. (-ती f.) [देवता-अण्] 1 Divine. -2 (At the end of an adj. comp.) Honouring or worshipping as one's deity, as in सूर्यदैवता जनाः -तम् A god, deity, divinity; मृदं गां दैवतं विप्रं घृतं मधु चतुष्पथं प्रदक्षिणानि कुर्वीत Ms.4.39, 153; U.4.4.; Amaru.3; हन्त प्रिया दैवतमस्य देवी Bhāg. 4.4.28. -2 A number of gods, the whole class of gods; Ve.2. -3 An idol. (The word is said to be m. also, but is rarely used in that gender. Mammata notices it as a fault called अप्रयुक्तत्व; see अप्रयुक्त). -4 N. of the third Kāṇḍa of Yāskas Nirukta. -Comp. -पतिः N. of Indra. -सरित् f. the Ganges.
drupadaḥ द्रुपदः N. of a king of the Pāñchālas [He was a son of Prisata. He and Drona were school-fellows, as they learnt the science of archery from Droṇa's father, Bharadvāja. After Drupada had succeeded to the throne, Droṇa, when in pecuniary difficulties, went to him on the strength of his former friendship; but the proud monarch disrespected and slighted him. For this Droṇa afterwards got him captured by his pupils the Pāṇḍavas, but was kind enough to spare his life, and allowed him to retain half his kingdom. But the defeat sustained by him at Droṇa's hands rankled in his soul, and with the desire of getting a son who would avenge the wrong done to him, he performed a sacrifice, when a son named Dhṛiṣtadyumna (and a daughter called Draupudī) sprang up from the fire. This son afterwards treacherously cut off the head of Droṇa. See Droṇa also.]
droṇaḥ द्रोणः [cf. Un. 3. 1.] 1 A lake 4 poles long. -2 A cloud (or a particular kind of cloud) abounding in water (from which rain streams forth as from a bucket). को$यमेवंविधे काले कालपाशस्थिते मयि । अनावृष्टिहते शस्ये द्रोणमेघ इवोदितः ॥ Mk.1.26. -3 A raven or a carrion crow. -4 A scorpion. -5 A tree (in general). -6 A tree bearing (white) flowers. -7 N. of the preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. [Droṇa was the son of the sage Bharadvāja, and was so called because the seed, which fell at the sight of a nymph called Ghṛitāchī, was preserved by the sage in a droṇa. Though a Brāhmaṇa by birth, he was well-versed in the science of arms which he learnt from Paraśurāma. He afterwards taught the Kauravas and the Pāṇḍavas the science of arms and archery. When, however, the great war commenced, he attached himself to the side of the Kauravas, and after Bhīṣma had been mortally wounded-'lodged in the cage of darts'he assumed the command of the Kaurava forces and maintained the struggle for four successive days, achieving wonderful exploits and killing thousands of warriors on the Pāṇḍava side. On the fifteenth day of the battle the fight continued even during the night, and it was on the morning of the 16th that Bhīma, at the suggestion of Kṛiṣṇa, said within Droṇa's hearing that Aśvatthāman was slain (the fact being that an elephant named Aśvatthaman had fallen on the field). Being at a loss to understand how that could be, he appealed to Yudhiṣṭhira, 'the truthful', who also, at the advice of Kṛiṣṇa, gave an evasive reply--uttered loudly the word Aśvatthāman and added 'Gaja or elephant' in a very low tone; sec Ve.3.9. Sorely grieved at the death of his only son, the kind-hearted old father fell in a swoon, and Dhṛiṣṭadyumna, his avowed enemy, took advantage of this circumstance, and cut off his head.] -णः, -णम् A measure of capacity, either the same as an Āḍhaka or equal to 4 Āḍhakas or 1/16 of a Khāri, or 32 or 64 shers; द्रोणस्तु खार्याः खलु षोडशांशः Lilā (Mar. अदमण). -णम् 1 A wooden vessel or cup, bucket; ततो$स्य रेतश्चस्कन्द तदृषिर्द्रोण आदधे Mb.1.13. 37. -2 A tub. -Comp. -आचार्यः see द्रोण above. -कलशः A kind of sacrificial vessel. -काकः, -काकलः a raven. -क्षीरा, -घा, -दुग्धा, -दुघा a cow yielding a droṇa of milk; सर्वा द्रोणदुघा गावो रामे राज्यं प्रशासति Mb.12.29.58. -गन्धिका a kind of plant (रासना). -मुखम् the capital of 4 villages; चतुःशतग्राम्या द्रोणमुखम् Kau. A.22. -मेघः see द्रोण (2) above. -वृष्टिः rain streaming forth from the द्रोण (cloud); अनावृष्टिहते सस्ये द्रोणवृष्टिरिवागता Mk.1.39.
draupadī द्रौपदी [द्रुपदस्यापत्यं स्त्री-अण् ङीप्] N. of the daughter of Drupada, king of the Pāñchālas. [She was won by Arjuna at her Svayaṁvara ceremony, and when he and his brothers returned home they told their mother that they had that day made a great acquisition. Whereupon the mother said, "Well, then, my dear children, divide it amongst yourselves." As her words once uttered could not be changed, she became the common wife of the five brothers. When Yudhiṣṭhira lost his kingdom and even himself and Draupadī in gambling, she was grossly insulted by Duhśāsana (q. v.) and by Duryodhana's wife. But these and the like insults she bore with uncommon patience and endurance, and on several occasions, when she and her husbands were put to the test, she saved their credit (as on the occasion of Durvāsas begging food at night for his 6, pupils). At last, however, her patience was exhausted, and she taunted her husbands for the very tame way in which they put up with the insults and injuries inflicted upon them by their enemies (see. Ki.1.29-46). It was then that the Pāṇḍavas resolved to enter upon the great Bhāratī war. She is one of the five very chaste women whose names one is recommended to repeat; see अहल्या.)
dharmaḥ धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.
dhiṣaṇaḥ धिषणः N. of Bṙihaspati, preceptor of the gods; बुद्ध्या यो धिषणाधिकः Parṇāl.3.15. -णम् A dwellingplace, an abode, residence; यत्रात्मयोनिधिषणाखिललोकपद्मम् Bhāg.3.28.25. -णा 1 Speech. -2 Praise, hymn. -3 Intellect, understanding; विशुद्धैवोत्पत्त्या पतति न च तत्पाप- धिषणा Mv.6.8; आर्यपुत्रार्यधिषण, प्राणनाथ, शुभव्रत Kāśīkhaṇḍam. -4 Earth. -5 A cup, bowl. -Comp. -अधिपः N. of Bṛihaspati.
dhṛṣṭa धृष्ट p. p. [धृष्-क्त] 1 Bold, courageous, confident. -2 Impudent, rude, shameless, saucy, insolent; स्तुवञ्जिह्रेमि त्वां न खलु ननु धृष्टा मुखरता Mahimna.9; धृष्टः पार्श्वे वसति H.2.26. -3 Forward, presumptuous. -4 Profligate, abandoned. -5 Cruel, unkind. -ष्टः A faithless husband or lover; कृतागा अपि निःशङ्कस्तर्जितो$पि न लज्जितः । दृष्टदोषो$पि मिथ्यावाक् कथितो धृष्टनायकः S. D.72. -ष्टा A disloyal woman. -Comp. -केतुः N. of the son of धृष्टद्युम्न. -द्युम्नः N. of a son of Drupada and brother of Draupadī. [He with his father fought on the side of the Pāṇḍavas, and for some days he acted as commander-in-chief of their forces. When Droṇa had killed Drupada after a hard struggle, Dhṛiṣṭadyumna vowed that he would be revenged for the death of his father. And he was able to fulfil this vow on the morning of the 16th day of the battle, when he unfairly cut off the head of Droṇa (see Droṇa). He was afterwards surprised by Aṣvatthāman while lying asleep in the camp of the Pāṇḍavas, and was stamped to death.]. -धी a. bold, presumptuous. -मानिन् a. having too high an opinion of oneself, presumptuous. -वादिन् a. speaking boldly.
dhaumyaḥ धौम्यः N. of an ancient Ṛiṣi; the family priest of the Pāṇḍavas.
nakulaḥ नकुलः 1 The mungoose, an ichneumon; यदयं नकुलद्वेषी सकुलद्वेषी पुनः पिशुनः Vās. -2 N. of the fourth Pāṇḍava prince; the twin-brother of Sahadeva and a son of Mādr&imacr. अहं तस्य अतिशयितदिव्यरूपिणो नकुलस्य दर्शनेनोत्सुका जाता Ve.2 (where नकुल has really sense 1, but is taken in sense 2 by Duryodhana). -3 A son. -4 An epithet of Śiva. -5 Born of a base family; नकुलः पाण्डुतनये सर्पभुक् कुलहीनयोः Nm. -6 N. of a physician (author of a work on horses). -ली 1 A female mungoose. -2 Saffron. -Comp. -इष्टा, इष्टका a kind of medicinal plant (Mar. मुंगुस- वेल). -ईशः (-नकुलीश) 1 N. of a Bhairava living in the temple of Kālī. -2 A mode of worship in Tantraśāstra.
nadī नदी A river, any flowing stream; रविपीतजला तपात्यये पुनरोघेन हि युज्यते नदी Ku.4.44; यथा नद्यः स्यन्दमानाः समुद्रे$ स्तं गच्छन्ति नामरूपे विहाय Muṇḍa. -Comp. -ईनः, -ईशः, -कान्तः 1 the ocean; नदीनः पर्यन्ते परमपदवीनः प्रभवति Karpūrastava. -2 An epithet of Varuṇa; L. D. B. -कान्ता 1 the rose-apple. -2 a shrub. -कूलम्, -तीरम् the bank of a river. -कूलप्रियः a kind of reed. -ज a. aquatic. (-जः) 1 an epithet of Bhīṣma. -2 antimony. (-जम्) a lotus. -तर a. crossing a river. -तरस्थानम् a landing-place, ferry. -दोहः freight, river-toll, fare. -धरः an epithet of Śiva. -पङ्कः the marshy bank of a river. -पतिः 1 the ocean. -2 an epithet of Varuṇa. -पूरः a river which has overflown its banks. -भवम् river-salt. -मातृक a. watered by rivers, irrigated, supplied with the water of rivers, canals &c. (as a country &c.); संग्रामभूमीषु भवत्यरीणामस्रैर्नदीमातृकतां गतासु N.3.38; cf. देवमातृक; देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बुसंपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak. -मार्गः the course of a river. -मुखम् 1 the mouth of a river; नदीमुखेनैव समुद्रमाविशत्; वृद्धौ नदीमुखेनैव प्रस्थानं लवणाम्भसः R. -2 a kind of grain. -रयः the current of a river. -वङ्कः the bend or arm of a river. -ष्णः (-स्नः) 1 bathing in rivers; ततो नदीष्णान् पथिकान् गिरिज्ञान् Bk.2.43. -2 knowing the dangerous spots in rivers, their depth, course &c.; ततः समाज्ञापयदाशु सर्वानानायिनस्तद्विचये नदीष्णान् R.16.75; (hence) -3 experienced, clever. -सर्जः the Arjuna tree.
nāḍikā नाडिका 1 A tubular organ &c.; see नाडि. -2 A Ghaṭikā or 24 minutes; नाडिकाविच्छेदपटहः Māl.7; Bhāg. 3.11.8; K.13.7; दशनाडिकाः पूर्णाः । अतिक्रामति स्नानवेला । Abhiṣeka 1. -3 A hollow stalk in general. -4 A fistulous sore. -5 A ray of the sun. -6 A gong (on which the hours are struck). -7 A measure of length = 1/2 Daṇḍa.
nārāyaṇaḥ नारायणः 1 An epithet of Viṣṇu; (the word is thus derived in Ms.1.1. आपो नारा इति प्रोक्ता आपो वै नरसूनवः । ता यदस्यायनं पूर्वं तेन नारायणः स्मृतः ॥) नारायणं नमस्कृत्य ...... ततो जयमुदीरयेत् Mb.1.1.1; नीरे नीरचरैः समं स भगवान् निद्राति नारायणः Jagannātha Paṇḍita. -2 N. of an ancient sage said to be a companion of Nara and to have produced Urvaśī from his thigh; cf. ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3; see नरनारायण under नर also. -3 N. of the second month (reckoning from मार्गशीर्ष). -णी 1 An epithet of Lakṣmī the goddess of wealth. -2 An epithet of Durgā. -3 An epithet of Gaṅgā and Gaṇḍakī. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. शतावरी). -Comp. -अस्त्रम् N. of a missile. -उपनिषद् N. of an Upaniṣad. -प्रियः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 yellow sandal-wood. -बलिः an oblation given to five deities including नारायण in performing the funeral rites of a person dying a sinful death.
pakṣaḥ पक्षः [पक्ष्-अच्] 1 A wing, pinion; अद्यापि पक्षावपि नोद्भिद्येते K.347; so उद्भिन्नपक्षः fledged; पक्षच्छेदोद्यतं शक्रम् R.4.4;3.42. -2 The feather or feathers on each side of an arrow; अनुसंततिपातिनः पटुत्वं दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः (शराः) Śi.2.11. -3 The flank or side of a man or animal, the shoulder; स्तम्बेरमा उभयपक्षविनीतनिद्राः R.5.72. -4 The side of anything, a flank; वितत्य पक्षद्वयमायतम् Ki.14.31. -5 The wing or flank of an army; सुपर्णपक्षानिलनुन्नपक्षम् (राक्षसराजसैन्यम्) Rām.7.6. 69. -6 The half of anything. -7 The half of a lunar month, a fortnight (comprising 15 days; there are two such pakṣas, शुक्लपक्षः the bright or light half, and कृष्ण-तमिस्र-पक्षः the dark half); तमिस्रपक्षे$पि सह प्रियाभि- र्ज्योत्स्नावतो निर्विशति प्रदोषान् R.6.34; Ms.1.66; Y.3.5; सीमा वृद्धिं समायाति शुक्लपक्ष इवोडुराट् Pt.1.92; Mb.3.26.5. -8 (a) A party in general, faction, side; प्रमुदितवरपक्षम् R.6.86; Śi.2.117; तुल्यो मित्रारिपक्षयोः Bg.14.25; R.6. 53;18.17. (b) A family, race; रूपान्वितां पक्षवतीं मनोज्ञां भार्यामयत्नोपगतां लभेत् सः Mb.13.57.4; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्षक्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -9 One belonging to any party, a follower, partisan; विष्णुपक्षैः प्रतिच्छन्नैर्न भिद्येतास्य धीर्यथा Bhāg.7.5.7; शत्रुपक्षो भवान् H.1. -1 A class, multitude, host, any number of adherents; as अरि˚, मित्र˚. -11 One side of an argument, an alternative, one of two cases; पक्षे 'in the other case, on the other hand' पूर्व एवाभवत् पक्षस्तस्मिन्नाभवदुत्तरः R.4.1;14.34. cf. पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष. -12 A case or supposition in general; as in पक्षान्तरे. -13 A point under discussion, a thesis, an argument to be maintained. -14 The subject of a syllogism or conclusion (the minor term); संदिग्धसाध्य- वान् पक्षः T. S., दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः Śi.2.11 (where it means 'a feather' also). -15 A symbolical expression for the number 'two'. -16 A bird. -17 A state, condition. -18 The body. -19 A limb of the body. -2 A royal elephant. -21 An army; Mb.2. 16.7. -22 A wall. -23 Opposition. -24 Rejoinder, reply. -25 A mass, quantity (when in composition with words meaning 'hair'); केशपक्षः; cf. हस्त. -26 Place, position. -27 A view, notion, idea. -28 The side of an equation in a primary division. -29 The ash-pit of a fire-place. -3 Proximity, neighbourhood. -31 A bracket. -32 Purity, perfection. -33 A house. -34 The sun (according to Sāyaṇa); सा पक्ष्या नव्यमायु- र्दधाना Rv.3.53.16. -Comp. -अध्यायः logic, casuistry. -अन्तः 1 the 15th day of either half month, i. e. the day of new or full moon. -2 the end of the wings of an army. -अन्तरम् 1 another side. -2 a different side or view of an argument. -3 another supposition. -अवसरः = पक्षान्त q. v. -आघातः 1 palsy or paralysis of one side, hemiplegia. -2 refutation of an argument. -आभासः 1 a fallacious argument. -2 a false plaint. -आहारः eating food only once in a fortnight; सुपुत्रदारो हि मुनिः पक्षाहारो बभूव ह Mb.3.26.5. -उद्ग्राहिन् a. showing partiality, adopting a side. -गम a. flying. -ग्रहणम् choosing a party; taking the side of. -घातः = -पक्षाघातः see above. -घ्न a. (a house) wanting a side. -चरः 1 an elephant strayed from the herd. -2 the moon. -3 an attendant. -छिद् m. an epithet of Indra (clipper of the wings of mountains); क्रुद्धे$पि पक्षच्छिदि वृत्रशत्रौ Ku.1.2. -जः the moon. -द्वयम् 1 both sides of an argument. -2 'a couple of fortnights', i. e. a month. -द्वारम् a sidedoor, private entrance. -धर a. 1 winged. -2 adhering to the party of one, siding with any one. (-रः) 1 a bird. -2 the moon. -3 a partisan. -4 an elephant strayed from the herd. -नाडी a quill. -निक्षेपः the placing on the side of, counting among. -पातः 1 siding with any one; यद् दुर्योधनपक्षपातसदृशं कर्म Ve.3.5. -2 liking, desire, love, affection (for a thing); भवन्ति भव्येषु हि पक्षपाताः Ki.3.12; U.5.17; रिपुपक्षे बद्धः पक्षपातः Mu.1. -3 attachment to a party, partisanship, partiality; पक्षपातमत्र देवी मन्यते M.1; सत्यं जना वच्मि न पक्षपातात् Bh.1.47. -4 falling of wings, the moulting of birds. -5 a partisan. -पातिता, -त्वम् 1 partisanship, adherence to a side or party. -2 friendship, fellowship. -3 movement of the wings; न परं पथि पक्षपातिता$नवलम्बे किमु मादृशे$पि सा N.2.52. -पातिन् a. or subst. 1 siding with, adhering to, a party, attached or partial (to a particular cause); पक्षपातिनो देवा अपि पाण्डवानाम् Ve.3. -2 sympathizing; Ve.3. -3 a follower, partisan, friend; यः सुरपक्षपाती V.1. -पालिः a private door. -पुटः a wing. -पोषण a. factious, promoting quarrels. -प्राप्तानुवादः a case of the description of a thing which admits of two alternatives (cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, p.21.). -बिन्दुः a heron. -भागः 1 the side or flank. -2 especially, the flank of an elephant. -भुक्ति f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight. -भेदः a. distinction between two sides of an argument. -रात्रिः a kind of play or sport. -वञ्चितकम् a particular position of hands in dancing. -वधः paralysis of one side. -मूलम् the root of a wing; उल्लास- पल्लवितकोमलपक्षमूलाः (चकोराः) Bv.2.99. -रचना forming a party or faction. -वादः 1 an exparte statement. -2 stating a case, expression of opinion. -वाहनः a bird. -व्यापिन् a. 1 embracing the whole of an argument. -2 pervading the minor term. -हत a. paralysed on one side; दृष्ट्वा कुणीन् पक्षहतान् Mb.12.18.39. -हरः 1 a bird. -2 a recreant, traitor. -होमः 1 a sacrificial rite lasting for a fortnight. -2 a rite to be performed every fortnight.
paṅkraṇaḥ पङ्क्रणः The hut of a Chāṇḍala; see पक्कण.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
pampā पम्पा 1 N. of a lake in the Daṇḍakā forest; इदं च पम्पाभिधानं सरः U.1; R.13.3; Bk.6.73. -2 N. of a river in the south of India.
paryāpta पर्याप्त p. p. 1 Obtained, got, gained; पर्याप्तसप्तभुवनाभय- दक्षिणानि (तातचरितानि) U.5.33. -2 Finished, completed. -3 Full, whole, entire, complete, all; पर्याप्तचन्द्रेव शरत्त्रियामा Ku.7.26; R.6.44. -4 Able, competent, adequate; (न) क्रुद्धस्य समरे स्थातुं पर्याप्ताः Mb.7.15.5. पर्याप्तो$सि प्रजाः पातुम् R.1.25. -5 Enough, sufficient; यावतैषां समाप्येरन् यज्ञाः पर्याप्तदक्षिणाः R.17.17; Ms.11.7. -6 Large, extensive, spacious; पर्याप्तनेत्रम् Ve.4.1. -7 Abundant, copious, many; पर्याप्तपुष्पस्तबकस्तनाभ्यः Ku.3.39; -9 Limited in number; अपर्याप्तं तदस्माकं बलं भीष्माभिरक्षितम् पर्याप्तं त्विदमेतेषां बलं भीमाभिरक्षितम् ॥ Bg.1.1. -प्तम् ind. 1 Willingly, readily. -2 To one's satisfaction, enough, sufficiently; पर्याप्तमाचामति U.4.1. 'drinks his fill'. -3 Fully, adequately, ably, competently. -Comp. -काम a. one whose desires are accomplished; पर्याप्तकामस्य कृतात्मनस्तु Muṇḍa.3.2.2.
pāñcālī पाञ्चाली 1 A woman or princess of the Pañchālas. -2 N. of Draupadī, the wife of the Pāṇḍavas. -3 A doll, puppet. -4 (In Rhet.) One of the four styles of composition. The S. D. thus defines it :-वर्णैः शेषैः (i. e. माधुर्यव्यञ्जकौजःप्रकाशकाभ्यां भिन्नैः) पुनर्द्वयोः समस्तपञ्चषपदो बन्धः पाञ्चालिको मतः ॥ 628.
pāṇḍu पाण्डु a. Pale-white, whitish, pale, yellowish; यथा पाण्ड्वाविकम् Bṛi. Up.2.3.6; विकलकरणः पाण्डुच्छायः शुचा परिदुर्बलः U.3.22. -ण्डुः 1 The pale-white or yellowish-white colour. -2 Jaundice. -3 A white elephant. -4 N. of the father of the Pāṇḍavas. [He was begotten by Vyāsa on Ambālikā, one of the widows of Vichitravīrya. He was called Pāṇḍu, because he was born pale (पाण्डु) by reason of his mother having become quite pale with fear when in private with the sage Vyāsa; (यस्मात् पाण्डुत्वमापन्ना विरूपं प्रेक्ष्य मामिह । तस्मादेव सुतस्ते वै पाण्डुरेव भविष्यति Mb.) He was prevented by a curse from having progeny himself; so he allowed his first wife Kuntī to make use of a charm she had acquired from Durvāsas for the birth of sons. She gave birth to Yudhiṣṭhira, Bhīma and Arjuna; and Mādrī, his other wife, by the use of the same charm, gave birth to Nakula and Sahadeva. One day Pāṇdu forgot the curse under which he was labouring, and made bold to embrace Mādrī, but he fell immediately dead in her arms.] -Comp. -आमयः jaundice. -कम्बलः 1 a white blanket. -2 a warm upper garment. -3 the housing of a royal elephant. -4 A kind of stone. -कम्बलिन् m. 1 a carriage covered with a woollen blanket. -2 the housings of a royal elephant. -पुत्रः a son of Pāṇḍu, any one of the five Pāṇḍavas. -पृष्ठ a. 'white-backed', having no auspicious marks on the body, one from whom nothing great is to be expected. -भावः Becoming yellowish white, pale; न कलङ्कानुगमो न पाण्डुभावः Bv.2.1. -भूमः a region full of chalky soil. -मृत्तिका 1 white or pale soil. -2 the opal. -मृद् f. chalk. -रङ्गः N. of a god (at Pandharpur), Viṭṭhala. -रागः whiteness, pallor. -रोगः jaundice. -लेखः a sketch made with chalk; a rough draft or sketch made on the ground, board &c.; पाण्डुलेखेन फलके भूमौ वा प्रथमं लिखेत् । न्यूनाधिकं तु संशोध्य पश्चात् पत्रे निवेशयेत् ॥ Vyāsa. -लोहम् silver; पाण्डुलोहशृङ्खलात्मना मया पादपद्मयोर्युगलं तव निगडयित्वा Dk.1. -वर्ण a. White. -शर्करा light-coloured gravel (प्रमेहभेद). -शर्मिला an epithet of Draupadī. -सोपाकः N. of a mixed tribe; चाण्डालात् पाण्डुसोपाकस्त्वक्सार- व्यवहारवान् Ms.1.37; Mb.13.48.26.
pārthaḥ पार्थः [पृथायाः अपत्यम् अण्] 1 A metronymic of all Pāṇḍavas; सर्वेषामेव पार्थानां फाल्गुनो बलवत्तरः Mb.7.158.8; but especially of Arjuna; उवाच पार्थ पश्यैतान् समवेतान् कुरूनिति Bg.1.25 and several other places. -2 A king. -Comp. -सारथिः 1 an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 N. of a famous writer on Mīmāṁsā.
pāṣaṇḍa पाषण्ड a. Impious, heretical. -ण्डः A heretic, an unbeliver, a hypocrite; पाषण्डमाश्रितानां......... योषिताम् (निवर्तेतोदकक्रिया) Ms.5.9;9.225; पाषण्डसङ्घद्रव्यमश्रोत्रिय- भोग्यम्;......चिकित्सकवाग्जीवनपाषण्डछद्मभिर्वा...... Kau. A.1.15. -ण्डः, -ण्डम् Heresy; also पाषाण्ड्यम्. पाषण्डकः pāṣaṇḍakḥ पाषण्डिन् pāṣaṇḍin पाषण्डकः पाषण्डिन् m., पाखण्डिकः A heretic, a religious hypocrite; Y.1.13;2.7.
piṅgāśaḥ पिङ्गाशः 1 The headman or proprietor of a village. -2 A kind of fish. -शम् Virgin gold. -शी The Indigo plant. पिचण्डः picaṇḍḥ ण्डम् ṇḍam पिचिण्डः piciṇḍḥ ण्डम् ṇḍam पिचण्डः ण्डम् पिचिण्डः ण्डम् 1 The belly; पिचण्ड- भाण्डे परिपूरयन्ति Udb.; प्रेक्ष्य पश्चिमपयोधिपिचण्डे चण्डभानुमचिरेण मिमङ्क्षुम् । Śāhendra 3.1; जगत्कटाहा बहवो महान्तः पिचण्डगर्भे परिमान्ति चित्रम् Rām. Ch.1.1. -2 A limb of an animal.
pippalaḥ पिप्पलः 1 The holy fig-tree (Mar. पिंपळ); Y.1.32. -2 A nipple. -3 The sleeve of a jacket or coat. -4 A bird kept free (not confined in a cage). -लम् 1 A berry in general. -2 A berry of the holy fig-tree. -3 Sensual enjoyment; Bhāg.3.4.8. -4 Water. -5 The effect arising from acts (कर्मजन्यफल); Muṇḍa.3.1.1; एकस्तयोः खादति पिप्पलान्नमन्यो निरन्नो$पि बलेन भूयान् Bhāg.11. 11.6. -Comp. -अद, -अशन a. 1 eating the fruit of the Pippala tree. -2 given to sensual pleasures.
pīta पीत a. [पा-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Drunk, quaffed; वनाय पीतप्रतिबद्धवत्सां (गां मुमोच) R.2.1. -2 Steeped, soaked in, filled or saturated with. -3 Absorbed, drunk up, evaporated; रविपीतजला तपात्यये पुनरोघेन हि युज्यते नदी Ku. 4.44. -4 Watered, sprinkled with water; पातुं न प्रथमं व्यवस्यति जलं युष्मास्वपीतेषु या Ś.4.9. -5 Yellow; विद्युत्प्रभा- रचितपीतपटोत्तरीयः Mk.5.2. -तः 1 Yellow colour. -2 Topaz. -3 Safflower. -4 A Yellow pigment prepared from cow's urine. -तम् 1 Gold. -2 Yellow orpiment. -Comp. -अब्धिः an epithet of Agastya. -अम्बरः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; इति निगदितः प्रीतः पीताम्बरोपि तथा$करोत् Gīt.12. -2 an actor. -3 a religious mendicant wearing yellow garments. -अरुण a. yellowish-red. (-णः) the middle of day-break. -अश्मन् m. topaz. -कदली a species of banana (स्वर्णकदली). -कन्दम् the carrot. -कावेरम् 1 saffron. -2 brass. -काष्ठम् yellow sanders. -कीलका The N. of a tree (senna). -कुष्ठः yellow leprosy; भगिनीगमने चैव पीतकुष्ठः प्रजायते । -कोशः a. one who has ratified a treaty by drinking from a cup; Raja. T. -गन्धम् yellow sandal. -चन्दनम् 1 a species of sandal-wood. -2 saffron. -3 turmeric. -चम्पकः a lamp. -तुण्डः a Kāraṇḍava bird. -दारु n. a kind of pine or Sarala tree. -निद्र 1 a milch cow. -2 a cow whose milk has been pledged. -3 a cow tied up to be milked. -द्रुः the Sarala tree. -निद्र a. immersed in slumber. -नील a. green. (-लः) the green colour. -पादा a kind of bird (Mar. मैना). -पुष्पः N. of several plants, चम्पक, कर्णिकार &c. -मणिः a topaz. -माक्षिकम् a kind of mineral substance. -मारुतः a kind of snake. -मूलकम् the carrot. -यूथी yellow jasmine. -रक्त a. yellowish-red, orange-coloured. (-क्तम्) a kind of yellow gem, the topaz. -रागः 1 the yellow colour. -2 wax. -3 the fibres of a lotus. -लोहम् brass. -वालुका turmeric, -वासस् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa or an Avatāra of Viṣṇu; ... पद्माक्षं पीतवाससं स्तुवन्ति नामभिर्दिव्यैः न ते संसारिणो नराः Rāmarakṣā 25. -शोणित a. bloody (a sword). -सारः 1 the topaz. -2 the sandal tree. (-रम्) yellow sandal-wood. -सारि n. antimony. -स्कन्धः a hog. -स्फटिकः the topaz. -स्फोटः the itch or scab. -हरित a. yellowish-green.
puru पुरु a. (-रु -र्वी f.) [पृ-पालनपोषणयोः कु; Uṇ.1.24] Much, abundant, excessive, many; (in classical literature पुरु occurs usually at the beginning of proper names); इन्द्रो मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19; स्त्रीणां प्रियतमो नित्यं मत्तस्तु पुरुलम्पटः Bhāg.7.15.7. -रुः 1 The pollen of flowers. -2 Heaven, the world of the immortals. -3 N. of a demon killed by Indra. -4 N. of a prince, the sixth monarch of the lunar race. [He was the youngest son of Yayāti and Śarmiṣṭhā. When Yayāti asked his five sons if any one of them would exchange his youth and beauty for his own decrepitude and infirmities, it was Puru alone who consented to make the exchange. After a thousand years Yayāti restored to Puru his youth and beauty and made him successor to the throne. Puru was the ancestor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas.] -ind. 1 Much, exceedingly. -2 Repeatedly, often. -Comp. -कृत, -कृत्वन् a. efficacious. -जित् m. 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of king Kuntibhoja of his brother. -दम् gold. -दंशकः a goose. -दंश (-स) -सा, -दत्रः, -द्रुह् m. epithets of Indra (Ved.). -निष्ठ a. excelling among many. -प्रौढ a. possessing much self-confidence. -भोजस् m. a cloud. -लम्पट a. very lustful or lascivious. -ह, -हु much, many. -हूत a. invoked by many; प्रादुश्चकर्थ यदिदं पुरुहूतरूपम् Bhāg.3.15.5. (-तः) an epithet of Indra; पुरुहूतध्वजः R.4.3;16.5; पुरुहूतमुख्याः (लोकपालाः) Ku.7.45. Ms.11.122. ˚द्विष् m. an epithet of Indrajit. -हूतिः m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -f. manifold invocation.
puruṣaḥ पुरुषः [पुरि देहे शेते शी-ड पृषो˚ Tv.; पुर्-अग्रगमने कुषन् Uṇ. 4.74] 1 A male being, man; अर्थतः पुरुषो नारी या नारी सार्थतः पुमान् Mk.3.27; Ms.1.32;7.17;9.2; R.2.41. -2 Men, mankind. -3 A member or representative of a generation. -4 An officer, functionary, agent, attendant, servant. -5 The height or measure of a man (considered as a measure of length); द्वौ पुरुषौ प्रमाणमस्य सा द्विपुरुषा-षी परिखा Sk. -6 The soul; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च Bg.15.16 &c. -7 The Supreme Being, God (soul of the universe); पुरातनं त्वां पुरुषं पुराविदः (विदुः) Śi.1.33; R.13.6. -8 A person (in grammar); प्रथम- पुरुषः the third person, मध्यमपुरुषः the second person, and उत्तमपुरुषः the first person, (this is the strict order in Sk.). -9 The pupil of the eye. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The soul (opp. प्रकृति); according to the Sāṅkhyas it is neither a production nor productive; it is passive and a looker-on of the Prakṛiti; cf. त्वामामनन्ति प्रकृतिं पुरुषार्थप्रवर्तिनीम् Ku.2.13 and the word सांख्य also. -11 The soul, the original source of the universe (described in the पुरुषसूक्त); सहस्रशीर्षः पुरुषः सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -12 The Punnāga tree. -13 N. of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac. -14 The seven divine or active principles of which the universe was formed; तेषामिदं तु सप्तानां पुरुषाणां महौजसाम् Ms.1.19. -षी A woman. -षम् An epithet of the mountain Meru. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the male organ of generation. -अदः, -अद् m. 'a man-eater', cannibal, goblin; अवमेने हि दुर्बुद्धिर्मनुष्यान् पुरुषादकः Mb.3.275.27. -अधमः the vilest of men, a very low or despicable man. -अधिकारः 1 a manly office or duty. -2 calculation or estimation of men; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे न पूरणी तं समुपैति संख्या Ki.3.51. -अन्तरम् another man. -अयणः, -अर्थः 1 any one of the four principal objects of human life; i. e. धर्म अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -2 human effort or exertion (पुरुषकार); धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाश्च पुरुषार्था उदाहृताः Agni P.; H. Pr.35. -3 something which when done results in the satisfaction of the performer; यस्मिन् कृते पदार्थे पुरुषस्य प्रीतिर्भवति स पुरुषार्थः पदार्थः ŚB. on MS.4.1.2. -अस्थिमालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -आद्यः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a demon. -आयुषम्, -आयुस् n. the duration of a man's life; अकृपणमतिः कामं जीव्याज्जनः पुरुषायुषम् Ve.6.44; पुरुषायुषजीविन्यो निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1. 63. -आशिन् m. 'a man-eater', a demon, goblin. -इन्द्रः a king. -उत्तमः 1 an excellent man. -2 the highest or Supreme Being, an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; यस्मात् क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः ॥ Bg.15.18. -3 a best attendant. -4 a Jaina. -5 N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu. -कारः 1 human effort or exertion, manly act, manliness, prowess (opp. दैव); एवं पुरुषकारेण विना दैवं न सिध्यति H. Pr.32; दैवे पुरुषकारे च कर्मसिद्धिर्व्यवस्थिता Y.1.349; cf. 'god helps those who help themselves'; अभिमतसिद्धिर- शेषा भवति हि पुरुषस्य पुरुषकारेण Pt.5.3; Ki.5.52. -2 manhood, virility. -3 haughtiness, pride. -कुणपः, -पम् a human corpse. -केसरिन् m. man-lion, an epithet of Viṣṇu. in his fourth incarnation; पुरुषकेसरिणश्च पुरा नखैः Ś.7.3. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of mankind; Ms.7.211. -तन्त्र a. subjective. -दध्न, -द्वयस् a. of the height of a man. -द्विष् m. an enemy of Viṣṇu. -द्वेषिणी an illtempered woman (who hates her husband). -नाथः 1 a general, commander. -2 a king. -नियमः (in gram.) a restriction to a person. -पशुः a beast of a man, brutish person; cf. नरपशु. -पुङ्गवः, -पुण्डरीकः a superior or eminent man. -पुरम् N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, q. v. -बहुमानः the esteem of mankind; निवृत्ता भोगेच्छा पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9. -मानिन् a. fancying oneself a hero; कथं पुरुषमानी स्यात् पुरुषाणां मयि स्थिते Rām.2.24.35. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -वरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -वर्जित a. desolate. -वाहः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -व्याघ्रः -शार्दूलः, -सिंहः 'a tiger or lion among men', a distinguished or eminent man. उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः H. -2 a hero, brave man. -समवायः a number of men. -शीर्षकः A kind of weapon used by burglars (a sham head to be inserted into the hole made in a wall); Dk.2.2. -सारः an eminent man; Bhāg.1.16.7. -सूक्तम् N. of the 9th hymn of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda (regarded as a very sacred hymn).
pṛthā पृथा N. of Kuntī, one of the two wives of Pāṇḍu. -Comp. -जः, -तनयः, -सुतः, -सूनुः an epithet of the first three Pāṇḍava princes, but generally applied only to Arjuna; अश्वत्थामा हत इति पृथासूनुना स्पष्टमुक्त्वा Ve.3.9; अभितस्तं पृधासूनुः स्नेहेन परितस्तरे Ki.11.8. -पतिः an epithet of Pāṇḍu.
pracalākin प्रचलाकिन् m. A peacock; U.2.29; प्रचलाकिकलापिनौ Trikāṇḍaśeṣa.
prati प्रति ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition). -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c. -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of. -4 As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop. -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते. -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [Note:-In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.] -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders. -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās. -अग्नि ind. towards the fire. -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v. -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. -2 a division, chapter, section. -3 every limb. -4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind. 1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1. -2 for every subdivision. -3 in each case (in grammar). -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch. -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -2 repository. -अनन्तर a. 1 being in immediate neighbourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्). -2 standing nearest (as an heir). -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind. 1 immediately after. -2 next in succession. -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R. -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind. -अनीक a 1 hostile, opposed, inimical. -2 resisting, opposing. -3 opposite. -4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy. (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām. -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also). -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration. -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion. -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26. -2 a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak. -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh. -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. -अब्दम् ind. every year -अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy. -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent. -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र. -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।). -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion. -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved. -अवयवम् ind. 1 in every limb. -2 in every particular, in detail. -अवर a. 1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12. -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19. -अश्मन् m. red chalk. -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease. -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6. -आकारः a scabbard, sheath. -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke. -2 reaction. -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour. -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally. -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself. -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself. -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45. -आदित्यः a mock sun. -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning. -2 prohibition. -आर्द्र a. fresh. -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8. -2 trust, confidence. -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12. -आस्वर 1 returning. -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2. -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5. -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder. -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14. -2 a bird resembling an owl. -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik. -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind. 1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31. -एनस् m. 1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7. -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety. -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary. -2 a critic. -कण्ठम् ind. 1 severally, one by one. -2 near the throat. -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually. -कश a. not obeying the whip. -कष्ट a. comparatively bad. -कामिनी a female rival; Śi. -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness. -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28. -3 a target, butt, mark. -कितवः an opponent in a game. -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant. -कूपः a moat, ditch. -कूल a. 1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24. -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45. -3 inauspicious. -4 contradictory. -5 reverse, inverted. -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contradiction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् disagreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.). -कूल ind. 1 adversely, contrarily. -2 inversely, in inverted order. -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose. -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical. -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56. -क्षपम् ind. everynight. -गजः a hostile elephant -गात्रम् ind. in very limb. -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain. -2 an inferior mountain. -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house. -ग्रामम् ind. in every village. -चक्रम् a hostile army. -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene. -चरणम् ind. 1 in every (Vedic) school or branch. -2 at every foot-step. -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45. -2 an image, picture. -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg. -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate, -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः). -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time. -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient. -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6. -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. -दूतः a messenger sent in return. -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7. -देशम् ind. in every country. -देहम् ind. in every body. -दैवतम् ind. for every deity. -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. -2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility. -द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 hostile, inimical. -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29. -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25. -द्वारम् ind. at every gate. -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another. -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson. -नव a. 1 new, young, fresh. -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38. -नाडी a branch-vein. -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c. -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45. -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v. -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15. -पक्ष a. like, similar. (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S, -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5. -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता 1 hostility, opposition. -2 obstacle. -पक्षित a. 1 containing a contradiction. -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष. -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary. -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh. -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76. -पदम् ind. 1 at evry stop. -2 at every place, everywhere. -3 expressly. -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2. -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R. -पाणः 1 a stake. -2 a counter-pledge. -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3. -पादम् ind. in each quarter. -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'. -पादपम् ind. in every tree. -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man. -2 a substitute, deputy. -3 a companion. -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). -5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man. -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript. -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon. -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to. -प्रभातम् ind. every morning. -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana. -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45. -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart. -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56. -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13. -बलः a. 1 able, powerful. -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7. -2 strength. -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm. -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon). -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18. -2 an image, a picture. -बीजम् a rotten seed. -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5. (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21. -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1. -भय a. 1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5. -भैरव a. dreadful. -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.) -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21. -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.). -2 an eccentric orbit. -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house. -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22. -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35. -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22. -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4. -मार्गम् ind. back, backwards. -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी). -मासम् ind. every month, monthly. -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary. -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291. -2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind. 1 towards. -2 in front, before. -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming. -मुद्रा 1 a counterseal. -2 the impression of a seal. -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment. -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness. -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी). -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2. -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb. -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4. -2 quarrel; controversy. -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण). -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22. -राजः a hostile king. -रात्रम् ind. every night. -रूप a. 1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9. -2 beautiful. -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17. -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्). (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness. -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28. -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21. -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1. (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49. -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52. -3 a reflection. -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token. -लिपिः f. a transcript, a written copy. -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -लोम a. 1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15. -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). -3 hostile. -4 low, vile, base. -5 left (वाम). -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7. -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25. -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5. -कम् inverted order. -लोमतः ind. 1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68. -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39. -वत्सरम् ind. every year. -वनम् ind. in every forest. -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding. -वर्धिन् a. being a match for. -वर्षम् ind. every year. -वस्तु n. 1 an equivalent, a counterpart. -2 anything given in return. -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48. -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33. -वारणः a hostile elephant. -वासरम् ind. every day. -विटपम् ind. 1 on every branch. -2 branch by branch. -विषम् an antidote. (-षा) a birch tree. -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree. -वीरः an opponent, antagonist. -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for. -वृषः a hostile bull. -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion. -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. -2 a neighbour. -वेशिन् a. a neighbour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14. -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house. -वेश्यः a neighbour. -वैरम् requital of hostilities revenge. -शब्दः 1 echo, reverberation; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28. -2 a roar. -शशिन् m. a mock-moon. -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21. -संवत्सरम् ind. every year. -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh. -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1. -सम a. equal to, a match for. -सव्य a. in an inverted order. -सामन्तः an enemy. -सायम् ind. every evening. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun. -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16. -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17. -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere. -स्मृतिः N. of particular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3. -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33. -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3. -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.
pratipattiḥ प्रतिपत्तिः f. 1 Getting; acquirement, gain; चन्द्रलोक- प्रतिपत्तिः; स्वर्ग˚ &c. -2 Perception, observation, consciousness, (right) knowledge; वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1; तयोरभेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3.99; गुणिनामपि निजरूपप्रतिपत्तिः परत एव संभवति Vās. -3 Assent, compliance, acceptance; प्रतिपत्तिपराङ्मुखी Bk.8.95 'averse from compliance, unyielding'. -4 Admission, acknowledgment. -5 Assertion, statement. -6 Undertaking, beginning, commencement. -7 Action, proceeding, course of action, procedure; वयस्य का प्रतिपत्तिरत्र M.4; Ku.5.42; विषाद- लुप्तप्रतिपत्तिविस्मितं सैन्यम् R.3.4 'which did not know what course of action to follow through dismay'. -8 Performance, doing, proceeding with; प्रस्तुतप्रतिपत्तये R.15.75. -9 Resolution, determination; कैकेय्याः प्रतिपत्तिर्हि कथं स्यान्मम वेदने Rām.2.22.16; व्यवसायः प्रतिपत्तिनिष्ठुरः R.8.65. -1 News, intelligence; कर्मसिद्धावाशु प्रतिपत्तिमानय Mu.4; Ś.6. -11 Honour, respect, mark of distinction, respectful behaviour; सामान्यप्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकमियं दारेषु दृश्या त्वया Ś.4.17;7.1; R.14.22;15.12; तत् कस्मादेतस्मिन् महानुभावे प्रतिपत्तिमूढा तिष्ठसि Nāg.1; यत्स महानुभावो वाङ्मात्रेणापि अकृतप्रतिपत्तिः अदक्षिणेति मां संभावयिष्यति Nāg.2. -12 A method, means. -13 Intellect, intelligence. -14 Use, application. -15 Promotion, preferment, exaltation. -16 Fame, renown, reputation. -17 Boldness, assurance, confidence. -18 Conviction, proof. -19 A rite from which no advantage accrues. -2 The concluding portion of an action. (In Daṇḍaviveka, G. O. S.52, p.259, it means punishment of an offence.) -21 Disposing of a matter or a thing which has served the purpose of something else; यद् येन प्रयोजनेन सम्बद्ध- मुत्पद्यते तत् तदर्थमेव न्याय्यम् । तस्यान्यत्र गमने प्रतिपत्तिरित्येतदुपपद्यते ŚB. on MS.4.2.19. Also cf. यष हि न्यायो यदन्यत्र कृतार्थ- मन्यत्र प्रतिपाद्यत इति ŚB. on MS.4.2.22; cf. also प्रतिपत्तिश्च विविक्तकरणेन उपकरोति ŚB. on MS.6.4.3. Hence प्रतिपत्ति- कर्मन् means 'a mere disposal' (as opposed to अर्थकर्मन्); किं शाखाप्रहरणं प्रतिपत्तिकर्म उतार्थकर्मेति ŚB. on MS.4.2.1. -22 giving (दान); अपात्रे प्रतिपत्तिः; Mb.12.26.31; दानवारि- रसिकाय विभूतेर्वश्मि ते$स्मि सुतरां प्रतिपत्तिम् N.21.63. -23 Remedy (प्रतिविधान); प्रतिपत्तिं कां प्रत्यपद्यन्त मामकाः Mb.7.46. 3. -Comp. -दक्ष a. knowing how to act. -पटहः a kind of kettle drum. -पराङ्मुख a. obstinate, unyielding; Bk. -प्रदानम् Conferring promotion. -भेदः difference of view. -विशारद a. knowing how to act, skilful, clever; वायव्यमभिमन्त्र्याथ प्रतिपत्तिविशारदः Mb.1.227.16.
pratimārgakaḥ प्रतिमार्गकः The city of Hariścandra i. e. the magical illusion of a city in the sky; हरिश्चन्द्रपुरं शोभमुद्रकः प्रतिमार्गकः Trikāṇḍaśeṣa.
plava प्लव a. [प्लु अच्] 1 Swimming, floating. -2 Jumping, leaping. -3 Ved. Superior, excellent. -वः Swimming, floating. -2 Flood, swelling of a river. -3 A jump, leap; going by leaps or jumps; ते रथैर्देवधिष्ण्याभैर्हयैश्च तरल- प्लवैः Bhāg.1.82.7. -4 A raft, float, canoe, small boat; नावश्चारुरुहुस्त्वन्ये प्लवैस्तेरुस्तथापरे Rām.2.89.2 (com. प्लवा वेणुतृणादिनिर्मिताः); नाशयेच्च शनैः पश्चात् प्लवं सलिलपूरवत् Pt. 2.42; सर्वं ज्ञानप्लवेनैव वृजिनं संतरिष्यसि Bg.4.36; Ms.4.194; 11.19; Ve.3.25. -5 A frog; हंसक्रौञ्चप्लवाकीर्णं सारसैः संप्रसादितम् Rām.3.35.18. -6 A monkey; दधि हृत्वा बक- श्चापि प्लवो मत्स्यानसंस्कृतान् Mb.13.111.99. -7 A declivity, slope. -8 An enemy. -9 A sheep. -1 A man of a low tribe, a Chāṇḍāla. -11 A net or snare for catching fish. -12 The fig-tree. -13 The Kāraṇḍava bird, a kind of duck. -14 Five or more stanzas syntactically connected (= कुलक q. v.). -15 The prolated utterance of a vowel. -16 Returning, return. -17 Urging on, inciting. -18 Sound; L. D. B. -19 A kind of aquatic bird; Ms.5.12. -2 N. of a संवत्सर. -Comp. -कुम्भः a pitcher used as a support in swimming; स्मरयौवनयोः खलु द्वयोः प्लवकुम्भौ भवतः कुचावुभौ N.2.31. -गः 1 a monkey; स सेतुं बन्धयामास प्लवगैर्लवणाम्भसि R.12.7. -2 a frog. -3 an aquatic bird, the diver. -4 the शिरीष tree. -5 N. of the sun's charioteer. ˚इन्द्रः Hanumat; Bhāg. ˚राजः The monkey chief Sugrīva; राघवप्लवगराजयोरिव प्रेम युक्तमितरे- तराश्रयम् Ki.13.57. (-गा) the sign of the zodiac called Virqo. -गतिः a frog.
babhru बभ्रु a. [भृ-कु द्वित्वम्; बभ्र्-उ वा Uṇ.1.21] 1 Deepbrown, tawny, reddish-brown; ज्वालाबभ्रुशिरोरुहः R.15. 16;19.25; बबन्ध बालारुणबभ्रु वल्कलम् Ku.5.8. -2 Baldheaded through disease. -भ्रुः 1 Fire. -2 An ichneumon; सखिभिर्न्यवसत् सार्धं व्याघ्राखुवृकबभ्रुभिः Mb.1.14.27. -3 The tawny colour. -4 A man with tawny hair. -5 N. of a Yādava; आलप्यालमिदं बभ्रोर्यत् स दारानपाहरत् Śi.2.1. -6 An epithet of Śiva. -7 Of Viṣṇu. -8 The Chātaka bird. -9 A sweeper, cleaner. -1 N. of a country. -n. 1 A tawny or brown colour. -2 Any object of a brown colour. -भ्रूः f. A reddish-brown cow (कपिला); अजानन्नहनद्बभ्रोः शिरः शार्दूलशङ्कया Bhāg.9.2.6. -Comp. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 red chalk (गौरिक), a kind of ochre. -वाहनः N. of a son of Arjuna by Chitrāṅgadā. [The sacrificial horse let loose by king Yudhiṣṭhira and guarded by Arjuna entered, in the course of its wanderings, the country of Maṇipura, which was then ruled by Babhruvāhana, unequalled in prowess. The horse was taken to the king; but when he read the writing on the plate on its head, he knew that it belonged to the Pāṇḍavas, and that his father Arjuna had arrived in the kingdom; and, hastening to him, respectfully offered his kingdom and his treasures along with the horse. Arjuna, in an evil hour, struck the head of Babhruvāhana and upbraided him for his cowardice saying that if he had possessed true valour and had been his true son, he should not have been afraid of his father and submitted to him so meekly. At these words the brave youth was exceedingly irritated and discharged a crescent-shaped arrow at Arjuna which severed his head from his body. He was, however, restored to life by Ulūpī who happened to be then with Chitrāṅgadā; and having acknowledged Babhruvāhana as his true son, he resumed his journey.]
balam बलम् [बल्-अच्] 1 Strength, power, might, vigour; क्षत्त्रियाणां बलं युद्धम् Brav. P. -2 Force, violence; as in बलात् q. v. -3 An army, host, forces, troops; भवेदभीष्म- मद्रोणं धृतराष्ट्रबलं कथम् Ve.3.24,43; बलं भीष्मा(भीमा)भिरक्षितम् Bg.1.1; R.16.37. -4 Bulkiness, stoutness (of the body). -5 Body, figure, shape. -6 Semen virile. -7 Blood, -8 Gum myrrh. -9 A shoot, sprout. -1 Force or power of articulation; वर्णः स्वरः । मात्रा बलम् । साम संतानः । इत्युक्तः शीक्षाध्यायः T. Up.1.2.1. -11 The deity of power (such as Indra); नमो बलप्रमथनाय Mb.12.284. 94. -12 The hand; क्रान्ते विष्णुर्बले शक्रः कोष्ठे$ग्निर्भोक्तुमिच्छति Mb.12.239.8. -13 Effort (यत्न); विधिः शुक्रं बलं चेति त्रय एते गुणाः परे Mb.12.32.11 (com. बलं वासनाविषयप्राप्त्यनु- कूलो यत्नः). (बलेन means 'on the strength of', 'by means or virtue of'; बाहुबलेन जितः, वीर्यबलेन &c.; बलात् 'perforce', 'forcibly', 'violently', 'against one's will'; बलान्निद्रा समायाता Pt.1; हृदयमदये तस्मिन्नेवं पुनर्वलते बलात् Gīt.7.). -लः 1 A crow; Rām.6.54.9. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -3 N. of a demon killed by Indra. -Comp. -अग्रम् excessive strength or force. (-ग्रः) the head of an army. -अङ्गकः the spring; 'वसन्त इष्यः सुरभिः पुष्पकालो बलाङ्गकः' H. Ch.156. -अञ्चिता the lute of Balarāma. -अटः a kind of beam. -अधिक a. surpassing in strength, of superior strength or force. -अधिकरणम् the affairs of an army; -अध्यक्षः 1 a general or commander of an army; सेनापतिबलाध्यक्षौ सर्वदिक्षु निवेशयेत् Ms.7.189. -2 a war-minister. -3 An officer in charge of infantry. -अनुजः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -अन्वित a. 1 endowed with strength, mighty, powerful. -2 leading an army. -अबलम् 1 comparative strength and want of strength, relative strength and weakness; परात्मनोः परिच्छिद्य शक्त्या- दीनां बलाबलम् R.17.59. -2 relative significance and insignificance, comparative importance and unimportance; समय एव करोति बलाबलम् Śi.6.44. ˚अधिकरणम् a kind of न्यायभेद according to Jaimini. -अभ्रः an army in the form of a cloud. -अरातिः an epithet of Indra. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of power; राज्ञो बलार्थिनः षष्ठे (वर्षे उपनयनं कार्यम्) Ms.2.37. -अवलेपः pride of strength. -अशः, -असः 1 consumption. -2 the phlegmatic humour (कफ). -3 a swelling in the throat (which stops the passages of food). -आढ्यः a bean. -आत्मिका a kind of sun-flower (हस्तिशुण्डी). -आलयः a military camp; पूज्यमानो हरिगणैराजगाम बलालयम् Rām.6.112.8. -आहः water. -उत्कट a. of mighty strength; न वध्यते ह्यविश्वस्तो दुर्बलो$पि बलोत्कटैः Pt.2.44;3.115. -उपपन्न, -उपेत a. endowed with strength, strong, powerful; एतां रामबलोपेतां रक्षां यः सुकृती पठेत् Rāmarakṣā.1. -उपादानम् Recruitment of the army; Kau. A. -ओघः a multitude of troops, numerous army; लक्ष्मीं दधत् प्रति- गिरेरलघुर्बलौघः Śi.5.2. -कर, -कृत् a. strengthening. -कृत done by force or against free consent; सर्वान् बलकृता- नर्थानकृतान् मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.168. -क्षोभः disturbance in the army, mutiny, revolt. -चक्रम् 1 dominion, sovereignty. -2 an army, a host. -ज a. produced by power. (-जम्) 1 a city-gate, gate. -2 a field. -3 grain, a heap of grain; त्वं समीरण इव प्रतीक्षितः कर्षकेण बलजान् पुपूषता Śi.14.7. -4 war, battle -5 marrow, pith. -6 a pretty figure. (-जा) 1 the earth. -2 a handsome woman. -3 a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -4 a rope. -तापनः an epithet of Indra; अफिषिषेच मरन्दरसामृतैर्नवलताबलता- पनरत्नभम् (अलिनम्) Rām. Ch.4.12. -दः an ox, a bullock -दर्पः pride of strength. -देवः 1 air, wind. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -बलदेवा (वी) f. N. of a medicinal herb which is also called त्रायमाण. It grows in the forests on the slopes of the Himālayas and in Persia. -द्विष् m., -निषूदनः epithets of Indra; बलनिषूदनमर्थपतिं च तम् R.9.3. -निग्रह a. weakening, enervating. -पतिः 1 a general, commander. -2 an epithet of Indra. -पुच्छकः a crow; Nigh. Ratn. -पृष्ठकः a kind of deer (Mar. रोहें). -प्रद a. giving strength, invigorating. -प्रमथनी N. of a form of Durgā. -प्रसूः N. of Rohinī, mother of Balarāma. -भद्र a. strong, powerful. (-द्रः) 1 a strong or powerful man. -2 a kind of ox. -3 N. of Balarāma, q. v. below. -4 the tree called लोध्र. -5 N. of Ananta. (-द्रा) a maiden. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; Ś.2. -भृत् a. strong, powerful. -मुख्यः the chief of an army. -रामः 'the strong Rāma', N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa. [He was the seventh son of Vasudava and Devakī; but transferred to the womb of Rohiṇī to save him from falling a prey to the cruelty of Kaṁsa. He and his brother Kṛiṣṇa were brought up by Nanda in Gokula. When quite young, he killed the powerful demons Dhenuka and Pralamba, and performed, like his brother, many feats of surprising strength. On one occasion Balarāma under the influence of wine, of which he was very fond, called upon the Yamunā river to come to him that he might bathe; and on his command being unheeded, he plunged his plough-share into the river and dragged the waters after him, until the river assumed a human form and asked his forgivenss. On another occasion he dragged towards himself the whole city of Hastināpura along with its walls. As Kṛiṣṇa was a friend and admirer of the Pāṇḍavas, so Balarāma was of the Kauravas, as was seen in his desire of giving his sister Subhadrā to Duryodhana rather than to Arjuna; yet he declined to take any part in the great Bhāratī war either with the Pāṇḍavas or the Kauravas. He is represented as dressed in blue clothes, and armed with a ploughshare which was his most effective weapon. His wife was Revatī. He is sometimes regarded as an incarnation of the serpent Śeṣa and sometimes as the eighth incarnation of Viṣṇu; see the quotation under हल]. -वर्जित a. infirm, weak. -वर्णिन् a. strong and looking well. -वर्धन a. invigorating, strengthening. -m. N. of स्थण्डिलाग्नि in उत्सर्जन or उपाकर्म. -विन्यासः array or arrangement of troops. -व्यसनम् the defeat of an army. -व्यापद् f. decrease of strength. -शालिन् a. strong; बलशालितया यथा तथा वा धियमुच्छेदपरामयं दधानः Ki.13.12. -समुत्थानम् Recruiting a strong army; Kau. A.1.16; तमभियोक्तुं बलसमुत्थानमकरोत् Dk.2.8. -सूदनः an epithet of Indra. -सेना a strong army, an army, host. -स्थ a. strong, powerful. (-स्थः) a warrior, soldier. -स्थितिः f. 1 a camp; an encampment. -2 a royal camp. -हन्, -हन्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Indra; पाण्डुः स्मरति ते नित्यं बलहन्तुः समीपगः Mb.15.2.17. -2 of Balarāma. -3 phlegm. -हीन a. destitute of strength, weak, feeble.
brahman ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).
bharataḥ भरतः [भरं तनोति तन्-ड] 1 N. of the son of Duṣyanta and Śakuntalā, who became a universal monarch (चक्रवर्तिन्), India being called Bharatavarṣa after him. He was one of the remote ancestors of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; cf. Ś.7.33. -2 N. of a brother of Rāma, son of Kaikeyī, the youngest wife of Daśaratha. He was very pious and righteous, and was so much devoted to Rāma that when the latter prepared to go to the forest in accordance with the wicked demand of Kaikeyī, he was very much grieved to find that his own mother had sent his brother into exile, and refusing the sovereignty that was his own, ruled the kingdom in the name of Rāma (by bringing from him his two sandals and making them the 'regents' of the realm) till he returned after his fourteen years' exile. भरतो नाम कैकेय्यां जज्ञे सत्यपराक्रमः । साक्षाद्विष्णोश्चतुर्भागः सर्वैः समुदितो गुणैः ॥ Rām.1.18.13. -3 N. of an ancient sage who is supposed to have been the founder of the science of music and dramaturgy. -4 An actor, a stage-player; तत्किमित्युदासते भरताः Māl.1. -5 A hired soldier, mercenary. -6 A barbarian, mountaineer. -7 An epithet of Agni. -8 A weaver. -9 N. of the sage Jaḍabharata. -Comp. -अग्रजः 'the elder brother of Bharata', an epithet of Rāma; अस्त्येव मन्युर्भरताग्रजे मे R.14.73. -ऋषभः N. of Viśvāmitra. ऋषभः, -शार्दूलः, -श्रेष्ठः the best or most distinguished of the descendants of Bharata. -खण़्डम् N. of a part of India; भरतवर्षे भरतखण्डे जम्बुद्वीपे दण्डकारण्ये. -ज्ञ a. knowing the science of Bharata or the dramatic science. -पुत्रः, -पुत्रकः an actor; a mime. -वर्षः 'the country of Bharata', i. e. India. -वाक्यम् the last verse or verses in a drama, a sort of benediction (said to be in honour of Bharata, the founder of the dramatic science); तथापीदमस्तु भरत- वाक्यम् (occurring in every play); cf. Nāg.5 (end.) -शास्त्रम् = नाट्यशास्त्रम्.
bhāradvājaḥ भारद्वाजः [भरद्वाजस्यापत्यम् अण्] 1 N. of Droṇa, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; यदाश्रौषं व्यूहमभेद्यमन्यैर्भारद्वाजेनात्तशस्त्रेण गुप्तम् Mb.1.1.19. -2 Of Agastya. -3 The planet Mars. -4 One of the seven Ṛiṣis. -5 A sky-lark. -6 N. of the author on the science of Government mentioned by Kauṭilya; Kau. A.1.15. -जम् A bone. -जी The wild cotton shrub. -जाः One of the अर्थशास्त्र schools mentioned by Kauṭilya in connection with राजपुत्ररक्षण; Kau. A.1.17.
bhiṅgisī भिङ्गिसी A variety of कम्बल; Kau. A.2.11.29. भिण्डः bhiṇḍḥ भिण्डकः bhiṇḍakḥ भिण्डा bhiṇḍā भिण्डः भिण्डकः भिण्डा Abelmoschus Esculentus (Mar. भेंडा); एरण्डभिण्डार्कनलैः प्रभूतैरपि संचितैः । दारुकृत्यं यथा नास्ति तथैवाज्ञैः प्रयोजनम् Pt.1.96.
bhīma भीम a. [बिभेत्यस्मात्, भी अपादाने मक] Fearful, terrific, terrible, dreadful, formidable; न भेजिरे भीमविषेण भीतिम् Bh.2.8; R.1.16;3.54. -मः 1 An epithet of Śiva. and Viṣṇu; भीमो भीमपराक्रमः V. Sah. -2 The Supreme Being. -3 The sentiment of terror (= भयानक q. v.). -4 N. of the second Pāṇḍava prince. [He was begotten on Kuntī by the god Wind. From a child he showed that he was possessed of extraordinary strength and hence he was called Bhīma. He had too a most voracious appetite, and was called Vṛikodara, or 'wolf bellied'. His most effective weapon was his mace (गदा). He played a very important part in the great war, and, on the last day of the battle, smashed the thigh of Duryodhana with his unfailing mace, Some of the principal events of his earlier life are his defeat of the demons Hiḍimba and Baka, the overthrow of Jarāsandha, the fearful vow which he uttered against the Kauravas and particularly against Duhśāsana for his insulting conduct towards Draupadī, the fulfilment of that vow by drinking Duhśāsana's blood, the defeat of Jayadratha, his duel with Kīchaka while he was serving as headcook (बल्लव) to king Virāṭa, and several other exploits in which he showed his usual extraordinary strength. His name has become proverbial for one who possesses immense strength and courage]. -मम् Horror, terror. -Comp. -अञ्जस् a. having terrible strength. -उदरी an epithet of Umā. -एकादशी the eleventh day in the light half of Māgha. -कर्मन् a. of terrific prowess; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं भीमकर्मा वृकोदरः Bg.1.15. -तिथिः f. = भीमैकादशी. -दर्शन, -मुख a. frightful in appearance, hideous. -नाद a. sounding dreadfully. (-दः) 1 a loud or dreadful sound; भीमनादमयमाहतोच्चकैः Śi.15.1. -2 a lion. -3 N. of one of the seven clouds that will appear at the destruction of the world. -पराक्रम a. of terrific prowess. (-मः) N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरम् N. of Kuṇḍinapura q. v. -रथः 1 N. of one of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -2 N. of one of the kings born in the family of Dhanvantarī and in the family of Daśārha. -3 N. of one of the sons of Śrīkṛiṣṇa. -रथी 1 N. of the 7th night in the 7th month of the 77th year of a man's life (said to be a very dangerous period); (सप्तसप्ततितमे वर्षे सप्तमे मासि सप्तमी । रात्रिर्भीमरथी नाम नराणामतिदुस्तरा). -2 N. of a river in the Himālayas. -रूप a. of terrific form; केनापि भीमरूपेण ब्रह्मराक्षसेनाभिपत्य Dk.2.6. -विक्रम a. of terrific prowess. -विक्रान्त a. fearfully powerful. (-तः) a lion. -विग्रह a. gigantic, of terrific form. -वेग a. terribly swift. -शङ्करम् one of the 12 most sacred Liṅgas (in the Poona District). -शासनः an epithet of Yama. -सेनः 1 N. of the second Pāṇḍava prince. -2 a kind of camphor. -हासम् the flocculent down blown about in the air in summer.
bhīṣma भीष्म a. [भी-णिच्-सुक्-अपादाने मक्] Terrible, dreadful, frightful, fearful; भीष्मो हि देवः सहसः सहीयान् Bhāg. 11.23.48. -ष्मः 1 The sentiment of terror (in rhetoric); see भयानक. -2 A demon, an imp, a fiend, goblin. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of the son of Śantanu by Gangā; हृते भीष्मे हते द्रोणे शल्ये च निधनं गते Mb. [He was the youngest of the eight sons of Śantanu by Gangā; but all the others having died, he remained the sole heir to the throne after his father. On one occasion while Śantanu was walking by the side of a river, he beheld a charming young damsel named Satyavatī, the daughter of a fisherman, and, though bowed down with age, conceived a passion for her, and sent his son to negotiate the marriage. But the parents of the girl said that if their daughter bore sons to the king, they would not succeed to the throne, for after his death Śāntanava, being the rightful heir, would be the king. But Śāntanava, to please his father, made a vow to the parents that he would never accept the kingdom or marry a wife or become the father of children by any woman, so that if their daughter bore a son to Śantanu, he would be the king. This dreadful vow soon became known abroad, and thenceforth he was called Bhiṣma. He remained single, and, after the death of his father, he installed Vichitravīrya, the son of Satyavatī, on the throne, got him married to the two daughters of king Kāśirāja (see Ambikā), and became the guardian of his sons and grandsons, the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. In the great war he fought on the side of the Kauravas, but was wounded by Arjuna with the assistance of Śikhanḍin and was lodged in a 'cage of darts'. But having got from his father the power of choosing his own time for death, he waited till the sun had crossed the vernal equinox, and then gave up his soul. He was remarkable for his continence, wisdom, firmness of resolve, and unflinching devotion to God]. -ष्मम् Horror, horribleness. -Comp. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the light half of Māgha (when Bhīṣma died). -जननी an epithet of the Ganges. -पञ्चकम् N. of the five days from the eleventh to the fifteenth of the bright balf of Kārtika (said to be sacred to Bhīṣma). -पर्वन् N. of the 6th Book of the Mahā-Bhārata. -सूः f. an epithet of the river Ganges; हरशिरसि पतन्ती भीष्मसूर्वः पुनातु Udb. -स्तवराजः N. of the 47th Chapter of शान्तिपर्व in Mahābhāraṭa.
maṇḍala मण्डल a. [मण्ड्-कलच्] Round, circular; मण्डलाग्रा बृसीश्चैव गृहान्याः पृष्ठतो ययुः Rām.5.18.12. -लः 1 circular array of troops. -2 A dog. -3 A kind of snake. -लम् 1 A circular orb, globe, wheel, ring, circumference, anything round or circular; न्यग्रोधं च सुमण्डलम् Mb.12.169. 12; करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98; आदर्शमण्डलनिभानि समुल्लसन्ति Ki. 5.41; स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; so रेणुमण्डल, छाया- मण्डल, चापमण्डल, मुखमण्डल, स्तनमण्डल &c. -2 The charmed circle (drawn by a conjurer); मण्डले पन्नगो रुद्धो मन्त्रैरिव महाविषः Rām.2.12.5; जानन्ति तन्त्रयुक्तिं यथास्थितं मण्डलमभि- लिखन्ति Mu.2.1. -3 A disc, especially of the sun or moon; तेनातपत्रामलमण्डलेन R.16.27; अपर्वणि ग्रहकलुषेन्दुमण्डला (विभावरी) M.4.15; दिनमणिमण्डलमण्डन भवखण्डन ए Gīt.1. -4 The halo round the sun or moon. -5 The path or orbit of a heavenly body. -6 A multitude, group, collection, assemblage, troop, company; एवं मिलितेन कुमारमण्डलेन Dk.; अखिलं चारिमण्डलम् R.4.4. -7 Society, association. -8 A great circle. -9 The visible horizon. -1 A district or province. -11 A surrounding district or territory. -12 (In politics) The circle of a king's near and distant neighbours; मण्डलचरितम् Kau. A. 1.1.1; सततसुकृती भूयाद् भूपः प्रसादितमण्डलः Ve.6.44; उपगतो$पि च मण्डलनाभिताम् &c. R.9.15. (According to Kāmandaka quoted by Malli. the circle of a king's near and distant neighbours consists of twelve kings:-- विजिगीषु or the central monarch, the five kings whose dominions are in the front, and the four kings whose dominions are in the rear of his kingdom, the मध्यम or intermediate, and उदासीन or indifferent king. The kings in the front as well as in the rear are designated by particular names; see Malli. ad loc; cf. also Śi. 2.81. and Malli. thereon. According to some the number of such kings is four, six, eight, twelve or even more; see Mit. on Y.1.345. According to others, the circle consists of three kings only:-- the प्राकृतारि or natural enemy, (the sovereign of an adjacent country), the प्राकृतमित्र natural ally, (the sovereign whose dominions are separated by those of another from the country of the central monarch with whom he is allied), and प्राकृतोदासीन or the natural neutral, (the sovereign whose dominions lie beyond those of the natural ally). -13 A particular position of the feet in shooting. -14 A kind of mystical diagram used in invoking a divinity. -15 A division of the Ṛigveda (the whole collection being divided into 1 Maṇḍalas or eight Aṣṭakas). -16 A kind of leprosy with round spots. -17 A kind of perfume. -18 A circular bandage (in surgery). -19 A sugar-ball, sweetmeat. -2 Sexual dalliance; नानाविचित्र- कृतमण्डलमावहन्तीम् Bil. Ch. (उत्तरपीठिका) 38. -21 A circular gait; हय इव मण्डलमाशु यः करोति Rām.6.33.35; Mb.3. 19.8. -22 A play-board (द्यूते शारीस्थापनपट्टम्); Mb.8.74. 15. -ली 1 A circle, orb &c. -2 A group, assemblage; तन्मोचनाय तेनाशु प्रेरिता शिष्यमण्डली Bm.1.648. -3 Walking round, circular motion. -4 Bent grass (दूर्वा). -Comp. -अग्र a. round-pointed. (-ग्रः) a bent or crooked sword, scimitar. (-ग्रम्) a surgeon's circular knife. -अधिपः, -अधीशः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 the ruler or governor of a district or province. -2 a king, sovereign. -आवृत्तिः f. circular movement; भ्रमिषु कृतपुटान्तर्मण्डला- वृत्तिचक्षुः U.3.19. -आसन a. sitting in a circle. -उत्तमम् a principal kingdom or district. -कविः a bad poet. -कार्मुक a. having a circular bow. -नाभिः the centre of a circle. -नृत्यम् a circular dance, dance in a ring. -न्यासः describing a circle. -पुच्छकः a kind of insect. -बन्धः the formation of a circle or roundness. -भागः an arc. -माडः a pavilion. -वटः the fig-tree forming a circle. -वर्तनम् drawing figures with some powder (Mar. रांगोळी घालणें); संमार्जनोपलेपाभ्यां गृहमण्डलवर्तनैः Bhāg. 7.11.26. -वर्तिन् m. a ruler of a small province; स तुल्यातिशयध्वंसं यथा मण्डलवर्तिनाम् Bhāg.11.3.2. -वर्षः rain over the whole of a king's territory, general rain-fall. -वाटः a garden.
maya मय a. (-यी f.) An affix used to indicate 'made of', 'consisting or composed of', 'full of'; कनकमय, काष्ठमय, तेजोमय, जलमय &c. -यः 1 N. of a demon, the architect of the demons. (He built the 'three cities' for the demons; cf. त्रिपुर. He is also said to have built a splendid hall for the Pāṇḍavas); सानन्दं देवताभिर्मयपुरदहने धूर्जटिः पातु युष्मान् Ve.1.3. -2 A horse. -3 A camel. -4 A mule. -या Medical treatment. -यी A mare.
yudhiṣṭhiraḥ युधिष्ठिरः 'Firm in battle', N. of the eldest Pāṇḍava prince, also called 'Dharma', 'Dharmarāja', 'Ajātaśatru' &c. [He was begotten on Kuntī by the god Yama. He is known more for his truthfulness and righteousness than for any military achievements or feats of arms. He was formally crowned emperor of Hastināpura at the conclusion of the great Bhāratī war after eighteen days' severe fighting, and reigned righteously for many years. For further particulars about his life, see दुर्योधन.]
rāma राम a. [रम् कर्तरि घञ् ण वा] 1 Pleasing, delighting, rejoicing, -2 Beautiful, lovely, charming. -3 Obscure; dark-coloured, black. -4 White. -मः 1 N. of three celebrated personages; (a) Paraśurāma, son of Jamadagni; (b) Balarāma, son of Vasudeva and brother of Kṛiṣṇa, q.q.v.v.; (c) Rāmachandra or Sītārāma, son of Daśaratha and Kausalyā and the hero of the Rāmāyaṇa; (the word is thus derived in Purāṇas:-- राशब्दो विश्ववचनो मश्चापीश्वरवाचकः । विश्वाधीनेश्वरो यो हि तेन रामः प्रकीर्तितः ॥) cf. also राकारोच्चारमात्रेण मुखान्निर्याति पातकम् । पुनः प्रवेशशङ्कायां मकारो$स्ति कपाटवत् ॥ [When quite a boy, he with his brother was taken by Viśvāmitra, with the permission of Daśaratha, to his hermitage to protect his sacrifices from the demons that obstructed them. Rāma killed them all with perfect ease, and received from the sage several miraculous missiles as a reward. He then accompanied Viśvāmitra to the capital of Janaka where he married Sītā having performed the wonderful feat of bending Siva's bow, and then returned to Ayodhyā. Daśaratha, seeing that Rāma was growing fitter and fitter to rule the kingdom, resolved to install him as heir-apparent. But, on the eve of the day of coronation, his favourite wife Kaikeyī, at the instigation of her wicked nurse Mantharā, asked him to fulfil the two boons he had formerly promised to her, by one of which she demanded the exile of Rāma for fourteen years and by the other the installation of her own son Bharata as Yuvarāja. The king was terribly shocked, and tried his best to dissuade her from her wicked demands, but was at last obliged to yield. The dutiful son immediately prapared to go into exile accompanied by his beautiful young wife Sītā and his devoted brother Lakṣmana. The period of his exile was eventful, and the two brothers killed several powerful demons and at last roused the jealousy of Rāvaṇa himself. The wicked demon resolved to try Rāma by carrying off his beauteous wife for whom he had conceived an ardent passion, and accomplished his purpose being assisted by Mārīcha. After several fruitless inquiries as to her whereabouts, Hanumat ascertained that she was in Laṅkā and persuaded Rāma to invade the island and kill the ravisher. The monkeys built a bridge across the ocean over which Rāma with his numerous troops passed, conquered Laṅkā, and killed Rāvaṇa along with his whole host of demons. Rāma, attended by his wife and friends in battle, triumphantly returned to Ayodhyā where he was crowned king by Vasiṣṭha. He reigned long and righteously and was succeeded by his son Kuśa. Rāma is said to be the seventh incarnation of Viṣṇu; cf. Jayadeva:-- वितरसि दिक्षु रणे दिक्पतिकमनीयं दशमुखमौलिबलिं रमणीयम् । केशव धृतरघुपति- रूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1.]. -2 A kind of deer. -3 N. of Aruṇa. -4 A lover; cf. Śi.4.59. -5 A horse. -6 Pleasure, joy. -मम् 1 Darkness. -2 Leprosy (कृष्ठम्). -3 A tamāla leaf. -Comp. -अनुजः N. of a celebrated reformer, founder of a Vedāntic sect and author of several works. He was a Vaiṣṇava. -अयनम् (-णम्) 1 the adventures of Rāma. -2 N. of a celebrated epic by Vālmīki which contains about 24 verses in seven Kāṇḍas or books. -ईश्वरः N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -काण्डः a species of cane. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Rāma. -कृत् (in music) N. of a Rāga. -क्री N. of a Rāga. -गिरिः N. of a mountain; (चक्रे) स्निग्धच्छाया- तरुषु वसतिं रामगिर्याश्रमेषु Me.1. -चन्द्रः, -भद्रः N. of Rāma, son of Daśaratha. -जन्मन् n. the birth or birth-day of Rāma. -तापन, -तापनी, -तापनीय उपनिषद् N. of a well-known उपनिषद् (belonging to the अथर्ववेद). -दूतः 1 N. of Hanumat. -2 a monkey. (-ती) a kind of basil. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Chaitra, the anniversary of the birth of Rāma. -पूगः a kind of betel-nut tree. -लीला N. of a dramatic performance, on the story of Rāma. -वल्लभः the birch-tree. (-भम्) cinnamon. -शरः a kind of sugar cane. -सखः N. of Sugrīva. -सेतुः the bridge of Rāma', a bridge of sand between the Indian peninsula and Ceylon, now called Adam's bridge.
lāvaṇyam लावण्यम् [लवणस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Saltness. -2 Beauty, loveliness, charm; तथापि तस्या लावण्यं रेखया किंचिदन्वितम् Ś. 6.13;7.18; (लावण्य is thus defined in Śabdak.:-- मुक्ताफलेषु छायायास्तरलत्वमिवान्तरा । प्रतिभाति यदङ्गेषु तल्लावण्यमिहोच्यते ॥). Shri Kshitishachandra points out in his Mañjūṣā that the word does not seem to have any connection with लवण (salt). The word रामण्यक (= beauty) occurs in the Rāmāyaṇa (वनरामण्यकं यत्र जलरामण्यकं तथा Araṇya- kāṇḍa 25.5). 'रलयोरभेद इति न्यायेन सन्निहितयोरनुनासिकयो रेकस्य विषमीकरणप्रक्रियया चाननुनासिकीकरणेन लावण्यमिति निष्पन्न- मिति प्रतिभाति' ।' Amaruśataka gives a verse containing a pun on the word लावण्य (saltness, loveliness):-- पीता यतः- प्रभृति कामपिपासितेन तस्या मयाधररसः प्रचुरः प्रियायाः । तृष्णा तदा प्रभृति मे द्विगुणत्वमेति लावण्यमस्ति बहु तत्र किमत्र चित्रम् ॥ -Comp. -अर्जितम् the private property of a married woman given to her at her marriage by her father or mother-in-law. -कलित a. endowed with beauty. -लक्ष्मीः great beauty. लावण्यमय lāvaṇyamaya लावण्यवत् lāvaṇyavat लावण्यमय लावण्यवत् a. Lovely, handsome.
lelāyati लेलायति ते Den. To quiver, tremble; यदा लेलायते ह्यर्चिः समिद्धे हव्यवाहने Muṇḍa.1.2.2; उभौ लोकावनुसंचरति ध्यायतीव लेलायतीव Bṛi. Up.4.3.7.
varaṭaḥ वरटः [वृ-अटन् Uṇ.4.86] 1 Gander. -2 A kind of grain. -3 A kind of wasp. -टा, -टी 1 A goose; नवप्र- सूतिर्वरटा तपस्विनी N.1.135; कण्डूयमाना वरटा स्वचञ्चुपुटकोटिभिः । हंसं कामयमानं तु वारयेत् पक्षधूननैः ॥ Kāśikhaṇḍa.3.68. -2 A wasp or a variety of it; भो वयस्य, एते खलु दास्याः पुत्रा अर्थ- कल्यवर्ता वरटाभीता इव गोपालदारका अरण्ये यत्र यत्र न खाद्यन्ते तत्र तत्र गच्छन्ति Mk.1. -टम् A jasmine flower (कुन्दपुष्प).
vasiṣṭhaḥ वसिष्ठः (also written वशिष्ठ) N. of a celebrated sage, the family priest of the solar race of kings, and author of several Vedic hymns, particularly of the seventh Maṇḍala of the Rigveda. He was the typical representative of true Brāhmanic dignity and power, and the efforts of Viśvāmitra to rise to his level from the subject of many legends; cf. विश्वामित्र. -2 N. of the author of a Smṛiti (sometimes ascribed to the sage himself). -ष्ठम् Flesh.
vāsava वासव a. (-वी f.) [वसुरेव स्वार्थे अण् वसूनि सन्त्यस्य अण् वा] 1 Relating to the Vasus. -2 Belonging to Indra; पाण्डुतां वासवी दिगयासीत् K.; वासवीनां चमूनाम् Me.45. -वः N. of Indra; स वासवेनासनसंनिकृष्टमितो निषीदेति विसृष्टभूमिः Ku.3.2; R.5.5. -वम् The constellation Dhaniṣṭhā. -Comp. -अनुजः Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; स्मितपूर्वमुवाचेदं भगवान् वासुवानुजः Mb.12.46.1. -चापः a rainbow. -दत्ता 1 N. of a work by Subandhu. -2 N. of a heroine of several stories. [Different writers give different accounts of this lady. According to Kathāsaritsāgara she was the daughter of king Chaṇḍamahāsena of Ujjayinī and was carried off by Udayana, king of Vatsa. Śrīharṣa represents her to be the daughter of king Pradyota (see Ratn.1.1.), and, according to Mallinātha's comment on the line प्रद्योतस्य प्रियदुहितरं वत्सराजो$त्र जह्रे she was the daughter of Pradyota, king of Ujjayinī. Bhavabhūti says that she was betrothed by her father to king Sañjaya, but that she offered herself to Udayana; (see Māl.2.). But the Vāsavadattā of Subandhu has nothing in common with the story of Vatsa, except the name of the heroine, as she is represented to have been betrothed by her father to Puṣpaketu, but carried off by Kandarpaketu. It is probable that there were several heroines bearing the name Vāsavadattā.] -दिश् f. the east.
vāsi वासि (शि) ष्ठ a. (-ष्ठी f.) [वसि-शिष्ठ-अण्] Belonging to or composed by (rather revealed to) Vasiṣṭha, as a Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda. -ष्ठः A descendant of Vasiṣṭha. -ष्ठी 1 The Gomatī river. -2 The north; काष्ठां चासाद्य वासिष्ठीम् Mb.5.19.16.
vikṝ विकॄ 6 P. 1 To scatter, throw about; strew or spread about; व्यकीर्यत त्र्यम्बकपादमूले पुष्पोच्चयः पल्लवभङ्गभिन्नः Ku.3.61; Ki.2.59; Bk.1.3;14.25. -2 To split, cut to pieces; असिर्गात्रं गात्रं सपदि लवशस्ते विकिरतु Māl.5. 34. -3 To pollute, contaminate. -4 To dissolve; एतद्यो वेद निहितं गुहायां सो$विद्याग्रन्थिं विकिरतीह Muṇḍa.2.1.1. -5 To pour out. -6 To heave (a sigh).
vidura विदुर a. [विद्-कुरच् P.III.2.162] Wise, intelligent. -रः 1 A wise or learned man. -2 A crafty man, an intriguer. -3 N. of the younger brother of Paṇḍu. [When Satyavatī found that both the sons begotten by Vyāsa upon her two daughters-in-law were physically incapacitated for the throne-Dhṛitarāṣṭra being blind and Paṇḍu pale and sickly-- she asked them to seek the assistance of Vyāsa once more. But being frightened by the austere look of the sage, the elder widow sent one of her slave-girls dressed in her own clothes, and this girl became the mother of Vidura. He is remarkable for his great wisdom, righteousness, and strict impartiality. He particularly loved the Pāṇḍavas, and saved them from several critical dangers.] -Comp. -नीतिः, -प्रजागरः N. of chapters 33 to 4 in the 5th Parva of Mahābhārata.
virāṭaḥ विराटः 1 N. of a district in India. -2 N. of a king of the Matsyas. The Pāṇḍavas lived incognito in the service of this king for one year, (the thirteenth of their exile) having assumed different disguises. His daughter Uttarā was married to Abhimanyu and was mother of Parīkṣit who succeeded Yudhiṣṭhira to the throne of Hastināpura. -Comp. -जः a sort of inferior diamond. -पर्वन् n. the fourth book of the Mahābhārata.
vīra वीर [अजेः रक् वीभावश्च Uṇ.2.13] a. 1 Heroic, brave. -2 Mighty, powerful. -3 Excellent, eminent. -रः 1 A hero, warrior, champion; को$प्येष संप्रति नवः पुरुषावतारो वीरो न यस्य भगवान् भृगुनन्दनो$पि U.5.33. -2 The sentiment of heroism (in rhetoric); अस्तोक- वीरगुरुसाहसमद्भुतं च Mv.1.6; it is distinguished under four heads; दानवीर, धर्मवीर, दयावीर and युद्धवीर; for explanation see these words s. v.). -3 An actor. -4 Fire. -5 The sacrificial fire. -6 A son; अस्य कुले वीरो जायते Ch. Up.3.13.6; वीरं मे दत्त पितरः Śrādhamantras. -7 A husband. -8 The Arjuna tree. -9 A Jaina. -1 The Karavīra tree. -11 N. of Viṣṇu. -रम् 1 A reed. -2 Pepper. -3 Rice-gruel. -4 The root of Uśīra q. v. -5 Iron; Gīrvāṇa. -Comp. -अध्वन्, -मार्गः a heroic death. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. -आशंसनम् 1 keeping watch. -2 the post of danger in battle. -3 a forlorn hope. -4 a field of battle; पयोदजालमिव तद्वीरा- शंसनमाबभौ Śi.19.79. -आसनम् 1 a kind of posture practised in meditation; एकं पादमथैकस्मिन् विन्यस्योरौ तु संस्थितम् । इतरस्मिंस्तथैवोरुं वीरासनमिति स्मृतम् ॥ cf. पर्यङ्क. -2 kneeling on one knee. -3 a field of battle. -4 the station of a sentinel. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a great hero. -उञ्झः a Brahmaṇa who omits to offer oblations to the sacrificial fire. -काम a. desirous of male offspring. -कीटः an insignificant or contemptible warrior. -गतिः Indra's heaven. -जयन्तिका 1 a war-dance. -2 war, battle. -तरुः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the Arjuna tree. -धन्वन् m. an epithet of the god of love. -पट्टः a sort of military dress. -पट्टिका a gold band worn by men across the forehead; नलस्य भाले मणिवीरपट्टिकानिभेव लग्नः परिधिर्विधोर्बभौ N.15.61. -पत्नी the wife of a hero. -पानम् (णम्) an exciting or refreshing drink taken by soldiers either before or after a battle; मदो$यं संप्रहारे$स्मिन् वीरपानं समर्थ्यताम् Rām.4.11.38. -बाहुः N. of Viṣṇu. -भद्रः 1 N. of a powerful hero created by Śiva from his matted hair; see दक्ष; महावीरो$पि रे भद्र मम सर्वगणेष्विह । वीरभद्राख्यया हि त्वं प्रथितिं परमं व्रज । कुरु मे सत्वरं कर्म दक्षयज्ञं क्षयं नय ॥ Kāśīkhaṇḍa. -2 a distinguished hero. -3 a horse fit for the Aśvamedha sacrifice. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. -भवन्ती the elder sister; Gīrvāṇa. -भावः heroic nature. -मर्दलः a war-drum. -मुद्रिका a ring worn on the middle toe. -रजस् n. red lead. -रसः 1 the sentiment of heroism. -2 a warlike feeling. -रेणुः N. of Bhīmasena. -लोकः Indra's heaven. -वादः glory. -विप्लावकः a Brāhmaṇa who performs sacrifices by means of money got from the lowest castes. -वृक्षः 1 the Arjuna tree. -2 the marking-nut plant. -व्रत a. adhering to one's purpose; पूर्णः श्रुतधरो राजन्नाह वीरव्रतो मुनिः Bhāg.1.87.45. -तम् heroism. -शङ्कुः an arrow. -शयः, -शयनम्, -शय्या the couch of a dead or wounded hero in a battle; battlefield; कलेवरं योगरतो विजह्याद्यदग्रेणीर्वीरशये$निवृत्तः Bhāg.6.1.33. -2 a particular posture. -सूः f. the mother of a hero; (so -वीरप्रसवा, -प्रसूः, -प्रसविनी); तस्यात्मनो$र्धं पत्न्यास्ते नान्वगाद्वीरसूः कृपी Bhāg.1.7.45. -2 the mother of a male child. -सेनः N. of the father of Nala. -सैन्यम् garlic. -स्कन्धः a buffalo. -स्थानम् = वीरासन (1); स्थाणु- भूतो महातेजा वीरस्थानेन पाण्डव Mb.3.122.2;13.142.8; (= स्वर्ग) heaven; वीरासनं वीरशय्यां वीरस्थानमुपागतम् । अक्षया- स्तस्य वै लोकाः सर्वकामगमास्तथा ॥ Mb.13.7.13. -हत्या the killing of a man; murder of a son; चान्द्रायणं चरेन्मासं वीरत्यासमं हि तत् Ms.11.41; वीरहत्यामवाप्तो$सि वह्नीनुद्वास्य यत्नतः Śāṅkaradigvijaya 8.26. -हन् m. a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected his domestic fire; तेनादृश्यन्त वीरघ्ना न तु वीरहणो जनाः N.17.197; (cf. Note on N.17.197 given by the English translator Handiqui, P.63.). -2 A childmurderer; वीरहा वा एष देवानां भवति यो$ग्निमुद्वासयते Ts.1.5.2. -3 N. of Viṣṇu.
vṛkaḥ वृकः [Uṇ.3.41] 1 A wolf; पापारम्भकयोर्मृगीव वृकयो- र्भीरुर्गता गोचरम् Māl.5.24. -2 A hyena. -3 A jackal. -4 A crow. -5 An owl. -6 A robber. -7 A Kṣatriya. -8 Turpentine. -9 A compound perfume, a mixture of various fragrant articles. -1 N. of a demon. -11 N. of a tree (बकवृक्ष). -12 N. of a fire in the stomach. -13 A plough. -14 The moon; Nir.5.2. -15 The sun; Nir.5.21. -Comp. -अरातिः, -अरिः a dog. -उदरः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Bhīma, the second Pāṇḍava prince; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं भामकर्मा वृकोदरः Bg. 1.15; Ki.2.1; Ve.1.26. -कर्मन् a. wolfish. -दंशः a dog. -धूपः 1 turpentine. -2 a compound perfume; वृकधूपं सर्जरसं शिलाजतु च सिक्थकम् Śiva B.3.17. -धूर्तः a jackal. -धूर्तकः 1 a bear. -2 a jackal. -वाला a piece of timber at the side of a door.
vyāla व्याल a. 1 Wicked, vicious; व्यालद्विपा यन्तृभिरुन्मदिष्णवः Śi.12.28; यन्ता गजं व्यालमिवापराद्धः Ki.17.25. -2 Bad, villainous. -3 Cruel, fierce, savage; जहति व्यालमृगाः परेषु वृत्तिम् Ki.13.4. -लः 1 A vicious elephant; व्यालं बाल- मृणालतन्तुभिरसौ रोद्धुं समुज्जृम्भते Bh.2.6. -2 A beast of prey; वसन्त्यस्मिन् महारण्ये व्यालाश्च रुधिराशनाः Rām.2.119. 19; वनं व्यालनिषेवितम् Rām. -3 A snake; H.3.29. -4 A tiger; Māl.3. -5 A leopard. -6 A king. -7 A cheat, rogue. -8 N. of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -खड्गः, -नखः a kind of herb. -ग्राहः, ग्राहिन् m. a snake-catcher; Ms.8.26; व्यालग्राही यथा व्यालं बलादुद्धरते विलात् Kāśīkhaṇḍam. -मृगः 1 a wild animal. -2 a hunting leopard; Mb.12.15.21. -रूपः an epithet of Śiva.
śakuniḥ शकुनिः [शक्-उनि] 1 A bird; तरुशकुनिकुरङ्गान् मैथिली यानपुष्यत् U.3.25; Ms.12.63. -2 A vulture, kite or eagle. -3 A cock. -4 N. of a son of Subala, king of Gāndhāra and brother of Gāndharī, wife of Dhṛitarāṣṭra; he was thus the maternal uncle of Duryodhana whom he assisted in many of his wicked schemes to exterminate the Pāṇḍavas. The name is now usually applied to an old wicked-minded relative whose counsels tend to ruin. -5 N. of a demon killed by Kṛiṣṇa. -Comp. -ईश्वरः N. of Garuḍa. -प्रपा a trough for watering birds. -वादः 1 the cry or sound of a bird. -2 the crowing of a cock.
śaraḥ शरः [शॄ-अच्] 1 An arrow, a shaft; क्व च निशितनिपाता वज्रसाराः शरास्ते Ś.1.1; शरश्च त्रिविधो ज्ञेयः स्त्री पुमाँश्च नपुंसकः । अग्रस्थूलो भवेन्नारी पश्चात्स्थूलो भवेत् पुमान् । समो नपुंसको ज्ञेयः Dhanur. 62-63. -2 A kind of white reed or grass (Mar. देवनळ, बोरू); कुशकाशशरैः पर्णैः सुपरिच्छादितां तथा Rām.3.15.22; शरकाण्डपाण्डुगण्डस्थला M.3.8; मुखेन सीता शरपाण्डुरेण R.14.26; Śi.11.3. -3 The cream of slightly curdled milk, cream; आपो वा अर्कस्तद्यदपां शर आसीत् सम- हन्यत सा पृथिवी Bṛi. Up.1.2.2. -4 Hurt, injury, wound. -5 The number 'five'; cf. शराग्नि q. v. -6 (In astr.) The versed sine of an arc. -7 Kuśa grass; तथा शरेष्वपि MS.8.3.33 (शरशब्दस्यापि कुशेषु प्रयोगो दृश्यते ŚB. on ibid.); भृशरसं शरसंहितकान्तिके Rām. ch.4.7. -रम् Water. -Comp. -अग्निः the number 'thirtyfive'; शराग्निपरिमाणं च तत्रासौ वसते सुखम् Mb.13.17.26. -अग्ऱ्यः an excellent arrow. -अभ्यासः, -आघातः archery. -असनम्, -आस्यम् an arrowshooter, a bow; शरासनं तेषु विकृष्यतामिदम् Ś.6.28; R.3.52; Ku.3.64. -आक्षेपः flight of arrows. -आरोपः, -आवापः a bow; तान् गृहीतशरावापान् Mb.1.189.13; आवापः also means quiver; चिच्छेद कार्मुकं दीप्तं शरावापं च सत्वरम् Mb. 6.9.61. -आवरः a quiver; शरावरौ शरैः पूर्णौ Rām.3. 64.49. (-रम्) a coat of mail; तच्चाग्निसदृशं दीप्तं रावणस्य शरावरम् Rām.3.51.14. -आवरणम् a shield; शितनिस्त्रिंश- हस्तस्य शरावणधारिणः Mb.6.61.28. -आश्रयः a quiver. -आसः a bow; Bhāg. -आहत a. struck by an arrow. -इषीका an arrow. -इष्टः the mango tree. -उपासनम् archery practice; स्मारी शरोपासनवेदिकेव N.14.54. -ओघः a shower or multitude of arrows. -काण़्डः 1 a reedstalk. -2 a shaft of an arrow. -क्षेपः the range of an arrow-shot. -घातः shooting with arrows, archery. -जम् fresh butter. -जः N. of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् m. an epithet of Kārtikeya; उमावृषाङ्कौ शरजन्मना यथा R.3.23. -जालम् a multitude or dense mass of arrows; शरजालावृते व्योम्नि च्छायाभूते समन्ततः Mb.4.59.3. -दुर्दिनम् a shower of arrows; Rām. -धिः a quiver; सहशरधि निजं तथा कार्मुकम् Ki.18.16. -पातः an arrow's flight. ˚स्थानम् a bow shot. -पुङ्खः, -पुङ्खा the feathered end of an arrow. -प्रवेगः a swift arrow. -फलम् the blade or barb of an arrow. -भङ्गः N. of a sage whom Rāma visited in the Daṇḍaka forest; अदः शरण्यं शरभङ्ग- नाम्नस्तपोवनं पावनमाहिताग्नेः R.13.45. -भूः N. of Kārtikeya. -भृष्टिः f. the point of an arrow. -मल्लः a bow-man, an archer. -यन्त्रकम् the string on which the palm-leaves of a manuscript are filed. -वनम् (वणम्) 1 a thicket of reeds; आराध्यैनं शरवणभवं देवमुल्लङ्घिताध्वा Me.47. °reee;उद्भवः, ˚भवः epithets of Kārtikeya. -2 a bed of Kuśa grass; शरवणमेवेदं कुशवनमिति ŚB. on MS.8.3.33. -वर्षः a shower or volley of arrows. -वाणिः 1 the head of an arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a maker of arrows. -4 a foot-soldier. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of arrows. -व्रातः a mass or multitude of arrows. -संधानम् taking aim with an arrow; शरसंधानं नाटयति Ś.1. -संबाध a. covered with arrows; किमुक्तैः शर- संबाधाम् U.4.28 (v. l.). -स्तम्बः a clump of reeds.
śṛṅgāṭikā शृङ्गाटिका A cross-road; Daṇḍaviveka, G. O. S.52, p.297.
śaivyaḥ शैव्यः 1 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 N. of a king and warrior in the Pāṇḍava army. -3 A horse (in general).
saṃvibhā संविभा 2 P. To meditate; Muṇḍa.
saṃjayaḥ संजयः 1 Conquest, victory. -2 A kind of military array. -3 N. of the charioteer of king Dhṛitarāṣṭra. He tried to bring about a peaceful settlement of the dispute between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas, but failed. It was he who narrated the events of the great Bhāratī war to the blind king Dhṛitarāṣṭra; cf. धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः । मामकाः पाण्डवाश्चैव किमकुर्वत संजय ॥ Bg.1.1.
sapiṇḍa सपिण्डः 'Having the same पिण्ड or funeral rice-ball offering', a kinsman connected by the offering of the funeral rice-ball to the Manes of certain relations; गुरुदारे सपिण्डे वा गुरुवद्वृत्तिमाचरेत् Ms.2.247;5.59; Y.1.52. सपिण्डनम् sapiṇḍanam सपिण्डीकरणम् sapiṇḍīkaraṇam सपिण्डनम् सपिण्डीकरणम् 1 The performance of a particular Śrāddha in honour of deceased relatives called सपिण्ड q. v., to be performed at the end of one full year after the death of a relative, but now usually performed on the 12th day after death as part of the funeral obsequies. -2 Giving a person the rights of a Sapiṇḍa or kinsman.
saha सह ind. 1 With, together with, along with, accompanied by (with instr.); शशिना सह याति कौमुदी सह मेघेन तडित् प्रलीयते Ku.4.33. -2 Together, simultaneously, at the same time; अस्तोदयौ सहैवासौ कुरुते नृपतिर्द्विषाम् Subhāṣ. (The following senses are given of this word:-- साकल्य, सादृश्य, यौगपद्य, विद्यमानत्व, समृद्धि, संबन्ध and सामर्थ्य.) -Comp. -अध्ययनम् 1 studying together; U.2. -2 fellowstudentship. -अध्यायिन् m. a fellow-student. -अपवाद a. disagreeing. -अर्थ a. 1 having the same object. -2 synonymous. (-र्थः) the same or common object. -अर्ध a. together with a half. -आलापः conversation with. -आसनम् sitting on the same seat. -आसिका company, sitting together; समुद्रः सहासिकां यां सुमतिः प्रतीच्छति Rām. ch.2.85. -उक्तिः f. a figure of speech in Rhetoric; सा सहोक्तिः सहार्थस्य बलादेकं द्विवाचकम् K. P.1; e.g. पपात भूमौ सह सैनिकाश्रुभिः R.3.61. -उटजः a hut made of leaves. -उत्थायिन् a. rising or conspiring together. -उदरः a uterine brother, brother of whole blood; जनन्यां संस्थितायां तु समं सर्वे सहोदराः Ms.9.92; सहोदरा कुङ्कुमकेसराणां भवन्ति नूनं कविताविलासाः Vikr.1.21. -उपमा a kind of Upamā. -ऊढः, -ऊढजः the son of a woman pregnant at marriage; (one of the 12 kinds of sons recognized in old Hindu law); या गर्भिणी संस्क्रियते ज्ञाताज्ञातापि वा सती । वोढुः स गर्भो भवति सहोढ इति चोच्यते ॥ Ms.9.173. -एकासनम् see सहासनम् Y.2.284. -कर्तृ m. a co-worker, assistant; तस्य कर्मानुरूपेण देर्यो$शः सहकर्तृभिः Ms.8.26. -कारः 1 co-operation. -2 a mango tree; क इदानीं सहकारमन्तरेण पल्लवितामतिमुक्तलतां सहेत Ś.3. ˚भञ्जिका a kind of game. - कारिन्, -कृत्, -कृत्वन् a. co-operating. (-m.) a coadjutor, associate, colleague. -कृत a. co-operated with, assisted or aided by. -क्रिया simultaneous performance; स हि न्यायः संभूयकारिणां सहक्रियेति सर्वत्रैव ŚB. on MS.11.1. 57. -खट्वासनम् sitting together on a bed; Ms.8.357; see सहैकासनम्. -गमनम् 1 accompanying. -2 a woman's burning herself with her deceased husband's body, self-immolation of a widow. -चर a. accompanying, going or living with; यानि प्रियासहचरश्चिरमध्यवात्सम् U.3.8. (-रः) 1 a companion, friend, associate; श्मशानेष्वाक्रीडा स्मरहर पिशाचाः सहचराः Śiva-mahimna 24. -2 a follower, servant. -3 a husband. -4 a surety. (-री f.) 1 a famale companion. -2 a wife, mate; प्रेक्ष्य स्थितां सहचरीं व्यवधाय देहम् R.9.57. -चरित a. 1 accompanying, attending, associating with. -2 Congruent, homogeneous, -चारः 1 accompaniment. -2 agreement, harmony. -3 (in logic) the invariable accompaniment of the hetu (middle term) by the sādhya (major term). -4 right course (opp. व्यभिचार). -चारिन् see सहचर. -ज a. 1 inborn, natural, innate; सहजं कर्म कौन्तेय सदोषमपि न त्यजेत् Bg.18. 48; सहजामप्यपहाय धीरताम् R.8.43. -2 hereditary; सहजं किल यद्विनिन्दितं न खलु तत्कर्म विवर्जनीयम् Ś.6.1. (-जः) 1 a brother of whole blood; तृतीयो मे नप्ता रजनिचरनाथस्य सहजः Mv.4.7. -2 the natural state or disposition. ˚अरिः a natural enemy. ˚उदासीनः a born neutral. ˚मित्रम् a natural friend. -जात a. 1 natural; see सहज. -2 born together, twin-born. -जित् a. victorious at once; स्वर्णेता सहजिद् बभ्रुरिति राजाभिधीयते Mb.3.185.28. -दार a. 1 with a wife. -2 married. -देवः N. of the youngest of the five Pāṇḍavas; the twin brother of Nakula, born of Mādrī by the gods Aśvins. He is regarded as the type of manly beauty. -धर्मः same duties. ˚चारिन् m. a husband. ˚चारिणी 1 a lawful wife, one legally married (also सहधर्मिणी in this sense). -2 a fellow-worker. -पथिन् m., -पन्थाः m., f. a fellow-traveller. -पांशुक्रीडिन, पांशुकिल m a friend from the earliest childhood. -भावः 1 companionship. -2 concomitance. -भाविन् m. a friend, partisan, follower. -भू a. natural, innate; औत्सुक्येन कृतत्वरा सहभुवा व्यावर्तमाना ह्रिया Ratn.1.2. -भोजनम् eating in company with friends. -मनस् a. with intelligence. -मरणम् see सह- गमन. -मृता a woman who has burnt herself with her husband. -युध्वन् m. a brother in arms. -रक्षस् m. one of the three kinds of sacrificial fires. -वसतिः, -वासः dwelling together; सहवसतिमुपेत्य यैः प्रियायाः कृत इव मुग्धविलोकितोपदेशः Ś.2.3. -वासिन् m. a fellow-lodger. -वीर्यम् fresh butter. -संसर्गः carnal contact. -सेविन् a. having intercource with. -स्थः a companion.
sātyakiḥ सात्यकिः N. of a Yādava warrior, who acted as charioteer to Kṛiṣṇa, and took part with the Pāṇḍavas in the great war. सात्यवतः sātyavatḥ सात्यवतेयः sātyavatēyḥ सात्यवतः सात्यवतेयः A metronymic of the sage Vyāsa.
sauptika सौप्तिक a. (-की f.) 1 Connected with or relating to sleep. -2 Somniferous. -कम् A night-attack, an attack on sleeping men; कृते प्रतिकृतं पश्य हतपुत्रा हि पाण्डवाः । सौप्तिके शिबिरं तेषां हतं सनरवाहनम् ॥ Mb.1.9.51. -Comp. -पर्वन् n. N. of the tenth parvan or book of the Mahābhārata which relates how Aśvatthāman, Kṛitavarman and Kṛipathe only surviving Kuru warriors-attacked by night the Pāṇḍava-camp and slaughtered thousands of warriors while asleep. -वधः the great nocturnal slaughter of Pāṇḍava-camp (above referred to); मार्गो ह्येष नरेन्द्रसौप्तिकवधे पूर्वं कृतो द्रौणिना Mk.3.11.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"ṇḍa" has 30 results.
     
akāṇḍaṇḍavaname of the commentary by Harinātha on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara (परिभाषेन्दुशेखर) of Nageśabhaṭṭa.
akhaṇḍaśābdabodhaunitary import; the meaning of a sentence collectively understood.
ṇḍataddhita affix. affix काण्ड prescribed after words like दूर्वा, तृण, कर्म in the sense of समूह; cf दूर्वादिभ्यः (1. varia lectio, another reading,1. पूर्वादिभ्यः) काण्डः; Kāś on P.IV. 2.51.
ṇḍamāyananame of an ancient writer of a Prātiśākhya work who held that Visarga before the consonant स् is dropped only when स् is followed by a surd consonant; confer, compare Tai.Pr. IX. 1.
kārakakhaṇḍanamaṇḍanaalso called षट्कारक-खण्डनमण्डन which is a portion of theauthor's bigger work named त्रिलो-चनचन्द्रिका. The work is a discourse on the six kārakas written by Maṇikaṇṭha, a grammarian of the Kātantra school. He has also written another treatise named Kārakavicāra
koṇḍabhaṭṭaa reputed grammarian who wrote an extensive explanatory gloss by name Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa on the Vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikā of Bhaṭṭoji Dīkṣita. Another work Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra. which is in a way an abridgment of the Bhūṣaṇa, was also written by him. Koṇḍabhaṭṭa lived in the beginning of the l7th century. He was the son of Raṅgojī and nephew of Bhaṭṭojī Dīkṣita. He was one of the few writers on the Arthavicāra in the Vyākaraṇaśāstra and his Bhūṣaṇasāra ranks next to the Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Besides the Bhūṣaṇa and Bhūṣaṇasāra, Koṇḍabhaṭṭa wrote two independent works viz. Vaiyākaraṇsiddhāntadīpika and Sphoṭavāda.
kodṇḍarāmaa scholar of Sanskrit Vyākaraṇa who composed शब्दसिद्धान्तमञ्जरी a small treatise dealing with the declension of nouns.
khaṇḍataddhita affix. affix applied to कमल, अम्भोज et cetera, and others in the sense of समूह, e. g. कमलखण्डम, अम्भोजखण्डम, also to the words वृक्ष and its synonyms, e. g. वृक्षखण्डः, तरुखण्डः et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāś on P. IV.2.38, 51.
caṇḍapaṇḍitawriter of a Prakrta grammar.He was known also as चन्द्र and hence identified by some with Candragomin.
daṇḍaone of the eight artificial Vedic recitations.
dvikhaṇḍaa compound expression or word separated into two by avagraha in the Padapatha; the word is misstated as दुखण्ड by some vedic reciters.
padakāṇḍa(1)a term used in connection with the first section of the Vākyapadīya named ब्रह्मकाण्ड also, which deals with padas, as contrasted with the second section which deals with Vākyas; (2) a section of the Așțadhyāyī of Pāņini, which gives rules about changes and modifications applicable to the pada, or the formed word, as contrasted with the base (अङ्ग) and the suffixes. The section is called पदाधिकार which begins with the rule पदस्य P.VIII.1.16. and ends with the rule इडाया वा VIII. 3. 54.
pāyaguṇḍa,pāyaguṇḍeA learned pupil of Nāgeśabhațța who lived in Vārǎņasī in the latter half of the 18th century A.D. He was a renowned teacher of Grammar and is believed to have written commentaries on many works of Nāgeśa, the famous among which are the 'Kāśikā' called also 'Gadā' on the Paribhāșenduśekhara,the'Cidasthimālā' on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara and the 'Chāyā' on the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.Bālambhațța Pāyaguņde, who has written a commentary on the Mitākșarā (the famous commentary on the Yajňavalkyasmŗti), is believed by some as the same as Vaidyanātha: while others say that Bālambhațța was the son of Vaidyanātha.
puṇḍarīkākṣaa grammarian of the fourteenth century who wrote a commentary named कातन्त्रपरिशिष्टटीका on the कातन्त्रव्याकरण.
prakīrṇakāṇḍaname given to the third Kanda or book of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya where miscellaneous topics are treatedition The third Kanda consists of 14 sections called by the name Samuddesa. For details see pp. 381-382 Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
prayogamukhamaṇḍanaknown also by the name प्रयोगविवेक, an elementary treatise on syntax, attributed to वररुचि, who must, of course, have been different from the ancient grammarian वररुचि.
prauḍhamanoramākhaṇḍana(1)a grammatical work written by a grammarian named Cakrapani of the Sesa family of grammarians. The work is meant to refute the arguments of Bhattoji Diksita in his Praudhamanorama; (2) a grammar work written by the famous poet and rhetorician Jagannātha in refutation of the doctrines and explanations given in the Praudhamanorama by the stalwart Grammarian Bhattoji Diksita. The work is not a scholarly one and it has got a tone of banter. It was written by Jagannatha to show that he could also write works on Grammar and the bearded pedant Bhattoji should not be proud of his profound scholarship in Grammar. The work of Jagannatha was named मनोरमाकुचमर्दन possibly by his followers or even by himselfeminine.
brahmakāṇḍaname given to the first section or Kanda of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya. It deals with Sphota, and in a way it contains in a nutshell the philosophy of Sanskrit Grammar.
rapratyāhārakhaṇḍanaa small article showing that the short term र for the consonants र् and ल् need not be advocated as done by the learned old grammarians.The treatise was Written by Vaidyanatha Paya-gunde, the prominent pupil of Nagesabhatta.
rapratyāhāmaṇḍanaan anonymous work, comparatively modern, refuting the arguments advanced in the रप्रत्याहारखण्डन by Vaidyanatha Pyagunde.
vākyakāṇḍaname given to the second chapter of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya in which problems regarding the interpretation of a sentence are fully discussedition
śīṇḍakādia class of words headeditionby the word शण्डिक which have the taddhita affix य ( त्र्य ) added to them in the sense of "domicile' or 'native place': exempli gratia, for example शाण्डिक्य:, सार्वसेन्यः, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3. 92.
ṣaṭkārakakhaṇḍanamaṇḍanaknown also as कारकखण्डनमण्डन a grammar-work on consonant is at the end of the word; e. g. भ्रष्टा, स्रष्टा, यष्टुम् सम्राट् et cetera, and others cf P. VIII.2.36 (5) substitute for a visarjaniya preceded by a vowel except अ and followed by a consonant of the guttural or the labial class which does not begin a different word, as also before the words पाश, कल्प, क, काभ्य et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VIII. 3.39: confer, compare also P. VIII 3.41, 43, 44, 45 and 48 for some specified cases; (6) substitute for स् when placed near a consonant of the cerebral class or near the consonant ष्; e. g. वृक्षष्षण्डे , वृक्षष्टकार: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII. 4.41.
ṣaṭkārakakhaṇḍanamaṇḍanaknown also as कारकखण्डनमण्डन a grammar-work on the six case-relations written by a scholar of grammar named श्रीमणिकण्ठ.
siddhakāṇḍathe chapter or portion of Panini's grammar which is valid to the rules inside that portion, as also to the rules enumerated after it. The word is used in connection with the first seven chapters and a quarter of the eighth chapter of Panini's Astadhyayi, as contrasted with the last three guarters called त्रिपादी, the rules in which are not valid to any rule in the preceding portion, called by the name सपासप्ताध्यायी or सपादी as also to any preceding rule in the Tripadi itSelf confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P, VIII.2.1. सिद्धनन्दिन् an ancient Jain sage who is believed to have written an original work on grammar.
kātantrapariśiṣṭaṭīkāa gloss on the Kātantra-Pariśiṣṭa written by a Kātantra scholar Puṇḍarīkākṣa.
kārakavicāraa work on Kārakas ascribed to Maṇikaṇṭha. See Kārakakhaṇḍanamaṇḍana a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
matonmajjāname of a commentary on Koṇḍabhaṭṭa's Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa written by a grammarian named वनमालिन्.
mantudevaknown also as मन्नुदेव, a famous grammarian of the eighteenth century who has written a commentary named दर्पणा on the Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra of Koṇḍabhaṭṭa and a commentary named दोषोद्धरण on Nāgeśa's Paribhāṣenduśekhara.
mahānandaa grammarian of the eighteenth century who has written a gloss on Koṇḍabhaṭṭṭa's Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣanasāra.
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
     Dr. Potturu with thanks
     
     Purchase Kindle edition

citra

Go to eraṇḍa

kumbhaphala

Go to kūṣmāṇḍa.

     Wordnet Search "ṇḍa" has 1204 results.
     

ṇḍa

anātha, nirnātha, chemaṇḍa, chamaṇḍa   

yasya nāthaḥ nāsti।

śyāmena svasya jīvanam anāthānāṃ pālanārthe vyatitam।

ṇḍa

kāñcanāraḥ, kovidāraḥ, camarikaḥ, kuddālaḥ, yugapatrakam, kaṇakārakaḥ, kāntapuṣpaḥ, karakaḥ, kāntāraḥ, yamalacchadaḥ, kāñcanālaḥ, tāmrapuṣpaḥ, kudāraḥ, raktakāñcanaḥ, vidālaḥ, kuṇḍalī, raktapuṣpaḥ, campaḥ, yugapatraḥ, kanakāntakaḥ, kanakārakaḥ, karbudāraḥ, gaṇḍāriḥ, girijaḥ, camarikaḥ, tāmrapuṣpakaḥ, mahāpuṣpaḥ, yugmaparṇaḥ, yugmapatraḥ, varalabdhaḥ, vidalaḥ, śoṇapuṣpakaḥ, satkāñcanāraḥ, siṃhāsyaḥ, hayavāhanasaṅkaraḥ, hayavāhanaśaṅkaraḥ, suvarṇāraḥ, svalpakesarī, āsphotaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi śobhanīyāni santi।

udyānapālaḥ kāñcanārasya śākhāṃ adhogṛhītvā puṣpāṇi vicinoti।

ṇḍa

prabhāmaṇḍalam, ābhāmaṇḍalam   

devatānāṃ divyapuruṣāṇāṃ ca mukhaṃ paritaḥ vartamānaṃ tejomaṇḍalaṃ yat citreṣu mūrtiṣu vā dṛśyate।

sāmānyajanānāṃ prabhāmaṇḍalasya dīptiḥ kṣīṇā ataḥ na dṛśyate।

ṇḍa

nailamaṇḍala, nīlamaṇḍalīya, nailacarma, nailavarṇa, pāvanombuja   

nīlamaṇḍalasya phalasya varṇīyaḥ।

mīrā nailamaṇḍalā śāṭī dhārayati।

ṇḍa

ayaḥ, loham, lohaḥ, āyasam, lauham, lauhaḥ, kṛṣṇāyasam, kālāyasam, kṛṣṇam, kālam, tīkṣṇam, śastrakam, piṇḍam, aśmasāraḥ, girijam, girisāraḥ, śilājam, śilātmajam, niśitam, kāntaḥ, dṛḍham, malīmasaḥ   

dhātuviśeṣaḥ- kṛṣṇavarṇīyaḥ dṛḍhaḥ dhātuḥ yaḥ pṛthvigarbhād aśmarūpeṇa labhyate।

ayaḥ manuṣyāṇāṃ bahūpakārakam। / abhitaptam ayopi mārdavaṃ bhajate ।

ṇḍa

rājyam, prāntaḥ, kṣetram, maṇḍalam, cakram, deśaḥ, pradeśaḥ, nirgaḥ, rāṣṭram, grāmaśatam, kṣatram, janapadaḥ   

deśasya tadbhāgaḥ yasya prajāyāḥ bhāṣā tathā ca ācāravicārapaddhatiḥ bhinnā svatantrā ca asti।

adhunā bhāratadeśe navaviṃśarājyāni santi।

ṇḍa

maṇḍalam, upavartanam, gocaraḥ   

kasyāpi pradeśasya vibhāgasya saḥ bhāgaḥ yasmin ekasya eva maṇḍalādhyakṣasya ādhipatyam asti।

ekasmin rājye naikāni maṇḍalāni santi।

ṇḍa

upamaṇḍalam, anumaṇḍalam   

maṇḍalasya laghuvibhāgaḥ।

upamaṇḍalasya mukhyādhikārī upamaṇḍalādhyakṣaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

mukham, āsyam, vadanam, tuṇḍam, vaktram, ānanam, lapanam   

ā oṣṭhāt galādiparyantam śarīrāvayavaviśeṣaḥ yena prāṇinaḥ vadanti adanti ca।

atyadhikabhayāt tasya mukhāt dhvanireva na niḥsṛtaḥ।

ṇḍa

sūkaradaṃṣṭraḥ, daṃṣṭrādaṇḍaḥ, sūkaradaṃṣṭrakaḥ   

mukhāt bahiḥ āgataḥ sūkarasya dantaḥ।

sūkareṇa sūkaradaṃṣṭreṇa meṣaḥ hataḥ।

ṇḍa

kṣudrapiṇḍaḥ, piṇḍaḥ, kṣudrakhaṇḍaḥ, niṣekaḥ   

ārdradravyalaghvāghātaḥ।

mahyaṃ paṭe tailasya kṣudrapiṇḍaḥ patitaḥ।

ṇḍa

budbudaḥ, ḍimbikā, sphāraḥ, gaṇḍaḥ, phenāgram   

dravapadārthe jātaḥ vāyuyuktaḥ vartulākāravikāraḥ।

mānavasya jīvanaṃ budbudam iva asti ।

ṇḍa

śalākā, daṇḍa   

dhātvādibhiḥ vinirmitaḥ yaṣṭiḥ।

tena hastena śalākā vakrīkṛtā।

ṇḍa

daṇḍaḥ, kṣveḍaḥ, śalākā   

dhātoḥ kāṣṭhasya vā dīrghaḥ khaṇḍaḥ।

eṣaḥ daṇḍaḥ ayomalayuktaḥ।

ṇḍa

cāṭuka, vācāṭa, vāvaduka, vitaṇḍaka, jalpaka   

yaḥ punaḥ punaḥ nirarthakaṃ vadati।

rāmaḥ cāṭukaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

kalāpaḥ, śikhaṇḍa   

mayūrapuccham;

kalāpāt vinirmitam etad vījanam। / taṃ me jātakalāpaṃ preṣaya maṇukaṇṭhakaṃ śikhin।

ṇḍa

gaṇḍa   

vastrāñcaladvayasaṅgrahaṇārthaṃ gulikā।

bhavadīyasya uttarīyasya gaṇḍaḥ chinnaḥ।

ṇḍa

khagolīyapiṇḍa   

avakāśe dṛśyamānaḥ prākṛtikaḥ piṇḍaḥ।

grahaḥ nāma khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ eva।

ṇḍa

culliḥ, aśmantam, uddhanam, adhiśrayaṇī, antikā, asamantam, uṣmānam, uddhāram, āndikā, uddhāni, aṅgāriṇī, aṅgāraguptiḥ, agnikuṇḍam   

mṛd-loha-iṣṭikādibhiḥ nirmitaṃ pākārtham agnipātram।

bhojanottapanārthaṃ mātā culliṃ prajvālayati।

ṇḍa

nālaḥ, daṇḍaḥ, voṇṭaḥ, stambhaḥ, vṛntam, kāṇḍaḥ, kāṇḍam   

vṛkṣasya tadbhāgaḥ yasyopari śākhāḥ vilasanti।

asya vṛkṣasya nālaḥ kṛśaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

aṇḍagranthiḥ, vṛṣaṇaḥ, muṣkaḥ, koṣaḥ, koṣakaḥ, kośaḥ, muñcakaḥ, tīkṣṇam   

purūṣasya aṇḍakośasya saḥ granthī yasmāt śukravindavaḥ niḥsaranti।

aṇḍagrantheḥ vikārāt saḥ pitā na bhavati।

ṇḍa

niḥśaṅka, anāśaṅkita, avitarkita, avaikalpika, avicārya, avitarkya, aśaṅkātmaka, asāṃśayika, akhaṇḍa   

yad śaṅkitaḥ nāsti।

mahābhāratayuddhāt anantaraṃ pāṇḍavaiḥ niḥśaṅkaiḥ rājyaṃ kṛtam।

ṇḍa

jarāyujajantuḥ, garbhajajantuḥ, piṇḍajajantuḥ   

saḥ jantuḥ yaḥ garbhāt jātaḥ।

mānavaḥ jarāyujajantuḥ asti।

ṇḍa

ciñcā, amlaphalaḥ, amlavṛkṣaḥ, āmlikā, āmlīkā, gurupattrā, caṇḍacukrā, caritrā, ciñciṇī, cukracaṇḍikā, tintiḍikā   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ asya pakvaphalasya guṇāḥ dīpanatva-rucikāritva-bheditvādayaḥ।

śyāmasya prāṅgaṇe ciñcāyāḥ vṛkṣam asti।

ṇḍa

jarāyuja, garbhaja, piṇḍaja   

yaḥ garbhāt jātaḥ।

manuṣyaḥ jarāyujaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

eraṇḍaḥ, amaṅgalaḥ, amaṇḍaḥ, asāraḥ, āmaṇḍaḥ, āmaṇḍakaḥ, gandharvahastaḥ, cañcuḥ, nidhāpakaḥ, ruvuḥ, rūvukaḥ, varaṇḍāluḥ, vyaḍambakam, vyaḍambanam   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ saḥ kṣupaḥ yasmāt tailaṃ prāpyate।

eraṇḍasya phalaṃ kaṇṭakayuktam asti।

ṇḍa

dhanuḥ, cāpaḥ, dhanva, śarāsanam, kodaṇḍam, kārmukam, iṣvāsaḥ, sthāvaram, guṇī, śarāvāpaḥ, tṛṇatā, triṇatā, astram, dhanūḥ, tārakam, kāṇḍam   

śaraniḥkṣepayantram।

eṣa vyāghraḥ tasya lubdhakasya dhanuṣaḥ niḥsṛtena bāṇena hataḥ ।

ṇḍa

muṇḍanam   

hindūdharmānusāreṇa ṣoḍaśasaṃskāreṣu ekaḥ yasmin bālakasya keśān vapati।

adya mama bhrātṛjasya muṇḍanam mumbādevīmandire sampannam।

ṇḍa

tālayantram, tālakam, tālaḥ, argalam, vitaṇḍaḥ, dvārakīlaḥ   

dhātunirmitaṃ dvārayantram।

kuñcikāyāḥ alābhāt mayā sandukaṃ bhidyate।

ṇḍa

phenaḥ, maṇḍaḥ, hiṇaḍiraḥ, abdhikaphaḥ, jalahāsaḥ, phenakaḥ, maṇḍam, kārottaraḥ, kārūjaḥ, parañjaḥ   

taraladravyasya uparisamutthitaḥ vudvudākārāḥ।

bālakaḥ phenaiḥ khelati।

ṇḍa

pūrṇenduḥ, sakalenduḥ, pūrṇimā, rākā, kaṭhoracandraḥ, akhaṇḍakalaḥ, pūrṇacandraḥ   

candrasya akhaṇḍarūpam।

pūrṇendoḥ jalasthaṃ pratibimbam atyantaṃ manohāri vartate।

ṇḍa

apamūrdhaśarīram, kabandhaḥ, aṅkabandhaḥ, ruṇḍaḥ, ruṇḍaka   

śarīrasya kaṇṭhād adhodeśaḥ।

khaḍgasya ekena eva prahāreṇa tasya mūrdhā tathā ca apamūrdhaśarīram vilagnam abhavat।

ṇḍa

sūkṣmagaṇḍaḥ, avagaṇḍaḥ, kṣudravraṇaḥ, varaṇḍaḥ, varaṇḍakaḥ, raktaspoṭaḥ, raktaspoṭakaḥ, kṣudrasphoṭaḥ, sūkṣmasphoṭaḥ, raktapiṇḍaḥ tanuvraṇaḥ, sūkṣmavraṇaḥ, kacchapikā, raktavaraṭī, raktavaṭī, piḍakaḥ, piḍakā, naraṅgaḥ, muramaṇḍaḥ, irāvellikā   

yuvāvasthāyām mukhādiṣu jātaḥ gaṇḍaḥ।

sā sūkṣmagaṇḍe candanādi lepayati।

ṇḍa

kāravellaḥ, kaṭhillakaḥ, suṣavī, śuṣavī, kaṇḍuraḥ, kaṇḍakaṭukaḥ, sukāṇḍaḥ, ugrakāṇḍaḥ, kaṭhillaḥ, nāsāsambedanaḥ, paṭuḥ   

latāviśeṣaḥ-yasya phalaṃ kaṭuḥ tathā ca raktapittaroge supathyakārī।

saḥ kāravelle kīṭanāśakabheṣajaṃ siñcayati।

ṇḍa

kṣepaṇī, kṣepaṇiḥ, kṣipaṇiḥ, kṣipaṇī, kṣapaṇī, naukādaṇḍaḥ, naudaṇḍaḥ, aritram, āritram, taraṇḍaḥ, tarirathaḥ   

naukāyāḥ vāhanārthe upayuktaḥ daṇḍaḥ।

nāvikaḥ kṣepaṇyā naukāṃ vāhayati।

ṇḍa

vṛddha, jīrṇa, sthavira, vayovṛddha, gatāyū, gatavayaska, vayogata, jarin, jaraṇa, jaraṭha, jarotura, jaraṇḍa   

yaḥ vayasā adhikaḥ।

vṛddhānāṃ kṛte atra vinā śulkaṃ sevā upalabdhā asti।

ṇḍa

nauḥ, naukā, tarikā, taraṇiḥ, taraṇī, tariḥ, tarī, taraṇḍī, taraṇḍaḥ, pādālindā, utplavā, hoḍaḥ, vādhūḥ, vahitram, potaḥ, varvaṭaḥ, arṇavapotaḥ, utplavā, kaṇṭhālaḥ, karṣaḥ, karṣam   

nadyādi-santaraṇārtham kāṣṭhādibhiḥ vinirmitaḥ yānaviśeṣaḥ।

vidureṇa preṣitaḥ naraḥ manomārutagāminīṃ sarvavātasahāṃ yantrayuktāṃ nāvaṃ darśayāmāsa।

ṇḍa

puṇḍarīkāmram   

āmraprakāraḥ।

tena āpaṇāt ekakilogrāmaparimāṇaṃ yāvat puṇḍarīkāmrāṇi krītāni।

ṇḍa

muṣaladaṇḍaḥ, muśaladaṇḍa   

muṣalasya saḥ daṇḍaḥ yaḥ taṃ pracālayati।

asya muṣalasya muṣaladaṇḍaḥ vakraḥ abhavat।

ṇḍa

piṇḍikā, piṇḍaḥ, piṇḍam, picaṇḍikā, indravastiḥ, picchā, jaṅghāpiṇḍī   

jānuno'dhomāṃsalapradeśaḥ।

mama piṇḍikāyāṃ pīḍā ajāyata।

ṇḍa

āyasam, sāralohaḥ, sāraloham, tīkṣṇāyasam, piṇḍāyasam, citrāyasam, śastrakam, śastram, cīnajam, sāraḥ, tīkṣṇam, śastrāyasam, piṇḍam, niśitam, tīvram, khaḍgam, muṇḍajam, ayaḥ, citrāyasam, vajram, nīlapiṇḍam, morakam, aruṇābham nāgakeśaram, tintirāṅgam, svarṇavajram, śaivālavajram, śoṇavajram, rohiṇī, kāṅkolam, granthivajrakam, madanākhyam   

dhātuviśeṣaḥ, tīkṣṇalohasya paryāyaḥ।

yadā tu āyase pātre pakvamaśnāti vai dvijaḥ sa pāpiṣṭho api bhuṅkte annaṃ raurave paripacyate।

ṇḍa

ṣaṇḍaḥ, ṣaṇḍatāyogyaḥ   

parivardhanāya muktaḥ navayauvanaprāptaḥ vṛṣabhaḥ।

hyaḥ ekasmāt kṛṣṇāt ṣaṇḍāt bhītaḥ mohanaḥ tvarayā adhāvat।

ṇḍa

uṣma, uṣṇa, tapta, caṇḍa, pracaṇḍa, ucaṇḍa, santapta, upatapta, tāpin, koṣṇa, soṣma, naidoṣa, aśiśira, aśīta, tigma, tīvra, tīkṣṇa, khara, grīṣma   

yasmin auṣmyam asti।

vasantād anantaraṃ vāyuḥ uṣmaṃ bhavati।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍanīya, bhedya, bhaṅgya, khaṇḍya, bhetavya, bhaṅgura, lopya, viśīrya   

yasya khaṇḍaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

dṛśyavastuni khaṇḍanīyāni santi।

ṇḍa

abhedya, abhaṅgya, akhaṇḍanīya, akhaṇḍya, abhetavya, abhaṅgura, alopya, aviśīrya   

yasya khaṇḍanaṃ na bhavati।

bhavataḥ tarkaḥ abhedyaḥ।

ṇḍa

samudāyaḥ, saṅghaḥ, samūhaḥ, saṅghātaḥ, samavāyaḥ, sañcayaḥ, gaṇaḥ, gulmaḥ, gucchaḥ, gucchakaḥ, gutsaḥ, stavakaḥ, oghaḥ, vṛndaḥ, nivahaḥ, vyūhaḥ, sandohaḥ, visaraḥ, vrajaḥ, stomaḥ, nikaraḥ, vātaḥ, vāraḥ, saṃghātaḥ, samudayaḥ, cayaḥ, saṃhatiḥ, vṛndam, nikurambam, kadambakam, pūgaḥ, sannayaḥ, skandhaḥ, nicayaḥ, jālam, agram, pacalam, kāṇḍam, maṇḍalam, cakram, vistaraḥ, utkāraḥ, samuccayaḥ, ākaraḥ, prakaraḥ, saṃghaḥ, pracayaḥ, jātam   

ekasmin sthāne sthāpitāni sthitāni vā naikāni vastūni।

asmin samudāye naikāḥ mahilāḥ santi।

ṇḍa

kamalam, padmaḥ, utpalam, kumudam, kumud, nalinam, kuvalayam, aravindam, mahotpalam, paṅkajam, paṅkeruham, sarasijam, sarasīruham, sarojam, saroruham, jalejātam, ambhojam, vāryudbhavam, ambujam, ambhāruham, puṇḍarīkam, mṛṇālī, śatapatram, sahasrapatram, kuśeśayam, indirālayam, tāmarasam, puṣkaram, sārasam, ramāpriyam, visaprasūnam, kuvalam, kuvam, kuṭapam, puṭakam, śrīparṇaḥ, śrīkaram   

jalapuṣpaviśeṣaḥ yasya guṇāḥ śītalatva-svādutva-raktapittabhramārtināśitvādayaḥ।

asmin sarasi nānāvarṇīyāni kamalāni dṛśyante। / kamalaiḥ taḍāgasya śobhā vardhate।

ṇḍa

khagolīyakṣetram, khamaṇḍalam, ākāśamaṇḍalam, nabhamaṇḍalam   

tatsthānaṃ yatra khagolīyapiṇḍāḥ santi।

śyāmaḥ khagolīyakṣetrasya viṣaye jñātum icchati।

ṇḍa

dharmādhyakṣaḥ, dharmādhikārī, nyāyādhīśaḥ, nyāyādhipatiḥ, vicārakartā, vicārakaḥ, daṇḍanāyakaḥ, vyavahartā, akṣadarśakaḥ, ākṣapācikaḥ, stheyaḥ, ādhikaraṇikaḥ, nirṇetā, nirṇayakāraḥ   

dharmādhikaraṇam āśrayavicāryasthānatvenāstyasyeti।

yaḥ sarvaśāstraviśāradaḥ tathā ca samaḥ śatrau mitre ca saḥ kuśalaḥ dharmādhyakṣaḥ bhavati।

ṇḍa

bāṇa, śaraḥ, vājī, iṣuḥ, śāyakaḥ, kāṇḍaḥ, śalya, vipāḍhaḥ, viśikhaḥ, pṛṣatkaḥ, patrī, bhallaḥ, nārācaḥ, prakṣveḍanaḥ, khagaḥ, āśugaḥ, mārgaṇaḥ, kalambaḥ, ropaḥ, ajimbhagaḥ, citrapucchaḥ, śāyakaḥ, vīrataraḥ, tūṇakṣeḍaḥ, kāṇḍaḥ, viparṣakaḥ, śaruḥ, patravāhaḥ, asrakaṇṭakaḥ   

asraviśeṣaḥ, saḥ sūciyuktaḥ daṇḍaḥ yaḥ cāpena niḥkṣipyate।

bāṇasya āghātena khagaḥ āhataḥ।

ṇḍa

kapaṭikaḥ, kūṭachadmā, kharparaḥ, ḍiṅgara, dhavaḥ, dhūrtakaḥ, vamiḥ, śaraṇḍaḥ, harakaḥ   

yaḥ atīva dhūrtaḥ asti।

kapaṭikāt dūrameva varam।

ṇḍa

tṛṇam, arjunam, triṇam, khaṭam, kheṭṭam, haritam, tāṇḍavam   

yad gavādibhiḥ bhakṣyate।

gauḥ tṛṇaṃ khādati।

ṇḍa

sāraḥ, niṣkarṣaḥ, niryāsaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ, nirgalitārthaḥ, maṇḍaḥ, rasaḥ   

vicāre sthirāṃśaḥ।

horāṃ yāvad prayatnāt anantaraṃ eva vayam asya lekhasya sāraṃ lekhitum aśaknuma।

ṇḍa

ṇḍavaḥ, pāṇḍunandanaḥ   

rājñaḥ paṇḍoḥ pañca putrāḥ।

mahābhāratasya yuddhe pāṇḍavāḥ vijayaśrīṃ prāptavantaḥ।

ṇḍa

jalam, vāri, ambu, ambhaḥ, payaḥ, salilam, sarilam, udakam, udam, jaḍam, payas, toyam, pānīyam, āpaḥ, nīram, vāḥ, pāthas, kīlālam, annam, apaḥ, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, peyam, salam, saṃvaram, śaṃvaram, saṃmbam, saṃvatsaram, saṃvavaraḥ, kṣīram, pāyam, kṣaram, kamalam, komalam, pīvā, amṛtam, jīvanam, jīvanīyam, bhuvanam, vanam, kabandham, kapandham, nāram, abhrapuṣpam, ghṛtam, kaṃ, pīppalam, kuśam, viṣam, kāṇḍam, savaram, saram, kṛpīṭam, candrorasam, sadanam, karvuram, vyoma, sambaḥ, saraḥ, irā, vājam, tāmarasa, kambalam, syandanam, sambalam, jalapītham, ṛtam, ūrjam, komalam, somam, andham, sarvatomukham, meghapuṣpam, ghanarasaḥ, vahnimārakaḥ, dahanārātiḥ, nīcagam, kulīnasam, kṛtsnam, kṛpīṭam, pāvanam, śaralakam, tṛṣāham, kṣodaḥ, kṣadmaḥ, nabhaḥ, madhuḥ, purīṣam, akṣaram, akṣitam, amba, aravindāni, sarṇīkam, sarpiḥ, ahiḥ, sahaḥ, sukṣema, sukham, surā, āyudhāni, āvayāḥ, induḥ, īm, ṛtasyayoniḥ, ojaḥ, kaśaḥ, komalam, komalam, kṣatram, kṣapaḥ, gabhīram, gambhanam, gahanam, janma, jalāṣam, jāmi, tugryā, tūyam, tṛptiḥ, tejaḥ, sadma, srotaḥ, svaḥ, svadhā, svargāḥ, svṛtikam, haviḥ, hema, dharuṇam, dhvasmanvatu, nāma, pavitram, pāthaḥ, akṣaram, pūrṇam, satīnam, sat, satyam, śavaḥ, śukram, śubham, śambaram, vūsam, vṛvūkam, vyomaḥ, bhaviṣyat, vapuḥ, varvuram, varhiḥ, bhūtam, bheṣajam, mahaḥ, mahat, mahaḥ, mahat, yaśaḥ, yahaḥ, yāduḥ, yoniḥ, rayiḥ, rasaḥ, rahasaḥ, retam   

sindhuhimavarṣādiṣu prāptaḥ dravarupo padārthaḥ yaḥ pāna-khāna-secanādyartham upayujyate।

jalaṃ jīvanasya ādhāram। /ajīrṇe jalam auṣadhaṃ jīrṇe balapradam। āhārakāle āyurjanakaṃ bhuktānnopari rātrau na peyam।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍaḥ, aṃśaḥ, vibhāgaḥ, kalā, caraṇam   

vastunaḥ aṅgāni yeṣāṃ tad vastu aṅgi।

asya yantrasya sarve khaṇḍāḥ ekasmin eva yantrālaye nirmitāḥ।

ṇḍa

kāmadevaḥ, kāmaḥ, madanaḥ, manmathaḥ, māraḥ, pradyumnaḥ, mīnaketanaḥ, kandarpaḥ, darpakaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, pañcaśaraḥ, smaraḥ, śambarāriḥ, manasijaḥ, kusumeṣuḥ, ananyajaḥ, ratināthaḥ, puṣpadhanvā, ratipatiḥ, makaradhvajaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, brahmasūḥ, viśvaketuḥ, kāmadaḥ, kāntaḥ, kāntimān, kāmagaḥ, kāmācāraḥ, kāmī, kāmukaḥ, kāmavarjanaḥ, rāmaḥ, ramaḥ, ramaṇaḥ, ratināthaḥ, ratipriyaḥ, rātrināthaḥ, ramākāntaḥ, ramamāṇaḥ, niśācaraḥ, nandakaḥ, nandanaḥ, nandī, nandayitā, ratisakhaḥ, mahādhanuḥ, bhrāmaṇaḥ, bhramaṇaḥ, bhramamāṇaḥ, bhrāntaḥ, bhrāmakaḥ, bhṛṅgaḥ, bhrāntacāraḥ, bhramāvahaḥ, mohanaḥ, mohakaḥ, mohaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, bhṛṅganāyakaḥ, gāyanaḥ, gītijaḥ, nartakaḥ, khelakaḥ, unmattonmattakaḥ, vilāsaḥ, lobhavardhanaḥ, sundaraḥ, vilāsakodaṇḍa   

kāmasya devatā।

kāmadevena śivasya krodhāgniḥ dṛṣṭaḥ।

ṇḍa

vikalāṅga, apogaṇḍaḥ, pogaṇḍa   

yasya aṅgāni vikalāni santi।

lohayānasya durghaṭanāyām śyāmaḥ vikalāṅgaḥ abhavat।

ṇḍa

granthiḥ, granthikā, bandhaḥ, gaṇḍa   

parivītānāṃ paraspareṣu atiśliṣṭānāṃ vā rajjvādīnāṃ bandhanam।

vastrasya granthiḥ atīva dṛḍhaḥ।

ṇḍa

aṇḍam, ḍimbaḥ, ḍimbhaḥ, kośaḥ, koṣaḥ, peśiḥ, peśī   

matsyapakṣyādiprādurbhāvakakoṣaḥ।

saḥ pratidinaṃ kukkuṭyāḥ aṇḍam atti।

ṇḍa

ḍimbāṇuḥ, garbhāṇuḥ, ḍimbaḥ, aṇḍa   

jīveṣu strījāteḥ saḥ jīvāṇuḥ yaḥ naravīryasya saṃyogena nūtanaṃ rūpaṃ dhārayati।

ḍimbāṇunā jīvasya utpattiḥ bhavati।

ṇḍa

śivaḥ, śambhuḥ, īśaḥ, paśupatiḥ, pinākapāṇiḥ, śūlī, maheśvaraḥ, īśvaraḥ, sarvaḥ, īśānaḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, candraśekharaḥ, phaṇadharadharaḥ, kailāsaniketanaḥ, himādritanayāpatiḥ, bhūteśaḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, girīśaḥ, giriśaḥ, mṛḍaḥ, mṛtyañjayaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, pinākī, prathamādhipaḥ, ugraḥ, kapardī, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, kapālabhṛt, vāmadevaḥ, mahādevaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, trilocanaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, sarvajñaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, haraḥ, smaraharaḥ, bhargaḥ, tryambakaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, bhavaḥ, bhaumaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, rudraḥ, umāpatiḥ, vṛṣaparvā, rerihāṇaḥ, bhagālī, pāśucandanaḥ, digambaraḥ, aṭṭahāsaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, purahiṭ, vṛṣākapiḥ, mahākālaḥ, varākaḥ, nandivardhanaḥ, hīraḥ, vīraḥ, kharuḥ, bhūriḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, bhairavaḥ, dhruvaḥ, śivipiṣṭaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, devadevaḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, tīvraḥ, khaṇḍaparśuḥ, pañcānanaḥ, kaṇṭhekālaḥ, bharuḥ, bhīruḥ, bhīṣaṇaḥ, kaṅkālamālī, jaṭādharaḥ, vyomadevaḥ, siddhadevaḥ, dharaṇīśvaraḥ, viśveśaḥ, jayantaḥ, hararūpaḥ, sandhyānāṭī, suprasādaḥ, candrāpīḍaḥ, śūladharaḥ, vṛṣāṅgaḥ, vṛṣabhadhvajaḥ, bhūtanāthaḥ, śipiviṣṭaḥ, vareśvaraḥ, viśveśvaraḥ, viśvanāthaḥ, kāśīnāthaḥ, kuleśvaraḥ, asthimālī, viśālākṣaḥ, hiṇḍī, priyatamaḥ, viṣamākṣaḥ, bhadraḥ, ūrddharetā, yamāntakaḥ, nandīśvaraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, arghīśaḥ, khecaraḥ, bhṛṅgīśaḥ, ardhanārīśaḥ, rasanāyakaḥ, uḥ, hariḥ, abhīruḥ, amṛtaḥ, aśaniḥ, ānandabhairavaḥ, kaliḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, kālaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, kuśalaḥ, kolaḥ, kauśikaḥ, kṣāntaḥ, gaṇeśaḥ, gopālaḥ, ghoṣaḥ, caṇḍaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, jayantaḥ, raktaḥ, vāraḥ, vilohitaḥ, sudarśanaḥ, vṛṣāṇakaḥ, śarvaḥ, satīrthaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ- hindūdharmānusāraṃ sṛṣṭeḥ vināśikā devatā।

śivasya arcanā liṅgarūpeṇa pracalitā asti।

ṇḍa

dvija, aṇḍaja   

yaḥ aṇḍāt jātaḥ।

sarpaḥ ekaḥ dvijaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

khagaḥ, vihagaḥ, pakṣī, pakṣiṇī, vihaṅgaḥ, vihaṅgamaḥ, patagaḥ, patrī, patatrī, vihāyāḥ, garutmān, nīḍajaḥ, nīḍodbhavaḥ, dvijaḥ, aṇḍajaḥ, nagaukāḥ, pakṣavāhanaḥ, śakuniḥ, śakunaḥ, vikiraḥ, viṣkiraḥ, vājī, patan, śakuntaḥ, nabhasaṅgamaḥ, patrarathaḥ, viḥ, pitsan   

yasya pakṣau cañcuḥ vidyate tathā ca yaḥ aṇḍakoṣāt jāyate।

taḍāge naike citrāḥ khagāḥ santi।

ṇḍa

sarpaḥ, bhujagaḥ, bhujaṅgaḥ, ahiḥ, bhujaṅgam, uragaḥ, pṛdākuḥ, āśīviṣaḥ, viṣadharaḥ, cakrī, vyālaḥ, sarīsṛpaḥ, kuṇḍalī, gūḍhapāt, cakṣuḥśravā, kākodaraḥ, phaṇī, darvīkaraḥ, dīrghapṛṣṭhaḥ, dandaśūkaḥ, vileśayaḥ, uragaḥ, pannagaḥ, bhogau, jihnagaḥ, pavanāśanaḥ, vilaśayaḥ, kumbhīnasaḥ, dvirasanaḥ, bhekabhuk, śvasanotsukaḥ, phaṇādharaḥ, phaṇadharaḥ, phaṇāvān, phaṇavān, phaṇākaraḥ, phaṇakaraḥ, samakolaḥ, vyāḍaḥ, daṃṣṭrī, viṣāsyaḥ, gokarṇaḥ, uraṅgamaḥ, gūḍhapādaḥ, vilavāsī, darvibhṛt, hariḥ, pracālakī, dvijihvaḥ, jalaruṇḍaḥ, kañcukī, cikuraḥ, bhujaḥ   

jantuviśeṣaḥ, saḥ agātrāyatasaśalkajantuḥ yaḥ urasā gacchati।

sarpāḥ śūnyāgāre vasanti।

ṇḍa

eraṇḍaḥ, amaṅgalaḥ, amaṇḍaḥ, asāraḥ, āmaṇḍaḥ, āmaṇḍakaḥ, gandharvahastaḥ, cañcuḥ, nidhāpakaḥ, ruvuḥ, rūvukaḥ, varaṇḍāluḥ, vyaḍambakam, vyaḍambanam   

eraṇḍasya kṣupāt prāptaṃ bījaṃ yasmāt tailaṃ tathā ca bheṣajaṃ prāpyate।

eraṇḍasya tailāt vaidyaḥ bheṣajaṃ nirmāti।

ṇḍa

mṛtyuḥ, maraṇam, nidhanam, pañcattvam, pañcatā, atyayaḥ, antaḥ, antakālaḥ, antakaḥ, apagamaḥ, nāśaḥ, nāśa, vināśaḥ, pralayaḥ, saṃsthānam, saṃsthitiḥ, avasānam, niḥsaraṇam, uparatiḥ, apāyaḥ, prayāṇam, jīvanatyāgaḥ, tanutyāgaḥ, jīvotsargaḥ, dehakṣayaḥ, prāṇaviyogaḥ, mṛtam, mṛtiḥ, marimā, mahānidrā, dīrghanidrā, kālaḥ, kāladharmaḥ, kāladaṇḍaḥ, kālāntakaḥ, narāntakaḥ, diṣṭāntakaḥ, vyāpadaḥ, hāndram, kathāśeṣatā, kīrtiśeṣatā, lokāntaratā   

bhavanasya nāśaḥ- athavā śarīrāt prāṇanirgamanasya kriyā।

dhruvo mṛtyuḥ jīvitasya।

ṇḍa

kuṇḍalam   

karṇayoḥ ābhūṣaṇam।

śrotram śrutenaiva na kuṇḍalena śobhate।

ṇḍa

paridhiḥ, maṇḍalam, cakravālaḥ   

paridhīyate anena।

asya vṛtteḥ paridhiṃ gaṇaya।/

paridhermukta ivoṣṇadīdhitiḥ।

ṇḍa

viṣṇuḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, svabhūḥ, daityāriḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, govindaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, acyutaḥ, śārṅgī, viṣvaksenaḥ, janārdanaḥ, upendraḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, madhuripuḥ, vāsudevaḥ, trivikramaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, śauriḥ, śrīpatiḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, vanamālī, balidhvaṃsī, kaṃsārātiḥ, adhokṣajaḥ, viśvambharaḥ, kaiṭabhajit, vidhuḥ, śrīvatsalāñachanaḥ, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, śatadhāmā, gadāgrajaḥ, ekaśṛṅgaḥ, jagannāthaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, sanātanaḥ, mukundaḥ, rāhubhedī, vāmanaḥ, śivakīrtanaḥ, śrīnivāsaḥ, ajaḥ, vāsuḥ, śrīhariḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, nṛhariḥ, vibhuḥ, madhujit, madhusūdanaḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, śrīgarbhaḥ, śrīkaraḥ, śrīmān, śrīdharaḥ, śrīniketanaḥ, śrīkāntaḥ, śrīśaḥ, prabhuḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, ajitaḥ, jitāmitraḥ, ṛtadhāmā, śaśabinduḥ, punarvasuḥ, ādidevaḥ, śrīvarāhaḥ, sahasravadanaḥ, tripāt, ūrdhvadevaḥ, gṛdhnuḥ, hariḥ, yādavaḥ, cāṇūrasūdanaḥ, sadāyogī, dhruvaḥ, hemaśaṅkhaḥ, śatāvarttī, kālanemiripuḥ, somasindhuḥ, viriñciḥ, dharaṇīdharaḥ, bahumūrddhā, vardhamānaḥ, śatānandaḥ, vṛṣāntakaḥ, rantidevaḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, dāśārhaḥ, abdhiśayanaḥ, indrānujaḥ, jalaśayaḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, tārkṣadhvajaḥ, ṣaḍbinduḥ, padmeśaḥ, mārjaḥ, jinaḥ, kumodakaḥ, jahnuḥ, vasuḥ, śatāvartaḥ, muñjakeśī, babhruḥ, vedhāḥ, prasniśṛṅgaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, suvarṇabinduḥ, śrīvatsaḥ, gadābhṛt, śārṅgabhṛt, cakrabhṛt, śrīvatsabhṛt, śaṅkhabhṛt, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, lakṣmīpatiḥ, murāriḥ, amṛtaḥ, ariṣṭanemaḥ, kapiḥ, keśaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, janārdanaḥ, jinaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, vikramaḥ, śarvaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ hindudharmānusāraṃ jagataḥ pālanakartā।

ekādaśastathā tvaṣṭā dvādaśo viṣṇurucyate jaghanyajastu sarveṣāmādityānāṃ guṇādhikaḥ।

ṇḍa

sūryaḥ, savitā, ādityaḥ, mitraḥ, aruṇaḥ, bhānuḥ, pūṣā, arkaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, pataṅgaḥ, khagaḥ, sahasrāṃśuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, marīci, mārtaṇḍa, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, citrarathaḥ, saptasaptiḥ, dinamaṇi, dyumaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, khadyotaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, ambarīśaḥ, aṃśahastaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, jagatcakṣuḥ, lokalocanaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, karmasākṣī, gopatiḥ, gabhastiḥ, gabhastimān, gabhastihastaḥ, graharājaḥ, caṇḍāṃśu, aṃśumānī, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, tapanaḥ, tāpanaḥ, jyotiṣmān, mihiraḥ, avyayaḥ, arciḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretaḥ, kāśyapeyaḥ, virocanaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, hariḥ, harivāhanaḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, bhagaḥ, agaḥ, adriḥ, heliḥ, tarūṇiḥ, śūraḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotipīthaḥ, inaḥ, vedodayaḥ, papīḥ, pītaḥ, akūpāraḥ, usraḥ, kapilaḥ   

pṛthivyāḥ nikaṭatamaḥ atitejasvī khagolīyaḥ piṇḍaḥ yaṃ paritaḥ pṛthvyādigrahāḥ bhramanti। tathā ca yaḥ ākāśe suvati lokam karmāṇi prerayati ca।

sūryaḥ sauryāḥ ūrjāyāḥ mahīyaḥ srotaḥ।/ sūrye tapatyāvaraṇāya dṛṣṭaiḥ kalpeta lokasya kathaṃ tamitsrā।

ṇḍa

maṇḍapam   

viśiṣṭāvasare vāsavastrādibhiḥ vinirmitaḥ janāśrayaḥ।

etad maṇḍapaṃ vivāhārthaṃ vinirmitam।

ṇḍa

varaṇḍakaḥ   

mātaṅgavediḥ।

varaṇḍakaṃ dūrīkṛtvā gajaḥ gajaśālāṃ gacchati।

ṇḍa

brahmā, ātmabhūḥ, surajyeṣṭhaḥ, parameṣṭhī, pitāmahaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, lokeśaḥ, svayaṃbhūḥ, caturānanaḥ, dhātā, abjayoniḥ, druhiṇaḥ, brahmadevaḥ, viriñciḥ, kamalāsanaḥ, paṅkajāsanaḥ, sraṣṭā, prajāpatiḥ, vedhāḥ, vidhātā, viścasṛṭ, vidhiḥ, nābhijanmā, aṇḍajaḥ, pūrvaḥ, nidhanaḥ, kamalodbhavaḥ, sadānandaḥ, rajomūrtiḥ, satyakaḥ, haṃsavāhanaḥ, hariḥ, pūrṇānandaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ yaḥ sṛṣṭeḥ janakaḥ asti।

nāradaḥ brahmaṇaḥ putraḥ asti।

ṇḍa

nirvighna, akaṇṭaka, anavaruddha, abādhita, arodhita, nirbādha, niṣkaṇṭaka, akhaṇḍa, akhaṇḍita, avarodhahīna   

yasmin avarodho nāsti।

eṣaḥ nirvighnaḥ mārgaḥ।

ṇḍa

akhaṇḍanīya, abhañjanīya   

yasya khaṇḍāni na bhavanti।

ilekṭrāna iti akhaṇḍanīyaṃ tatvam।

ṇḍa

tulādaṇḍa   

tulāyāḥ daṇḍaḥ।

annatulāsamaye tulādaṇḍaḥ bhagnaḥ।

ṇḍa

akṣata, akhaṇḍita, khaṇḍahīna, anavacchinna, avyāhata, abhañjita   

yaḥ na khaṇḍitaḥ।

sītāsvayaṃvare prabhurāmeṇa akṣataṃ dhanuṣyaṃ khaṇḍitam।

ṇḍa

akhaṇḍa, abhagna, avibhakta, akhaṇḍita, abhedya   

yad vibhaktaṃ nāsti।

akhaṇḍasya bhāratadeśasya ekatārthe prayatnaṃ karaṇīyam।

ṇḍa

brahmāṇḍam, viśvaḥ   

tārakāgrahanakṣatraiḥ yuktam akhilaṃ jagat।

brahmāṇḍaṃ rahasyaiḥ paripūrṇam asti।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍanīya   

khaṇḍituṃ yogyaḥ।

bhavataḥ kathanaṃ khaṇḍanīyam vartate।

ṇḍa

ātapaḥ, tāpaḥ, abhitāpaḥ, upatāpaḥ, uṣṇatā, auṣṇyam, uṣmaḥ, auṣmyam, nidāghaḥ, caṇḍatā, tigmatā, taigmyam, tigmam   

uṣmasya bhāvaḥ।

grīṣme ātapaḥ vardhate।

ṇḍa

kṛṣṇaḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, acyutaḥ, govindaḥ, janārdanaḥ, giridharaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, mādhavaḥ, śauriḥ, ahijitaḥ, yogīśvaraḥ, vaṃśīdharaḥ, vāsudevaḥ, kaṃsārātiḥ, vanamālī, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, mukundaḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, vāsuḥ, muralīdharaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, nandātmajaḥ, gopālaḥ, nandanandanaḥ, yādavaḥ, pūtanāriḥ, mathureśaḥ, dvārakeśaḥ, pāṇḍavāyanaḥ, devakīsūnuḥ, gopendraḥ, govardhanadharaḥ, yadunāthaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, trivikramaḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, viśvambharaḥ, viśvarujaḥ, sanātanaḥ, vibhuḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, prabhuḥ, jitāmitraḥ, sahasravadanaḥ   

yaduvaṃśīya vasudevasya putraḥ yaḥ viṣṇoḥ avatāraḥ iti manyate।

sūradāsaḥ kṛṣṇasya paramo bhaktaḥ।

ṇḍa

meṣaḥ, urabhaḥ, meḍhraḥ, meṇḍaḥ, meṇḍhaḥ, meṭhaḥ, eḍakaḥ, ūrṇāyuḥ, uraṇaḥ, romeśaḥ, lomeśaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, bheḍaḥ, huḍuḥ, saṃphālaḥ   

meṣajātīyaḥ naraḥ।

śṛgālāḥ vane meṣam apaśyan।

ṇḍa

ajīrṇam, vāyugaṇḍaḥ, antarvamiḥ, palatāśayaḥ   

rogaviśeṣaḥ- jaṭharāgnivikāraḥ।

ajīrṇaṃ ca bahuvyādhīnāṃ kāraṇam।

ṇḍa

pṛthvī, dharatī, dharā, bhū, vasundharā, dharaṇī, dharitrī, avanī, urvī, ratnagarbhā, vasudhā, kṣitiḥ, mahiḥ, mahī, acalakīlā, acalā, bhūmaṇḍalaḥ, pṛthivīmaṇḍalam, viśvambharā, prathī, viśvadhāriṇī, medinī, viśvadhenā   

sauramālāyāṃ sūryaṃ paritaḥ bhramamāṇaḥ sūryāt tṛtīyaḥ martyādyadhiṣṭhānabhūtaḥ grahagolaḥ।

candraḥ pṛthveḥ upagrahaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

gaṇḍakaḥ, anubandhaḥ, pratibandhaḥ, pratibandhakaḥ, pratirodhakaḥ, mantharaḥ, māraḥ, rodhanaḥ, vāgaraḥ, vighnam, sūtakam, vyavāyaḥ, stibhiḥ, nīvaraṇam   

rodhasya kriyā avasthā bhāvo vā।

jaladurdare āgatena gaṇḍakena jalaṃ alpaṃ prāpyate।

ṇḍa

vāyadaṇḍaḥ, vemā, vema, vāpadaṇḍaḥ, vāṇadaṇḍaḥ, sūtrayantram, āvāpanam, tantram, tantrayantram, kṛviḥ   

sūtrakārasya sādhanaviśeṣaḥ, vastraṃ vāyate anena iti।

vāyadaṇḍena paṭam vāyate।

ṇḍa

hiṃsra, hiṃsaka, caṇḍa, amatra, ūrjasvin, tigmavīrya, iṣṭasāhasa   

yaḥ hisāṃ karoti।

adya mānavaḥ hiṃsraḥ abhavat।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍalaḥ, khaṇḍalam, kāṇḍī   

parimāṇaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ gaṇanasaṃkhyāṃ sūcayati।

ahaṃ haṭāt dve khaṇḍale dravye kretum icchāmi।

ṇḍa

dharmasabhā, rājadvāram, vyavahāramaṇḍapaḥ, vicārasthānam, dharmādhikaraṇam, sadaḥ   

yogyāyogyaparikṣaṇārthe śāsananirmitaṃ vicārasthānam।

bhrātā dharmasabhām agacchat।

ṇḍa

adhama, nīca, nīcaka, kṣuda, durvinīta, duṣprakṛti, avara, īṣatpuruṣa, avara, kambuka, durvṛtta, muṇḍa, apuṣkala   

durguṇayuktaḥ।

saḥ nīcaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

brāhmāṇḍa, anantalokīka   

brahmāṇḍasambandhī।

kānicana brahmāṇḍāni vastūni adhunāpi rahasyamayāni eva।

ṇḍa

hṛdayam, hṛt, marma, hṛtpiṇḍam, raktāśayaḥ, agramāṃsam, bukkaḥ, bukkam, bukkā, bṛkkaḥ, kantuḥ, rikam, bhapat   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, urasi vāmabhāge vartamānaḥ avayavaḥ yataḥ śuddhaṃ rudhiraṃ śarīre anyāḥ dhamanīḥ pratigacchati।

hṛdayasya sthānam urasi vartate।

ṇḍa

kamaṇḍaluḥ   

sādhūnāṃ jalapānārthe vinirmitaṃ alāboḥ pātram।

mahātmanaḥ dāsaḥ taḍāgāt kamaṇḍalau jalaṃ ānītavān।

ṇḍa

śaktiḥ, kuṇḍalī, kulā   

tantre varṇitā ekā adhiṣchātrī devatā।

prācīnakālāt ārabhya janāḥ śakteḥ upāsanāṃ kurvanti।

ṇḍa

rakṣākaraṇḍakam, rakṣāsūtram, maṅgalasūtram   

tad sūtram yad māṅlyārthe rakṣārthe vā badhyate।

rakṣākaraṇḍakam asya maṇibandhe na dṛśyate।

[śa.7]

ṇḍa

indraḥ, devarājaḥ, jayantaḥ, ṛṣabhaḥ, mīḍhvān, marutvān, maghavā, viḍojā, pākaśāsanaḥ, vṛddhaśravāḥ, sunāsīraḥ, puruhūtaḥ, purandaraḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, lekharṣabhaḥ, śakraḥ, śatamanyuḥ, divaspatiḥ, sutrāmā, gotrabhit, vajrī, vāsavaḥ, vṛtrahā, vṛṣā, vāstospatiḥ, surapatiḥ, balārātiḥ, śacīpatiḥ, jambhabhedī, harihayaḥ, svārāṭ, namucisūdanaḥ, saṃkrandanaḥ, duścyavanaḥ, turāṣāṭ, meghavāhanaḥ, ākhaṇḍalaḥ, sahastrākṣaḥ, ṛbhukṣā, mahendraḥ, kośikaḥ, pūtakratuḥ, viśvambharaḥ, hariḥ, purudaṃśā, śatadhṛtiḥ, pṛtanāṣāḍ, ahidviṣaḥ, vajrapāṇiḥ, devarājaḥ, parvatāriḥ, paryaṇyaḥ, devatādhipaḥ, nākanāthaḥ, pūrvadikkapatiḥ, pulomāriḥ, arhaḥ, pracīnavarhiḥ, tapastakṣaḥ, biḍaujāḥ, arkaḥ, ulūkaḥ, kaviḥ, kauśikaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

sā devatā yā svargasya adhipatiḥ iti manyate।

vedeṣu indrasya sūktāni santi।

ṇḍa

bhājanam, bhāṇḍam, pātram, mṛdvāhikā, dhiṣaṇā   

pātraviśeṣaḥ uttānabhāṇḍam।

mālā bhājane taṇḍulāni pācayati।

ṇḍa

nāgaramustā, nāgarotthā, nāgarādighanasaṃjñakā, cakrāṅkā, nādeyī, cūḍālā, piṇḍamustā, śiśirā, vṛṣadhmāṅkṣī, kaccharuhā, cārukesarā, uccaṭā, pūrṇakoṣchasaṃjñā, kalāpinī, jaṭā   

tṛṇaviśeṣaḥ yasya mūlāni kaphapittajvarātisārārucyādiṣu bheṣajarupeṇa yujyate।

vaidyena bheṣajārthe samūlaṃ nāgaramustā ānītā।

ṇḍa

daṇḍanītiḥ   

caturṣu nītiṣu ekā nītiḥ yasyāṃ suśāsanāya daṇḍaḥ upayujyate।

kecit mughalaśāsakaḥ daṇḍanītyā śāsanam akarot।

ṇḍa

jhañjhāvātaḥ, jhaññānīlaḥ, jhañjhā, nirghātaḥ, prabhañjanaḥ, vātarūṣaḥ, vāyugulmaḥ, vāyuvegaḥ, vātyā, prabalavāyuḥ, pracaṇḍavāyuḥ, caṇḍavātaḥ, tīvravātaḥ, pavanāghātaḥ, javānilaḥ   

prāvṛṣijavāyuḥ।

jhañjhāvāte gṛhasya chādaḥ bhagnaḥ।

ṇḍa

mānadaṇḍaḥ, pratimānam, mānakam   

tad niścitaṃ mānaṃ yasya anusareṇa kasyāpi yogyatāśreṣṭhatādayaḥ anumanyante।

bhārate śikṣaṇasya mānadaṇḍaḥ vardhate।

ṇḍa

aṇḍakośayukta   

aṇḍakośena yuktaḥ।

aṇḍakośayuktaḥ vṛṣabhaḥ sāṇḍa ityākhyayā khyātaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

udaram, piciṇḍaḥ, kukṣī, jaṭharaḥ, tundam   

nābhistanayormadhyabhāgaḥ।

tridinopavāsena tasya udaraṃ kṛśaṃ abhavat।

ṇḍa

bhaṇḍam, pātram, bhājanam, sthālī, sthālam, piṣṭaraḥ, piṣṭaram, ukhā, vāsanam, pāḍinī, kuṇḍam   

mṛddhātvādibhiḥ vinirmitaḥ ādhāraḥ yasmin khādyaṃ tathā ca anyāni vastūni sthāpyante।

dhātvoḥ ālekhitaṃ pātraṃ śobhate।

ṇḍa

daṇḍaḥ, dhanadaṇḍaḥ, arthadaṇḍaḥ, paṇaḥ   

saḥ arthagrahaṇaṃ yaḥ aparāddhāt daṇḍasvarūpeṇa gṛhyate।

tena sārvajanikasthāne dhūmrapānaṃ kṛtam ataḥ śatarūpakasya dhanadaṇḍaḥ deyaḥ।

ṇḍa

daṇḍa   

suvarṇarajatādīnāṃ yaṣṭiḥ yāṃ gṛhītvā utsavādiṣu daṇḍadhārakaḥ agre gacchati।

rāmalīlāyāṃ rāmasya śivikāyāḥ agre daṇḍadhārakaḥ daṇḍaṃ gṛhītvā gacchati।

ṇḍa

śiśnaḥ, puliṅgam, puṃścihnam, upasthaḥ, jaghanyam, naraṅgam, puruṣāṅgam, carmadaṇḍaḥ, svarastambhaḥ, upasthaḥ, madanāṅkuśaḥ, kandarpamuṣalaḥ, śephaḥ, mehanam, meḍhraḥ, lāṅguḥ, dhvajaḥ, rāgalatā, lāṅgūlam, sādhanam, sephaḥ, kāmāṅkuśaḥ, vyaṅgaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, puruṣasya jananendriyam।

yāvatāmeva dhātūnāṃ liṅgaṃ rūḍhigataṃ bhavet arthaścaivābhidheyastu tāvadbhirguṇavigrahaḥ

ṇḍa

yātrikaḥ, pānthaḥ, atkaḥ, adhvagaḥ, adhvanīnaḥ, ahiḥ, āhiṇḍakaḥ, itvaraḥ, gamathaḥ, gāntuḥ, deśikaḥ, pathilaḥ, pādavikaḥ, prothaḥ, vahataḥ, vahatuḥ, samīraṇaḥ, adhvagacchan   

yaḥ yātrāṃ karoti।

nirave mārge dvau yātrikau coreṇa mṛṣṭau।

ṇḍa

vātyā, ativātaḥ, caṇḍavātaḥ, pracaṇḍavātaḥ, jhañjhāvātaḥ, jhañjhānilaḥ, javānilaḥ, vātarūṣaḥ, vātyāvegaḥ, pavanāghātaḥ, vātūlaḥ   

sadhūlajhañjhādhvaniyuktaḥ prāvṛṣijavāyuḥ।

jhañjhāvātena aparimitaḥ nāśaḥ jātaḥ।

ṇḍa

daṇḍasaṃhitā, daṇḍavidhisaṃgrahaḥ   

saḥ granthaḥ yasmin aparādhī kathaṃ daṇḍanīyaḥ ityasya vicāraḥ asti।

bhāratadeśasya daṇḍasaṃhitāyāḥ anusareṇa āpattikāle 302 iti niyamaḥ ālambanīyaḥ।

ṇḍa

prativādaḥ, khaṇḍanam   

kasyāpi siddhāntam anyathākartuṃ pravartitaṃ matam।

pṛthvī sthirā asti tathā ca sūryaḥ gatimāna asti ityasya siddhāntasya prativādaḥ prathamataḥ sukarāta mahodayena kṛtaḥ।

ṇḍa

uṣṇatā, dāhaḥ, tigmam, taigmyam, auṣṇyam, uṣmā, nidāghaḥ, caṇḍa   

vidyut tathā ca agneḥ utpannā śaktiḥ yasyāḥ prabhāvāt kānicana ghanāni vastūni abhivilīyante athavā dravāḥ bāṣpībhavanti tathā ca mānavādipaśavaḥ dāham anubhavanti।

uṣṇatayā hastam adahat।

ṇḍa

kāraṇḍavaḥ   

haṃsaviśeṣaḥ।

kāraṇḍavānām ekaḥ dalaḥ asmin taḍāgasya taṭe bījāni bhakṣayitum āgacchati।

ṇḍa

daṇḍa   

vṛddhena, paṅgunā vā kakṣeṇāvalambito daṇḍaḥ।

saḥ daṇḍasya sāhāyyena calati।

ṇḍa

ghana, piṇḍa, saghana, sthavira, khara, saṃhata, bahala   

yasya ākāraḥ suniścitaḥ tathā ca yaḥ dravarūpo vāyurūpo vā nāsti।

śilā ghanā asti।

ṇḍa

gaṇḍamaṇḍala, gaṇḍasthala   

karṇanetrayoḥ madhyagataṃ sthānam।

tena gaṇḍamaṇḍalaṃ gullikāyāḥ lakṣyaṃ kṛtam।

ṇḍa

kamaṇḍaluḥ   

saṃnyāsināṃ mṛtakāṣṭhādimayaṃ pātram।

saṃnyāsināṃ hasteṣu kamaṇḍaluḥ asti।

ṇḍa

maruṇḍa   

bharjitasya godhūmādeḥ guḍena saha nirmitaḥ laḍḍukaḥ।

mātā tasmai dvau maruṇḍau yacchati।

ṇḍa

āsthānamaṇḍapam, indrakam   

dhanikānāṃ gṛhe vartamānaḥ prakoṣṭhaḥ yatra abhyāgatāḥ satkṛtāḥ।

netā āsthānamaṇḍape sthitvā janavārtāṃ śruṇoti।

ṇḍa

khaḍgaḥ, asiḥ, kṛpāṇaḥ, candrahāsaḥ, kaukṣeyakaḥ, maṇḍalāgraḥ, karabālaḥ, karapālaḥ, nistriṃśaḥ, śiriḥ, viśasanaḥ, tīkṣṇadhāraḥ, durāsadaḥ, śrīgarbhaḥ, vijayaḥ, dharmapālaḥ, kaukṣeyaḥ, taravāriḥ, tavarājaḥ, śastraḥ, riṣṭiḥ, ṛṣṭiḥ, pārerakaḥ   

śastraviśeṣaḥ।

khaḍgasya yuddhe rājñī lakṣmī nipuṇā āsīt।

ṇḍa

gaṇeśaḥ, gajānanaḥ, gaṇapatiḥ, lambodaraḥ, vakratuṇḍaḥ, vināyakaḥ, ākhuvāhanaḥ, ekadantaḥ, gajamukhaḥ, gajavadanaḥ, gaṇanāthaḥ, herambaḥ, bhālacandraḥ, vighnarājaḥ, dvaimāturaḥ, gaṇādhipaḥ, vighneśaḥ, parśupāṇiḥ, ākhugaḥ, śūrpakarṇaḥ, gaṇaḥ   

hindūnāṃ ekā pradhānā tathā ca agrapūjyā devatā yasya śarīraṃ manuṣyasya mastakaṃ tu gajasya asti।

gaṇeśasya vāhanaṃ mūṣakaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

maṇḍalādhikārī   

maṇḍalasya sarvoccaḥ adhikārī।

asmākaṃ maṇḍale maṇḍalādhikāriṇaḥ adhyakṣatāyāṃ sākṣaratā-abhiyānaṃ pracalati।

ṇḍa

kaśmīrīkuṇḍalam   

sphaṭikayuktaṃ karṇakuṇḍalam।

tasya karṇe kaśmīrīkuṇḍale śobhete।

ṇḍa

yakṛt, kālakhaṇḍam, kālakhañjam, kāleyam, kālakam, karaṇḍā, mahāsnāyu   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, kukṣerdakṣiṇabhāgasthamāṃsakhaṇḍaḥ।

tridoṣasaṃśritaṃ yakṛt।

ṇḍa

rakṣākaraṇḍakaḥ, dhāraṇayantram, mantragaṇḍakaḥ, rakṣikā   

mantraḥ yaḥ likhitvā sampuṭe sthāpayitvā vipatteḥ rakṣituṃ dhāryate।

rakṣākaraṇḍakena saṃkaṭavimocanaṃ bhavati iti manyate।

ṇḍa

daṇḍa   

aparādhinaḥ kṛte bandhanatāḍanādi daṇḍanam।

śyāmaḥ vadhasya aparādhena ājanmakārāvāsasya daṇḍam prāptavān।

ṇḍa

vālukā, cūrṇakhaṇḍaḥ, cūrṇaḥ, śilākhaṇḍaḥ, pāṣāṇakhaṇḍa   

aśmakhaṇḍāḥ kaṭhorapadārthasya khaṇḍāḥ vā।

adhunā dhānyeṣu vālukāḥ saṃmīlya janāḥ dhānyasya vikrayaṇaṃ kurvanti।

ṇḍa

gaṇḍachidram   

vastreṣu gulikārthe kṛtaḥ chedaḥ।

asya uttarīyasya gaṇḍachidram dīrghaṃ jātam।

ṇḍa

karaṇḍakaḥ   

kuṅkumasthāpanārthe upayuktā kāṣṭhasya peṭikā।

sītā karaṇḍakāt kuṅkumaṃ gṛhītvā śirasi sthāpayati।

ṇḍa

tulāyantram, tulā, māpanadaṇḍaḥ, māpanaḥ   

padārthamāpanārthaṃ yantram।

kṛṣakaḥ dhānyamāpanārthe tulāyantram upayujyati।

ṇḍa

yamaḥ, yamarāṭ, kṛtāntaḥ, kālaḥ, antakaḥ, vaivasvataḥ, mahiṣadhvajaḥ, mahiṣavāhanaḥ, dharmaḥ, dharmarājaḥ, pitṛpati, daṇḍadharaḥ, śrāddhadevaḥ, śamanaḥ, auḍambaraḥ, yamunābhrātā, dakṣiṇadikpālaḥ, dadhnaḥ, bhīmaśāsanaḥ, śīrṇapādaḥ, prāṇaharaḥ, hariḥ   

mṛtyoḥ devatā, dakṣiṇadikpālaḥ yaḥ jīvānām phalāphalam niyamayati।

dattābhaye tvayiyamādapi daṇḍadhāre।

ṇḍa

sphoṭaḥ, gaṇḍaḥ, śophaḥ   

śarīre jātaḥ janmataḥ vartamānaḥ vā unnatabhāgaḥ।

tasya śirasi vāmabhāge ekaḥ sphoṭaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

ṇḍa

kumudam, kairavam, jātyutpalam, puṃnāgam, puṇḍarīkam, puṇḍraḥ, śambhuvallabham, śāradam, śucikarṇikam, candrabandhuḥ, śaśikāntaḥ, śaśiprabhaḥ   

śvetakamalasya kṣupaḥ।

eṣa taḍāgaḥ kumudaiḥ āpūrṇaḥ।

ṇḍa

gṛdhraḥ, dākṣāyyaḥ, bhāsaḥ, dūradarśī, dīrghadarśī, vajratuṇḍa   

khagaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ māṃsāni abhikāṅkṣati।

yasmin gṛhe gṛdhraḥ upaviśati tasmin gṛhe na kadāpi vaseyuḥ।

ṇḍa

śukaḥ, kīraḥ, vakracañcuḥ, vakratuṇḍaḥ, raktatuṇḍaḥ, cimiḥ, ciriḥ, raktapādaḥ, kumāraḥ, kiṅkirātaḥ, phalāśanaḥ, phalādanaḥ, dāḍimapriyaḥ, medhāvī, hariḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ- yaḥ haritavarṇīyaḥ khagaḥ manuṣyavācaḥ anukaraṇaṃ karoti tathā ca naikeṣu gṛheṣu dṛśyate।

pañjare śukaḥ rāma rāma iti vadati।

ṇḍa

bhūjantuḥ, kṣitināgaḥ, raktajantukaḥ, kṣitijaḥ, kṣitijantuḥ, raktatuṇḍakaḥ   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ, varṣāsamaye dṛśyamānaḥ kīṭaḥ।

bhūjantuḥ kṛṣīvalānāṃ kṛte atīva upayuktaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

arjunaḥ, dhanañjayaḥ, pārthaḥ, śakranandanaḥ, gāṇḍivī, madhyamapāṇḍavaḥ, śvetavājī, kapidhvajaḥ, rādhābhedī, subhadreśaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, bṛhannalaḥ, aindriḥ, phālgunaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, kirīṭī, śvetavāhanaḥ, bībhatsuḥ, vijayaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, savyasācī, kṛṣṇaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

kunteḥ tṛtīyaḥ putraḥ।

arjunaḥ mahān dhanurdharaḥ āsīt।

ṇḍa

karttarī, karttanī, katrī, chedanī, khaṇḍadhārā, śarārīmukhī   

astraviśeṣaḥ,patrīkṛtasvarṇādeḥ kartanāstram।

kartaryā vastram chinatti vastrakāraḥ।

ṇḍa

karkāruḥ, kuṣmāṇḍaḥ, kuṣmāṇḍī, kuṣmāṇḍakaḥ, kūṣmāṇḍaḥ, kūṣmāṇḍī, kūṣmāṇḍakaḥ, alābuḥ, alābūḥ, ātāvuḥ, tumbī   

phalaprakāraḥ yasmāt sūpaṃ śākaṃ vā pācayati।

katipayāya janāya karkāroḥ śākaṃ rocate।

ṇḍa

karkāruḥ, kuṣmāṇḍaḥ, kuṣmāṇḍī, kuṣmāṇḍakaḥ, kūṣmāṇḍaḥ, kūṣmāṇḍī, kūṣmāṇḍakaḥ, alābuḥ, alābūḥ, ātāvuḥ, tumbī   

latāprakāraḥ yasyāḥ phalāt sūpaṃ śākaṃ vā pācayati।

karṣake karkāruḥ pakvaḥ।

ṇḍa

kṣupā, kṣupakaḥ, kṣupakā, aprakāṇḍa   

kṣudraśākhāviśiṣṭā vanaspatiḥ।

asmin vane naike kṣupāḥ santi।

ṇḍa

ekacaraḥ, khaḍgaḥ, khaḍgī, ekaśṛṅgaḥ, gaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍakaḥ, gaṇḍāṅgaḥ, vanotsāhaḥ, taitilaḥ   

vanyapaśuḥ yasya tvak mṛdu nāsti।

ekacarasya nāsikāyāṃ śṛṅgaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

piṭakaḥ, peṭakaḥ, peṭā, ḍalakam, ḍallakaḥ, karaṇḍaḥ, mañjūṣā, kaṇḍolaḥ   

vaṃśavetrādimayasamudgakaḥ।

saḥ śirasi piṭakam ādhṛtya śākān vikrīṇāti।

ṇḍa

khañjanaḥ, kālakaṇṭhaḥ, tātanaḥ, khaṇḍaricaḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ śaradi tathā ca śītakāle dṛśyate।

nāgasya phaṇe sthitasya khañjanasya darśanaṃ śubham asti iti ekā lokakathā।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍakāvyam   

kāvyaviśeṣaḥ yatra mahākāvyasya sarvāṇi lakṣaṇāni na santi।

tena svasya khaṇḍakāvyaṃ prakāśanārthe dattam।

ṇḍa

aṃśagrahaṇam, khaṇḍagrāsaḥ, khaṇḍagrahaṇam   

sā avasthā yasyāṃ sūryasya candrasya vā aṃśataḥ grahaṇam bhavati।

adya sūryasya aṃśagrahaṇam asti।

ṇḍa

kuśūlaḥ, śasyabhāṇḍam, bhāṇḍāgāraḥ, dhānyāgāraḥ, dhānyakoṣṭhakam   

dhānyasaṅgrahasthānam।

kṛṣakaḥ dhānyasthāpanāya kuśūlaṃ saṃmārṣṭi।

ṇḍa

khalvāṭa, akaca, muṇḍa, indralupta   

yaḥ keśahīnaḥ abhavat।

kecana khalvāṭāḥ janāḥ kṛtrimān keśān upayuñjanti।

ṇḍa

śīrṣam, śīrṣakam, śiras, mūrdhā, mastakaḥ, muṇḍaḥ, muṇḍakam, mauliḥ, kenāraḥ, cūḍālam, varāṅgam, uttamāṅgam, sīmantaḥ, keśabhūḥ   

śarīrasya saḥ bhāgaḥ yaḥ kaṇṭhasya urdhvabhāge asti।

kālyāḥ kaṇṭhe śīrṣāṇāṃ mālā śobhate।/ śīrṣasya kṣatiḥ maraṇasya kāraṇam।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍapīṭhaḥ   

viśeṣaviṣayam adhikṛtya nyāyadānārthe niyuktaḥ vyaktisamūhaḥ।

ayodhyāviṣaye sthāpitena khaṇḍapīṭhena ko'pi nirṇayaḥ adyāpi na dattaḥ।

ṇḍa

droṇam, kuṇḍam   

tat pātraṃ yasmin puṣpakṣupāṇi ropayati।

saḥ droṇe bhūmipadmaṃ ropayati।

ṇḍa

takrakuṇḍam   

takrapānārthe vartamānaṃ pātram।

saḥ takrakuṇḍena takraṃ pibati।

ṇḍa

garjaram, pītakandam, śikhāmūlam, svādumūlam, piṇḍamūlam, gṛñjanam   

madhuraḥ kandaḥ yaḥ khādyate।

garjare kārbohāīḍreṭa ityasya mātrā adhikā asti।

ṇḍa

kapolaḥ, gallaḥ, gaṇḍa   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, sṛkvatiryaksannidhibhāgaḥ।

bālasya kapolau unnatau।

ṇḍa

saraṭaḥ, saraṭuḥ, bahurūpaḥ, virūpī, trivarṇakṛt, śaraṇḍaḥ, peluvāsaḥ, pracalākaḥ, priyakaḥ, kīlālī, kṛkalāsaḥ, kṛkavākuḥ, krakacapad, jāhakaḥ, suduṣprabhaḥ   

godhikājātīyaḥ ekaḥ sarīsṛpaḥ yaḥ sūryakiraṇānāṃ sāhāyyena śarīrasya varṇaṃ parivartayituṃ kṣamaḥ asti।

saraṭaḥ kīṭān bhakṣayitvā kṣudhāṃ śāmyati।

ṇḍa

śṛgālaḥ, sṛgālaḥ, jambukaḥ, jambūkaḥ, vañcakaḥ, kroṣṭā, gomī, kraśvā, bhūrimāyaḥ, ghorarāsanaḥ, hūravaḥ, śvabhīruḥ, pheraḥ, pheraṇḍaḥ, pheravaḥ   

śvānasadṛśaḥ vanyapaśuḥ।

śṛgālaḥ māṃsāhārī asti।

ṇḍa

gaṇḍa   

saḥ vyādhiḥ yasmin śarīre vartamānāḥ granthayaḥ śvayanti।

tena gaṇḍasya śalyakarma kṛtam।

ṇḍa

vidvattallajaḥ, paṇḍitaprakāṇḍa   

yaḥ atīva vidvān asti।

kālidāsaḥ saṃskṛtasya vidvattallajaḥ āsīt।

ṇḍa

prakāṇḍa   

jñānena karmaṇā vā yaḥ mahān।

saḥ saṃskṛtasya prakāṇḍaḥ paṇḍitaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

trāpupapātram, karaṇḍa   

pātraviśeṣaḥ, trapoḥ tailādīnāṃ sañcayanārthe pātram।

pākaśālāyāṃ bahūni trāpupapātrāṇi āsan।

ṇḍa

samūhaḥ, pariṣad, saṅghaḥ, nikāyaḥ, gaṇaḥ, anīkaḥ, vargaḥ, ṣaṇḍaḥ, sārthaḥ, maṇḍalam, vṛndam   

kasyāpi viśeṣasya kāryādeḥ pūrtyarthe sammilitāḥ janāḥ।

asmākaṃ nagare citrakūṭastha rāmalīlāyāḥ samūhaḥ āgataḥ।

ṇḍa

śuṣkapurīṣam, śakṛtkhaṇḍaḥ, śakṛtpiṇḍaḥ, gomayakhaṇḍaḥ, gavyakhaṇḍa   

jvalanārthe saṃgṛhītam śuṣkaṃ gomayam।

yajñārthe śuṣkapurīṣam āvaśyakam।

ṇḍa

kavalaḥ, grāsaḥ, khaṇḍa   

mukhapuraṇānnādi।

yāvat mayā ekaḥ kavalaḥ gṛhītaḥ tāvat saḥ āgataḥ।

ṇḍa

gaṇḍaḥ, vidradhiḥ, dhmānam, āṭopaḥ, arbudaḥ   

śarīre kutrāpi raktāśuddhivaśād jātāni udvartanāni।

saḥ pratidinaṃ gaṇḍe lepanaṃ karoti।

ṇḍa

ari, cakram, maṇḍalam   

yānādiṣu kīle yuktaṃ tad vartulam yasya gatyā yānādayaḥ calanti।

asya yānasya agram ari upahatam।

ṇḍa

piṇḍaḥ, guṭikā, gulmaḥ   

ko'pi ghanībhūtaḥ dravaḥ।

durghaṭanāyāḥ sthale sthāne sthāne rudhirasya piṇḍāḥ santi।

ṇḍa

piṇḍaḥ, loṣṭam   

mṛdāśilādīnāṃ ghanaḥ khaṇḍaḥ।

bālakaḥ piṇḍena āmrān chinatti।

ṇḍa

pāṣāṇaśilā, śilākhaṇḍaḥ, carpaṭakhaṇḍaḥ ṭaṅkaḥ, ṭaṅkam   

alaghupalasya laghu carpaṭaḥ khaṇḍaḥ।

pāṣāṇaśilāyāḥ bhraṃśāt puruṣadvayaḥ hataḥ।

ṇḍa

paśuḥ, catuścaraṇaḥ, catuṣpadaḥ, malukaḥ, mokam, śaraṇḍam, śuddhajadaḥ   

saḥ prāṇī yaḥ caturbhiḥ caraṇaiḥ calati।

gauḥ grāmyaḥ paśuḥ asti।

ṇḍa

daṇḍa   

gamanasamaye haste gṛhyamāṇā śalākā।

mātāmahī daṇḍaṃ gṛhītvā gacchati।

ṇḍa

daṇḍa   

pīrasya yavanacaitye sthāpyamānaṃ kāṣṭham।

tena yavanacaitye daṇḍaḥ arpitaḥ।

ṇḍa

maṇḍapikā   

vastrapuṣpādibhiḥ alaṅkṛtaḥ laghumaṇḍapaḥ।

atithīnāṃ jalapānasya vyavasthā mandirasya samīpe maṇḍapikāyāṃ kṛtā।

ṇḍa

varuṇaḥ, pracetāḥ, pāśī, yādasāṃpatiḥ, appatiḥ, yādaḥpatiḥ, apāṃpatiḥ, jambukaḥ, meghanādaḥ, jaleśvaraḥ, parañjayaḥ, daityadevaḥ, jīvanāvāsaḥ, nandapālaḥ, vārilomaḥ, kuṇḍalī, rāmaḥ, sukhāśaḥ, kaviḥ, keśaḥ   

ekā vaidikī devatā yā jalasya adhipatiḥ asti iti manyate।

vedeṣu varuṇasya pūjanasya vidhānam asti।

ṇḍa

parihas, vikrīḍ, sphaṇḍ, sphuṇṭaya, sphuṇḍaya   

manovinodanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ sahādhyāyābhiḥ saha parihasati।

ṇḍa

upamaṇḍalādhikārī   

upamaṇḍalasya saḥ pradhānaḥ adhikārī yaḥ kṛṣakebhyaḥ kṣetrakaram upārjayati tathā ca paṇasambandhī abhiyogaṃ śṛṇoti।

tasya pitā upamaṇḍalādhikārī asti।

ṇḍa

miṣṭānnavikretā, āpūpikaḥ, khaṇḍapālaḥ, modakakāraḥ, maudakikaḥ, ṣāḍavikaḥ, sukhabhakṣikākāraḥ, kāndavikaḥ   

yaḥ apūpamodakādīn miṣṭānnān karoti vikrīṇīte ca।

saḥ miṣṭānnavikretuḥ āpaṇāt ekaprasthaṃ dhautakhaṇḍīṃ krītavān।

ṇḍa

kuṇḍalam   

bṛhat vartulākāraṃ karṇābhūṣaṇam।

gītā kuṇḍalāni paridhārayati।

ṇḍa

ṇḍaḥ, kāṇḍam, prakāṇḍaḥ, prakāṇḍam, stambhaḥ, nālaḥ, daṇḍaḥ, voṇṭaḥ, vṛntam   

kṣupasya śākhā।

bālakaḥ kṣupasya kāṇḍam udbhinatti।

ṇḍa

daṇḍa   

bṛhat kāṣṭham।

tena daṇḍena śvānaḥ upahataḥ।

ṇḍa

vijayādaṇḍa   

vijayāṃ nirmātum upayuktaḥ daṇḍaḥ।

saḥ vijayādaṇḍena vijayāṃ nirmāti।

ṇḍa

homakuṇḍam, havanī   

havanasya kuṇḍam।

rājā drupadasya putrī draupadī homakuṇḍāt utpannā।

ṇḍa

taraṇakuṇḍaḥ, krīḍāsaraḥ   

taraṇārthe vinirmitaṃ kuṇḍam।

rāmaḥ taraṇakuṇḍe tarati।

ṇḍa

kuṇḍam   

laghuḥ jalāśayaḥ।

eṣaḥ uṣṇajalasya kuṇḍaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

dhvajadaṇḍa   

dhvajasya daṇḍaḥ।

asmākaṃ pāṭhaśālāyāṃ dhvajadaṇḍāya vaṃśadaṇḍam upayujyate।

ṇḍa

rājadaṇḍa   

rājājñayā dattaḥ daṇḍaḥ।

rājñaḥ viśvāsaghātaḥ kṛtaḥ ataḥ senāpatiḥ rājadaṇḍaṃ prāptavān।

ṇḍa

daṇḍanīya, daṇḍapātra   

daṇḍayitum arhaḥ।

daṇḍapātraḥ daṇḍanīyaḥ।

ṇḍa

daṇḍanīya, daṇḍya   

daṇḍitum arhaḥ।

cauryam iti ekaḥ daṇḍanīyaḥ aparādhaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

dvādaśa, sūrya, māsa, rāśi, saṃkrānti, guhabāhu, sārikoṣṭha, guhanetra, rājamaṇḍala   

dvyādhikā daśa।

naukāyāṃ dvādaśāḥ puruṣāḥ santi।

ṇḍa

nāgālaॅṇḍarājyam, nāgarājyam, nāgapradeśaḥ   

bhāratarāṣṭre āsāmarājyasya prācyāṃ vartamānaṃ rājyam।

nāgālaॅṇḍarājyasya rājadhānī kohimā iti nagaraṃ vartate।

ṇḍa

śrīkhaṇḍam   

dadhnā nirmitam ekaṃ miṣṭānnam।

śyāmaḥ droṇaṃ yāvat śrīkhaṇḍam akhādat।

ṇḍa

musalaḥ, muṣalaḥ, kaṇḍanīdaṇḍa   

dhānyādikaṇḍanārthanirmitalauhāgrayaṣṭiḥ।

mātā musalena taṇḍulān khaṇḍayati।

ṇḍa

nṛtyam, lāsyam, nartanam, naṭanam, nāṭyam, tāṇḍavam   

nartanasya kriyā।

tasya nṛtyaṃ dṛṣṭvā janāḥ nanditāḥ।

ṇḍa

hiṇḍiraḥ, vārtākī, vaṅganam, hiṅgulī, siṃhī, bhaṇṭākī, duṣpradharṣiṇī, vārtā, vātīṅgaṇaḥ, vārtākaḥ, śākabilvaḥ, rājakuṣmāṇḍaḥ, vṛntākaḥ, vaṅgaṇaḥ, aṅgaṇaḥ, kaṇṭavṛntākī, kaṇṭāluḥ, kaṇṭapatrikā, nidrāluḥ, māṃsaphalakaḥ, mahoṭikā, citraphalā, kaṇcakinī, mahatī, kaṭphalā, miśravarṇaphalā, nīlaphalā, raktaphalā, śākaśreṣṭhā, vṛttaphalā, nṛpapriyaphalā   

vanaspativiśeṣaḥ yasyāḥ phalāni śākarūpeṇa upayujyante।

kṛṣakaḥ kṛṣikṣetre hiṇḍiraṃ ropayati।

ṇḍa

galagaṇḍa   

galarogaviśeṣaḥ yasmin gaṇḍāḥ udbhavanti।

cikitsakena galagaṇḍena pīḍitāya saptāhasya auṣadhaṃ dattam।

ṇḍa

vārtākī, vaṅganam, hiṅgulī, siṃhī, bhaṇṭākī, duṣpradharṣiṇī, vārtā, vātīṅgaṇaḥ, vārtākaḥ, śākabilvaḥ, rājakuṣmāṇḍaḥ, vṛntākaḥ, vaṅgaṇaḥ, aṅgaṇaḥ, kaṇṭavṛntākī, kaṇṭāluḥ, kaṇṭapatrikā, nidrāluḥ, māṃsaphalakaḥ, mahoṭikā, citraphalā, kaṇcakinī, mahatī, kaṭphalā, miśravarṇaphalā, nīlaphalā, raktaphalā, śākaśreṣṭhā, vṛttaphalā, nṛpapriyaphalam   

phalaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ śākārthe upayujyate।

mātā śākārthe vārtākīm utkṛntati।

ṇḍa

śikhaṇḍakaḥ, alakaḥ   

keśānāṃ kalāpiḥ।

kapole lambamānā śikhaṇḍakāḥ tasyāḥ sundaratāṃ vardhayati।

ṇḍa

tuṇḍam   

kiñcit dīrghaṃ mukham।

varāhaḥ tuṇḍena avakṣayaḥ apaskirati।

ṇḍa

piṇḍam   

pitṝn uddiśya śrāddhadravyanirmitabilvaphalākārakaṃ deyam annam।

tena pitṝṇāṃ kṛte nirmitāni piṇḍāni kākabalirūpeṇa sthāpitāni।

ṇḍa

māṃsapiṇḍaḥ, māṃsapiṇḍam   

māṃsasya chinnaḥ piṇḍaḥ।

kākaḥ āpaṇāt māṃsapiṇḍaṃ gṛhītvā udapatat।

ṇḍa

vṛddhaḥ, jīrṇaḥ, sthaviraḥ, vayovṛddhaḥ, gatāyūḥ, gatavayaskaḥ, vayogataḥ, jarī, jaraṇaḥ, jarāturaḥ, jaraṇḍaḥ, jaran, jīrṇavān, vayaskaḥ, pravayāḥ, vayodhikaḥ, atītavayāḥ, uttaravayāḥ, uttaravayaskaḥ, ativayaskaḥ   

gatayauvanaḥ।

asmān vṛddhāṃ sevitum atra kopi nāsti।

/ vṛddhāste na vicāraṇīyacaritāḥ

ṇḍa

setuḥ, piṇḍalaḥ, piṇḍilaḥ, saṃvaraḥ, sambaraḥ   

nadyādayaḥ jalapravāhān vāhanena padbhyāṃ vā ullaṅghanārthe lohakāṣṭharañjvādibhiḥ vinirmitaṃ śilpam।

nadyāṃ sthāne sthāne naike setavaḥ baddhāḥ।

ṇḍa

pradarśanālayaḥ, paṭamaṇḍapaḥ   

pradarśanasya sthalam।

pradarśanālaye hastaśilpasya pradarśanaṃ pracalati।

ṇḍa

ikṣukāṇḍaḥ, mūñjaḥ   

tṛṇaprakāraḥ yaḥ gṛhasya ācchādanarūpeṇa tathā ca dhārmike anuṣṭhāne upayujyate।

mārgasya taṭe ikṣukāṇḍaḥ vardhitaḥ।

ṇḍa

vāsantī, mādhavikā, mādhavīlatā, mādhavī, candravallī, puṇḍrakaḥ, atimuktaḥ, atimuktakaḥ, sugandhā, bhramarotsavaḥ, bhṛṅgapriyā, bhadralatā, vasantīdūtī, latāmādhavī, bhūmīmaṇḍapabhūṣaṇā.   

sugandhitapuṣpaiḥ yuktā ekā latā।

tasya puṣpavāṭikāyāṃ vāsantīm vardhate।

ṇḍa

pātram, kapālaḥ, kapālakaḥ, karparaḥ, kuṇḍaḥ, kuṇḍī, pātrakam, pātrikā   

laghupātram।

mātā pātre piṣṭaṃ mardayati।

ṇḍa

daṇḍagaurī   

ekā apsarāḥ।

daṇḍagauryāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

ṇḍa

garbhaḥ, bhrūṇaḥ, piṇḍaḥ, kalalam, kalalanam   

garbhasthasya jīvasya vikasitā avasthā yasyāṃ saḥ jīvaḥ paripakvatām āpannaḥ dṛśyate।

garbhasya hananam aparādhaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

maśakaḥ, vajratuṇḍaḥ, sūcyāsyaḥ, rātrijāgaradaḥ   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ,yaḥ dhvanati, daṃśati ca।

maśakāḥ āmatvacaṃ tudanti।

ṇḍa

kalāyaḥ, satīnaḥ, sitīlakaḥ, khaṇḍikaḥ, hareṇuḥ, tripuṭaḥ, ativartulaḥ, muṇḍacaṇakaḥ, śamanaḥ, nīlakaḥ, kaṇṭī, satīlaḥ   

dhānya-viśeṣaḥ, madhuraḥ vātalaḥ haritaḥ vartulākāraḥ śamīdhānyaḥ (āyurvede asya vātarucipuṣṭayāmadoṣakāritvam- pittadāhakaphanāśitvam-śītatvādayaḥ guṇāḥ proktāḥ);

kalāyāḥ madhuraḥ santi।

ṇḍa

mayūraḥ, kalāpī, varhiṇaḥ, varhī, śikhī, śikhābalaḥ, śikhaṇḍī, śikhādhāraḥ, śikhādharaḥ, nīlakaṇṭhaḥ, śyāmakaṇṭhaḥ, śuklāpāṅgaḥ, sitāpāṅgaḥ, bhujaṅgabhuk, bhujaṅgabhojī, bhujaṅgahā, bhujagābhojī, bhujagadāraṇaḥ, pracalākī, candrakī, bhujagāntakaḥ, bhujagāśanaḥ, sarpāśanaḥ, kekī, nartakaḥ, nartanapriyaḥ, meghānandī, meghasuhṛd, meghanādānulāsī, varṣāmadaḥ, citramekhala, citrapicchakaḥ, kumāravāhī, rājasārasaḥ, kāntapakṣī, śukrabhuk, śāpaṭhikaḥ, dārvaṇḍaḥ, hariḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ- saḥ śobhanaḥ khagaḥ yasya pucchaṃ dīrgham asti।

mayūraḥ bhāratasya rāṣṭriyaḥ khagaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

khalvāṭaḥ, kalvāṭaḥ, muṇḍaḥ, nandīṭaḥ   

yasya mastakasya keśāḥ apagatāḥ।

krīḍāraṅge ekaḥ khalvāṭaḥ sarvān arañjayat।

ṇḍa

maṇḍam   

pakvodanāt nirgataṃ jalam।

maṇḍe pauṣṭikāni tattvāni santi।

ṇḍa

ṇḍagītam   

gītaviśeṣaḥ, bhāratadeśasya rājasthānaprānte gīyamānaḥ viśiṣṭaḥ gītaprakāraḥ;

gāyakena māṇḍagītaṃ prastūya sarveṣāṃ manāṃsi ākṛṣṭāni

ṇḍa

karmakāṇḍam   

kasyāpi dharmasya dhārmikāṇi tathā ca aupacārikāṇi kṛtyāni yāni viśeṣe kāle bhavanti।

ahaṃ karmakāṇḍe na viśvasimi।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍamodakaḥ, khaṇḍaḥ, upalā, śuktopalā, śarkarā, sitākhaṇḍaḥ, dṛḍhagātrikā   

mākṣīkakṛtā śarkarā।:saḥ khaṇḍamodakān atti।

ṇḍa

aṭṭilakākāraḥ, lepakaḥ, lepī, pralepakaḥ, palagaṇḍaḥ, sudhājīvī   

yaḥ gṛhanirmāṇādikaṃ kāryaṃ karoti।

kuśalena aṭṭilakākāreṇa nirmitam etad bhavanam।

ṇḍa

kṣauram, muṇḍanam, keśavapanam, śiromuṇḍanam   

kṣureṇa mastakasthānāṃ keśānāṃ niṣkāsanam।

mama pitāmahaḥ pratyekasmin pitṛpakṣe kṣauraṃ karoti।

ṇḍa

caulam, cūḍāsaṃskāraḥ, śiromaṇḍanam, cūḍākaraṇam   

hindūnāṃ ṣoḍaśeṣu saṃskāreṣu ekaḥ yasmin bālakasya keśāḥ muṇḍyante।

saḥ vārāṇasīnagare svaputrasya caulam ācarat।

ṇḍa

merudaṇḍaḥ, akṣaḥ, dhruvayaṣṭiḥ   

pṛthivyāḥ dvau dhruvau yena kalpitākṣeṇa yujyate।

merudaṇḍasya paritaḥ pṛthvī paribhramati।

ṇḍa

bāndāmaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānaṃ maṇḍalam।

tulasīdāsasya janmasthānaṃ bāndāmaṇḍalasya rājāpuram āsīt।

ṇḍa

vibhājanam, vibhāgaḥ, vibhaktiḥ, vicchedaḥ, vibhedaḥ, khaṇḍanam, pṛthakkaraṇam, viyogaḥ, viśleṣaḥ, dalanam   

vibhinneṣu bhāgeṣu vastūnāṃ vitaraṇam।

rāmaḥ svaputrayoḥ kṛte gṛhasya vibhājanam akarot।

ṇḍa

setuḥ, setubandhaḥ, jalabandhakaḥ, dharaṇam, piṇḍanaḥ, āliḥ   

nadyādīṣu jalabandhanārthe vinirmitā bhittisadṛśī racanā।

nadyāṃ setoḥ bandhanaṃ kṛtvā vidyut nirmīyate।

ṇḍa

paṇyavīthikā, haṭṭamaṇḍapaḥ   

krayavikrayasthānam; saḥ vastukrayaṇārthe paṇyavīthikāṃ gataḥ। /

paṇye paṇyavīthikāyām

[śa ka]

ṇḍa

vedī, yajñakuṇḍam   

yajñārthe nirmitaṃ kuṇḍam।

yajñārthe vedyām agniḥ prajvālyate।

ṇḍa

galagaṇḍa   

grīvāyāḥ granthīnāṃ śvayanasya vyādhiḥ।

āyoḍīna iti tattvasya nyūnatvāt galagaṇḍaḥ udbhavati।

ṇḍa

piṇḍakharjuraḥ   

piṇḍakharjurasya phalaṃ miṣṭānneṣu upayujyate।

pitṛvyaḥ rudate bālakāya piṇḍakharjuram dadāti।

ṇḍa

chid, khaṇḍaya   

āghātena kasyāpi vastunaḥ dvaidhīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

imam ikṣudaṇḍaṃ laghuṣu khaṇḍeṣu chinattu।

ṇḍa

piṇḍadānam   

pitṝṇāṃ tṛptyarthe piṇḍasya dānasya kriyā।

hindūdharmānusāreṇa mṛtyoḥ anantaraṃ piṇḍadānam avaśyaṃ karaṇīyam।

ṇḍa

ṇḍavam   

śivasya nṛtyam।

tāṇḍavaṃ śivasya raudraprakṛtyāḥ dyotakam asti।

ṇḍa

ṇḍavam   

puṃsaḥ nṛtyam।

paṇḍitaḥ gopīcandaḥ tāṇḍave pravīṇaḥ āsīt।

ṇḍa

vicchedaḥ, sambhedaḥ, khaṇḍaḥ, vibhaṅgaḥ, bhaṅgaḥ, khaḍaḥ, prabhaṅgaḥ, nirdalanam, vicaṭanam, āmoṭanam, dalanam, bhidyam, sambhedanam, avadaraṇam, daraṇam   

khaṇḍanasya kriyā।

rāmaḥ śivadhanuṣaḥ vicchedaṃ cakāra।

ṇḍa

daṇḍadhārī   

yaḥ daṇḍaṃ dhārayati।

daṇḍadhāriṇā daṇḍasya prahāreṇa sarpaḥ hataḥ।

ṇḍa

daṇḍadhārakaḥ, daṇḍadhārī   

saḥ śāsanasya adhikārī yasya purataḥ abhiyogāḥ prastūyante teṣāṃ ca nirṇayaḥ sa eva karoti anyat ca śāsanasya anyāni kāryāṇi api tasya eva kāryakakṣāyāṃ santi।

daṇḍadhārakaḥ anupasthitaḥ ataḥ abhiyogakāryaṃ nābhavat।

ṇḍa

daṇḍavidhiḥ, sāhasavidhiḥ   

aparādhānāṃ daṇḍasya vidhānaṃ yasmin kṛtam asti।

bhāratīyasya daṇḍavidheḥ viṃśatyadhikatriśatatamena vidhiniyamena hantuḥ kṛte ājīvanaṃ kārāvasasya daṇḍaḥ vihitaḥ।

ṇḍa

niyamaḥ, daṇḍaḥ, vidhiḥ   

daṇḍavidhāne vartamānāḥ vividhāḥ niyamāḥ;

bhāratīyadaṇḍavidhānasya niyamena bhrūṇahatyā niṣiddhā

ṇḍa

dāḍimaḥ, kalkaphalaḥ, kucaphalaḥ, parvaruh, piṇḍapuṣyaḥ, piṇḍīraḥ, phalakhaṇḍavaḥ, phalaṣāḍavaḥ, maṇibījaḥ, madhubījaḥ, mukhavallabhaḥ, raktapuṣpaḥ, raktabījaḥ, valkaphalaḥ, śukavallabhaḥ, śukādanaḥ, satphalaḥ, sunīlaḥ, suphalaḥ, hiṇḍīraḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

mālī udyāne dāḍimaṃ ropayati।

ṇḍa

dhūpaḥ, turuṣkaḥ, piṇḍakaḥ, sihlaḥ, yāvanaḥ, yakṣadhūpaḥ, sarjarasaḥ, rālaḥ, sarvarasaḥ, gandhapiśācikā   

ekaṃ miśritaṃ gandhadravyaṃ yasya jvalanena sugandhitaḥ dhūmaḥ jāyate।

dhūpaṃ gandhavartikādīñca prajvālya bhagavataḥ pūjanaṃ kriyate।

ṇḍa

klība, napuṃsaka, pauruṣahīna, puraṣatvahīna, vīryahīna, apauruṣa, apuruṣa, śaṇḍa, śukrahīna, vīryarahita   

yasmin striyaṃ bhoktuṃ śaktiḥ nāsti alpā vā asti।

klībaḥ puruṣaḥ prajanane asamarthaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

vāyumaṇḍalam   

pṛthivyāṃ paritaḥ vartamānaḥ vāyuḥ।

vāyumaṇḍalam dūṣitaṃ na bhavet iti hetoḥ asmābhiḥ vāyumaṇḍalaṃ rakṣitavyam।

ṇḍa

peṣaya, āpīḍaya, kṣodaya, khaṇḍaya, cūrṇaya, pracūrṇaya, gharṣaya, niṣpeṣaya, āsphoṭaya, avamardaya, ādāraya, ādāyaya, kuṭṭaya   

cūrṇīkaraṇapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pratiravivāsare sureśaḥ godhūmān peṣayati।

ṇḍa

patrapeṭikā, lekhabhāṇḍam   

patravibhāgena sthāne sthāne sthāpitā peṭikā yasyāṃ janaiḥ patrāṇi niḥkṣipyante।

mama patram api patrapeṭikāyāṃ samādadhātu।

ṇḍa

bundelakhaṇḍa   

bhārate uttarapradeśasya tathā ca madhyapradeśasya saḥ bhāgaḥ yasmin jālaunaḥ jhāśī hamīrapuram lalitapuram ityādīni maṇḍalāni santi।

saḥ bundelakhaṇḍasya nivāsī asti।

ṇḍa

śuṇḍā, sandhānī, maṇḍanirhārasthānam   

madyapānagṛham;

saḥ pratidinam śuṇḍāyām gacchati

ṇḍa

bhiṇḍaḥ, bhiṇḍā, bhiṇḍākṣupaḥ, bhiṇḍakaḥ, bhiṇḍītakaḥ, bheṇḍī, bheṇḍītakaḥ, asrapatrakam, catuṣpuṇḍrā, karaparṇaḥ, kṣetrasambhavaḥ, catuṣpadaḥ, catuḥpuṇḍaḥ, suśākaḥ, vṛttabījaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ- yasya bījaguptiḥ śākarūpeṇa khādyate।

āyurvede bhiṇḍasya uṣṇatvaṃ grāhitvaṃ rūcikaratvam ityete guṇāḥ proktāḥ।

ṇḍa

bhūmadhyarekhā, nirakṣaḥ, viṣuvadvṛttam, vyakṣaḥ, bhūvārāhavṛttam, viṣṇugolaḥ, viṣuvanmaṇḍalam, viṣuvadvalayam   

pṛthivyāḥ madhyabhāgaṃ sūcayantī ekā kālpanikī rekhā yasyāḥ dvau dhruvau samāne antare staḥ।

bhūmadhyarekhāṃ parītaḥ adhikā uṣṇatā bhavati।

ṇḍa

vidūṣakaḥ, vaihāsikaḥ, parihāsayitā, prahāsī, bhaṇḍa   

yaḥ abhinayena aṅgādivaikṛtyena vā janeṣu hāsyam utpādayati।

asya krīḍācakrasya vidūṣakaḥ atīva hāsyakārī।

ṇḍa

manthānadaṇḍaḥ, vaiśākhaḥ, manthaḥ, manthānaḥ, manthāḥ, karaharṣakaḥ, takrāṭaḥ, bhaktāṭaḥ, manthanī   

dadhnaḥ manthanāya yo daṇḍaḥ।

yaśodā manthānadaṇḍena dadhi manthayati।

ṇḍa

muṇḍaya   

śirasi vartamānānāṃ keśānāṃ kartanaviṣayakapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

nāpitena saḥ svaśirasaṃ muṇḍayati।

ṇḍa

yajñamaṇḍapaḥ, yajñavāṭaḥ, yajñasthānam, yajñīyaśālā   

yajñasya gṛham;

munayaḥ rājasūyayajñārthe yajñamaṇḍape samāgatāḥ

ṇḍa

lohitāluḥ, māluvā, śabarakandaḥ, madhvālukam, madhvāluḥ, khaṇḍakāluḥ, khaṇḍakālukam, devapatnī   

raktatvacaḥ madhu kandaviśeṣaḥ।

kandamūlatvāt vrate lohitāluḥ bhakṣyate।

ṇḍa

arthaśāstram, daṇḍanītiḥ   

śāstraviśeṣaḥ, rājaputrāmatyaiḥ avaśyam adhyetavyam arthasya bhūmidhanādeḥ ca prāpakaṃ śāstram।

cāṇākyasya arthaśāstram prasiddham।

ṇḍa

vadhakaḥ, ghātakaḥ, daṇḍapāśikaḥ, vadhyāpuruṣaḥ, vadhakarmādhikārī   

udbandhanadaṇḍasya prāptṝṇām udbandhaṃ yaḥ karoti saḥ।

prāptamṛtyudaṇḍasya puruṣasya vadhakaḥ udbandhanam akarot।

ṇḍa

asthibhaṅgaḥ, asthicchallitam, rujā, karkaṭakam, kāṇḍabhagnam, atipātitam   

asthnaḥ bhañjanasya kriyā।

sīmāyāḥ pāde asthibhaṅgaḥ jātaḥ।

ṇḍa

krāntivalayaḥ, krāntivalayam, krāntimaṇḍalam, krāntivṛttam ayanavṛttam   

karkamakararekhayoḥ vartamānaḥ pṛthivyāḥ bhāgaḥ।

krāntivalayasya pradeśeṣu adhikā uṣṇatā bhavati।

ṇḍa

ṇḍaḥ, kāṇḍam, sargaḥ, adhyāyaḥ, ullāsaḥ, parva   

kasyāpi viṣayasya granthasya vā vibhāgaḥ।

rāmāyaṇasya sapta kāṇḍāḥ santi।

ṇḍa

svaharaṇam, sarvasvadaṇḍaḥ, sarvasvāpahāraḥ   

adhikāriṇā sarvakāreṇa vā daṇḍarūpeṇa kasyacit aparādhinaḥ sampatteḥ grahaṇam।

lālāmahodayena svaharaṇasya daṇḍaḥ prāptaḥ।

ṇḍa

kuṣmāṇḍaḥ, kumbhāṇḍī, ālābuḥ   

latāviśeṣaḥ sā latā yasyāḥ phalāni vartulākārakāni vā daṇḍavartulākārakāni santi।

kuṣmāṇḍe naikāni phalāni santi।

ṇḍa

alakaḥ, alakam, āvartaḥ, kamujā, kuntalaḥ, kurulaḥ, keśī, keśamaṇḍalam, keśastukaḥ, keśāntaḥ, khaṅkaraḥ, guḍālakaḥ, guḍālakam, cūḍā, cūrṇakuntalaḥ, śikhaṇḍakaḥ, śikhā, śikhāsūtram   

pṛṣṭhabhāge vāmabhāge dakṣiṇabhāge ca itastataḥ avakīrṇāḥ keśāḥ।

tasyāḥ alakena yuktaṃ mukhaṃ aparicitaḥ iva abhāsata।

ṇḍa

muṇḍ, muṇḍaya vap, āvap, kṣauraṃ kṛ, pravap, bhadrākṛ, madrākṛ   

kṣureṇa śmaśrūkeśādīnāṃ kartanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

nāpitaḥ tasya keśān vapati।

ṇḍa

bhañj, khaṇḍaya, bhid, anubhid, abhibhañj, avabhañj, dṝ   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ khaṇḍanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kācapātraṃ hastāt cyute eva abhañjat।

ṇḍa

aphrikākhaṇḍa   

viśve vartamānaḥ dvitīyaḥ bṛhat mahādvīpaḥ।

aphrikākhaṇḍaḥ tathā ca āśiyākhaṇḍaḥ etayoḥ saṃyuktarūpeṇa aphreśiyā iti saṃjñā asti।

ṇḍa

vidyāpīṭham, viśvavidyālayaḥ, vidyālayamaṇḍalam, vidyālayagaṇaḥ, śālāmaṇḍalam   

tad pīṭhaṃ yatra nānāvidyāśākhānām uccastarīyam adhyāpanaṃ bhavati tathā ca yad tatsaṃlagnān vidyālayān samadhitiṣṭhati।

mānasī muṃbaī iti vidyāpīṭhe adhyayanaṃ karoti।

ṇḍa

yūropakhaṇḍa   

pṛthivyāḥ pūrvadiśi vartamāneṣu golārdheṣu laghu mahādvīpam।

briṭana-jarmanī-phrānsa-iṭalī ityādīnāṃ deśānām antarbhāvaḥ yūropakhaṇḍe bhavati।

ṇḍa

vāyugaṇḍaḥ, udarādhmānam, vātaphullatā, vāyupūrṇatā, vātikatvam   

pacanasaṃsthāyām ajīrṇasya kāraṇāt utpannaḥ vāyuḥ।

udare āmlapramāṇasya ādhikyatvena vāyugaṇḍaḥ bhavati।

ṇḍa

śīrṣam, śīrṣakam, mastakaḥ, mastakam, muṇḍaḥ, muṇḍam, śiraḥ, muṇḍakam, mauliḥ, mūrdhnā, varāṅgam, uttamāṅgam   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, yasmin mastiṣkaṃ vartate।

śīrṣāṇām vai sahasrantu vihitam śārṅgadhanvanā sahasrañcaiva kāyānām vahan saṅkarṣaṇastadā

ṇḍa

sabhāgṛham, sabhāmaṇḍapam, āsthānamaṇḍapam   

tad sthānaṃ yatra janāḥ ekatritāḥ bhavanti।

sabhāgṛhe vidvāṃsaḥ santi।

ṇḍa

sabhāmaṇḍapaḥ, sabhāmaṇḍapam   

mandirādiṣu garbhagṛhasya purataḥ tad sthānaṃ yatra bhaktāḥ stavanādīn kurvanti।

asya mandirasya sabhāmaṇḍapaḥ atīva laghuḥ asti।

ṇḍa

pāṣaṇḍaḥ, aupadhikaḥ, kuyogī, kuhakaḥ, vipratārakaḥ, dharmadhvajī, āryaliṃgī, dhārmikaveśadhārī, kapaṭadharmī   

dharmam āśritya svārthaṃ yaḥ sādhnoti।

pāṣaṇḍasya vacaneṣu viśvasanena mohinī anvatapyata।

ṇḍa

paṭamaṇḍapaḥ, keṇikā, paṭagṛham, vastraveśaḥ, vastragṛham, sphulam, śreṇikā, śibiram, veśaḥ, vāsaḥkuṭī, vastrāgāraḥ, vastrāgāram, vastraveśma, vastrakuṭṭimaḥ, paṭṭaśālā, paṭaukaḥ, paṭoṭajam, paṭaveśma, paṭavāsaḥ, paṭamaṇḍapaḥ, gulmī, kuṭaruḥ, guṇalayanī, guṇalayanikā   

paṭasya maṇḍapaḥ yaḥ guṇādhāreṇa āstīryate।

chātrāḥ paṭamaṇḍapaṃ prasārayanti।

ṇḍa

guḍa़ḥ, ikṣupākaḥ, ikṣusāraḥ, madhuraḥ, rasapākajaḥ, khaṇḍajaḥ, dravajaḥ, siddhaḥ, modakaḥ, amṛtasārajaḥ, śiśupriyaḥ, sitādiḥ, aruṇaḥ, rasajaḥ   

ikṣvādīnāṃ rasaḥ yaḥ loṣṭavat dṛḍhaḥ saṃpakvaḥ ca asti।

kailāsaḥ pratidinaṃ dantadhāvanānantaraṃ guḍaṃ bhuktvā jalaṃ pibati।

ṇḍa

alaṃkaraṇam, ābharaṇam, maṇḍanam, vibhūṣaṇam, bhūṣaṇam, prasādhanam, upaskāraḥ, pariṣkaraḥ, rūṣaṇam   

śobhāvardhanam।

rājaputrasya rājyābhiṣekasya samaye rājaprāsādasya alaṅkaraṇam atīva manohāri āsīt।

ṇḍa

sampūrṇa, akhaṇḍa   

yaḥ khaṇḍitaḥ nāsti।

vṛntākam akhaṇḍaṃ pācayitvā tasya śākaṃ kurvanti।

ṇḍa

arkapriyā, arkavallabhā, varā, raktajapā, raktapiṇḍakaḥ, raktapuṣpī, hemapuṣpikā, prātikā, tāmravarṇā, vikrāntā   

madhyamākārakaḥ vṛkṣaḥyasya puṣpāṇi raktāni santi।

mālī upavane arkapriyā ropayati।

ṇḍa

alaṅkaraṇam, bhūṣaṇam, prasādhanam, maṇḍanam   

alaṅkārādibhiḥ svasya śobhāṃ vardhanam।

adhikāḥ striyaḥ alaṅkaraṇaṃ kṛtvā eva gṛhāt bahiḥ gacchanti।

ṇḍa

damanakaḥ, damanaḥ, dāntaḥ, gandhotkaṭā, muniḥ, jaṭilā, daṇḍī, pāṇḍurāgaḥ, brahmajaṭā, puṇḍarīkaḥ, tāpasapatrī, patrī, pavitrakaḥ, devaśekharaḥ, kulapatraḥ, vinītaḥ, tapasvīpatraḥ, muniputraḥ, tapodhanaḥ, gandhotkaṭaḥ, brabmajaṭī, kulaputrakaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ, sugandhīpatrayuktavṛkṣaḥ āyurvede asya guṇāḥ kuṣṭhadoṣadvandvatridoṣaviṣavisphoṭavikāraharatvādi proktāḥ;

dviguṇanagaṇamiha vitanu hi damanakamiti gadati śuci hi [cintāmaṇi]

ṇḍa

mūtrapiṇḍaḥ, vṛkkaḥ, vṛkkā   

pṛṣṭhāsthimatāṃ prāṇināṃ śarīre vartamānaḥ ekaḥ avayavaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ rakte sthitān anupayuktān ghaṭakān śodhayati tathā ca tān ghaṭakān jalaṃ ca śarīrāt visarjayati।

asmākaṃ śarīre dvau mūtrapiṇḍau bhavataḥ।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍa   

khādyasya bhāgeṣu pratyekam।

saḥ upalāyāḥ khaṇḍaṃ bhakṣayitvā jalaṃ pibati।

ṇḍa

pratibandha, pratihan, vihan, uparudha, nirudh, bhañj, vicchid, khaṇḍaya, bādh, bhid   

paramparayā āgatānāṃ samāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rājārāmamohanarāyamahodayaḥ sahagamanasya rītiṃ pratibabandha।

ṇḍa

pracaṇḍa   

atitīvraḥ।

hyastanīyaḥ pracaṇḍaḥ vātaḥ hṛdayam ākulayati।

ṇḍa

samasta, sama, sarva, viśva, aśeṣa, kṛtasra, nikhila, akhila, niḥśeṣa, samag, sakala, pūrṇa, akhaṇḍa, anūnaka, ananta, anyūna   

sarvaṃ yāvat vartate tāvat।

rāmeṇa samastāni caturdaśavarṣāṇi kānane vyatītāni।

ṇḍa

vṛtta, kuṇḍalākāra, cakra, kuṇḍalin, cakravata, cakkala, cakraka, cakruvṛtta, cākra, cākrika, parimaṇḍala, parimaṇḍalita, parivartula, vaṭin   

vartulasya ākāraḥ iva ākāraḥ yasya saḥ।

asya vṛkṣasya phalāni vṛttāni santi।

ṇḍa

sthālī, ukhā, kuṇḍam, kuṇḍī, kuṇḍyakā, piṭharī   

pākapātraviśeṣaḥ yasmin annāni pacyante।

somadattaḥ sthālyām śākam pacati।

ṇḍa

akhaṇḍatā, pūrṇatā, abhinnabhāvaḥ   

akhaṇḍasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

asmābhiḥ svadeśasya akhaṇḍatā rakṣitavyā।

ṇḍa

paṭamaṇḍapaḥ, maṇḍapaḥ, maṇḍapam, paṭamaṇḍapaḥ, paṭavāsaḥ   

sabhāyāḥ adhiveśanārtham utsavādīnāṃ kṛte nirmitaṃ vastragṛham।

kṛpayā sarve sabhāpateḥ prasthānānantarameva paṭamaṇḍapāt gacchantu।

ṇḍa

bhūnimbaḥ, kirātatiktaḥ, anāryatiktaḥ, bhūtikam, kairātaḥ, rāmasenakaḥ, haimaḥ, kāṇḍatiktaḥ, kirātakaḥ, kaṭutiktaḥ   

parvatapradeśeṣu prāpyamāṇaḥ auṣadhīyakṣupaḥ yaḥ ekavarṣīyaḥ vā dvivarṣīyaḥ vā bhavati, yasya unnatiḥ dvyaṅgulādārabhya caturaṅgulaparyantaṃ ca bhavati।

bhūnimbasya mūlarūpaṃ nepāladeśe prāpyate।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍaya, bhañj   

unmūlanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bālakasya ekaḥ dantaḥ akhaṇḍayat।

ṇḍa

maṇḍalam   

sūryasya candsya vā paritaḥ vartamānaḥ saṃniveśaḥ।

sūryasya maṇḍale vividhāḥ grahāḥ paribhramanti।

ṇḍa

kakṣā, parimaṇḍalam   

niyataḥ prāyaḥ vartulākāraḥ mārgaḥ yasmin kimapi vastu viśeṣataḥ khagolīyagolakaḥ niyatarūpeṇa paribhramati।

pṛthivī svasya kakṣāyām eva paribhramati।

ṇḍa

paridhi, maṇḍala   

paridhīyate anena;

anṛṇatvamupeyivān babhau paridhermukta uvoṣṇadīdhiti

[śa.ka]

ṇḍa

pucchadaṇḍa   

kaśerukadaṇḍasya antimaḥ asthiḥ।

mānavasya pucchadaṇḍaḥ laghuḥ asti।

ṇḍa

dehadaṇḍaḥ, pāśadaṇḍaḥ, maraṇadaṇḍanaḥ   

vadhadaṇḍaviśeṣaḥ- yasmin aparādhinaḥ mṛtyuḥ tasya kaṇṭhasthasya pāśasya ākuñcanāt bhavati।

vadhasya aparādhāt saḥ dehadaṇḍasya adhikārī abhavat।

ṇḍa

piṇḍa   

ko'pi ghanagolaḥ।

khagolaśāstrajñaḥ khagolīyasya piṇḍasya adhyayanaṃ karoti।

ṇḍa

piṇḍa   

ko'pi vartulākāraḥ khaṇḍaḥ।

śramikaḥ pāṣāṇasya laghun piṇḍān saṃkalayati।

ṇḍa

kuṇḍaliyāchandaḥ   

dohāchandasaḥ tathā ca rolāchandasaḥ yogena jātaḥ chandoviśeṣaḥ।

giradharasya kuṇḍaliyāchandaḥ khyātam asti।

ṇḍa

nyū-jīlaiṇḍadeśaḥ   

dakṣiṇapraśāntamahāsāgare sthite dvīpe vartamānaḥ ekaḥ laghu deśaviśeṣaḥ।

nyū-jīlaiṇḍadeśaḥ 1907 tame varṣe āṅgladeśīyebhyaḥ svātantryaṃ prāptavān।

ṇḍa

chāyā, saṃjñā, mārtaṇḍavallabhā, śaniprasūḥ, saurī, dyumayī, sūryāṇī, mandajananī   

sūryasya patnī।

śanidevaḥ sūryasya chāyāyāḥ ca putraḥ।

ṇḍa

pañca, pāṇḍavaḥ, śivāsyam, indriyam, svargaḥ, vratāgniḥ, mahāpāpam, mahābhūtam, mahākāvyam, mahāmakhaḥ, purāṇalakṣaṇam, aṅgam, prāṇāḥ, vargaḥ, indriyārthaḥ, bāṇaḥ   

ekādhikaṃ catvāri।

pañcādhikaṃ pañca āhatya daśa bhavanti।

ṇḍa

sūcanādaṇḍaḥ, sūcī   

kasminnapi upakaraṇe vartamānaḥ daṇḍaḥ yaḥ aṅkadikparimāṇādīn jñāpayati।

asya ghaṭīyantrasya daṇḍaḥ avaruddhaḥ।

ṇḍa

caṇḍarasā   

ekaṃ varṇavṛttam।

caṇḍarasāyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe ekaḥ nagaṇaḥ tathā ca ekaḥ yagaṇaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

vīṭikādaṇḍakriyā   

krīḍāviśeṣaḥ- yasyāṃ krīḍāyāṃ vīṭikāṃ daṇḍena ghnanti।

samasthale bālakāḥ vīṭikādaṇḍakrīḍāṃ krīḍanti।

ṇḍa

triśirāḥ, trimuṇḍa   

ekaḥ rākṣasaḥ yasya trīṇi śirāṃsi āsīt।

triśirāḥ rāmeṇa hataḥ।

ṇḍa

puṇḍarīkam, sitāmbhojam, śatapatram, mahāpadmam, sitāmbujam, śvetapadmam, śvetavārijam, sitābjam, harinetram, śaratpadmam, śāradam, śambhuvallabham   

śvetavarṇayuktaṃ padmam।

gītayā bhagavataḥ mūrtaye puṇḍarīkam arpitam।

ṇḍa

veṣṭakaḥ, vidārī, śālaparṇī, bhūmikuṣmāṇḍaḥ, kṣīraśuklā, ikṣugandhā, kroṣṭrī, vidārikā, svādukandā, sitā, śuklā, śṛgālikā, vṛṣyakandā, viḍālī, vṛṣyavallikā, bhūkuṣmāṇḍī, svādulatā, gajeṣṭā, vārivallabhā, gandhaphalā   

ekā latā yasmin kuṣmāṇḍavat phalaṃ bhavati।

kuṭīrasya upari veṣṭakaḥ prasarati।

ṇḍa

peyā, miśreyā, śrāṇā, acchamaṇḍam   

sikthasamanvitaṃ peyadravyam।

śīlā peyāṃ khādati।

ṇḍa

adaṇḍanīya, adaṇḍya   

daṇḍārthe anarhaḥ।

adaṇḍanīyaḥ puruṣaḥ muktaḥ।

ṇḍa

aṇḍam, kuraṅganābhiḥ, mṛgamadavāsā   

kastūrīsyūtiḥ yaḥ kastūrīmṛgasya nābhyāṃ vartate।

aṇḍe kastūrī asti।

ṇḍa

lohitālulatā, lohitāluvallī, śabarakandalatā, śabarakandavallī, lohitāluḥ, madhvālulatā, madhvāluvallī, māluvā, śabarakandaḥ, madhvālukam, madhvālu, khaṇḍakālu, khaṇḍakālukam   

latāviśeṣaḥ- yasya raktatvacaḥ madhurāḥ kandāḥ khādyante।

kṛṣakaḥ lohitālulatāyāḥ upari kīṭanāśakaṃ dravyam abhipruṣāyati।

ṇḍa

brahmāṇḍa   

jagat-puruṣasya;

ṇḍa

palagaṇḍaḥ, gṛhakārakaḥ, iṣṭakānyāsakṛtaḥ, aśmadārakaḥ, śailabhedakaḥ, lepakaḥ   

śilāṃ kartayitvā takṣayitvā vā kimapi nirmāṇaḥ śilpī।

palagaṇḍaḥ śilāyāḥ mūrtiṃ nirmāti।

ṇḍa

trimaṇḍa   

lūtābhedaḥ।

trimaṇḍalā viṣamayī bhavati।

ṇḍa

goṇḍajātiḥ   

jātiviśeṣaḥ।

goṇḍajātiḥ madhyapradeśe nivasati।

ṇḍa

goṇḍarāgaḥ   

rāgaviśeṣaḥ।

goṇḍarāgaḥ varṣakāle gīyate।

ṇḍa

khalvāṭatvam, khalatiḥ, mauṇḍyam, muṇḍatā, akeśatvam, indraluptiḥ, indraluptakam, surendralupti, candrikā   

śirasi keśasya abhāvaḥ।

khalvāṭatvāt tasya āyuḥ adhikā bhāti।

ṇḍa

pāṣaṇḍa   

vedaviruddhācāravān puruṣaḥ।

te pāṣaṇḍasya kaṭunindāṃ ārabdhavantaḥ।

ṇḍa

daṇḍatāmrīvādyam   

jalataraṅgavādyaprakāraḥ।

daṇḍatāmrīvādye tāmrasya śarāvāḥ upayujyante।

ṇḍa

svijaralaiṇḍa   

yūropakhaṇḍe vartamānaḥ ekaḥ deśaḥ।

adhunā saḥ svijaralaiṇḍe nivasati।

ṇḍa

maulimaṇḍanam   

ābhūṣaṇaviśeṣaḥ।

maulimaṇḍanaṃ śirasi dhārayanti।

ṇḍa

guṇḍa   

rāgaviśeṣaḥ।

guṇḍaḥ malhārasya bhedaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

svaramaṇḍalam   

vādyaviśeṣaḥ।

svaramaṇḍale tantryaḥ santi।

ṇḍa

maṇḍalapucchakam   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ।

maṇḍalapucchake sarpasadṛśaṃ prāṇanāśakaṃ viṣam asti।

ṇḍa

mātṛkākuṇḍa   

saḥ gaṇḍaḥ yaḥ apāne bhavati।

mātṛkākuṇḍaḥ śiśuṣu udbhavati।

ṇḍa

parimaṇḍalatā, maṇḍalatvam, maṇḍalatā, maṇḍalībhāvaḥ, vṛttatvam   

vartulākārasya avasthā।

laḍḍukasya parimaṇḍalatā sādhvī nāsti।

ṇḍa

vātāṇḍam   

rogaviśeṣaḥ।

vātāṇḍam aṇḍakośe vartate।

ṇḍa

goṇḍakirī   

ekā rāgiṇī।

goṇḍakirī goṇḍarāgasya bhedaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

lodhraḥ, gālavaḥ, śābaraḥ, tirīṭaḥ, tilvaḥ, mārjanaḥ, lodhavṛkṣaḥ, bhillataruḥ, tilvakaḥ, kāṇḍakīlakaḥ, lodhrakavṛkṣaḥ, śambaraḥ, hastirodhrakaḥ, tilakaḥ, kāṇḍanīlakaḥ, hemapuṣpakaḥ, bhillī, śāvarakaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

lodhrasya carma evaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ ca auṣadhāya upayujyate।

ṇḍa

thāileṇḍa   

āśiyāprānte vartamānaḥ deśaḥ।

maleśiyādeśaḥ myānamāradeśaḥ ityādayaḥ deśāḥ thāileṇḍasya samīpavartinaḥ deśāḥ santi।

ṇḍa

upakrīḍāmaṇḍalam   

manorañjanārthe vinetṛbhiḥ viśeṣarūpeṇa śikṣitānāṃ paśūnāṃ tathā ca vividhānāṃ kalākārāṇāṃ samūhaḥ, yaḥ upajīvikārthe tasya krīḍāpāṭavaṃ janān pradarśayati।

asmin upakrīḍāmaṇḍale gajāśvasahitam bhālūkaḥ api āsīt।

ṇḍa

kaṇḍarā, snāyuḥ, bandhanam   

śarīre vartamānā tantumayayojakasya ūtakasya sā nalikā yā peśīm asthyādibhiḥ anyaiḥ bhāgaiḥ saha yojayati।

asmākaṃ śarīre pārṣṇeḥ pārśve bṛhatī tathā ca dṛḍhā kaṇḍarā vartate।

ṇḍa

tulādhāraḥ, tulādaṇḍam, akṣaḥ, indrakīlaḥ, tulāyaṣṭi   

saḥ daṇḍaḥ yaḥ gṛhācchādanasya ādhārarūpeṇa stambhādiṣu sthāpyate।

rāmadīnena svasya kuṭyām arṇasya tulādhāraḥ sthāpitaḥ।

ṇḍa

bhañj, khaṇḍaya, bhid, anubhid, abhibhañj, avabhañj   

kaṭhinasya vastunaḥ āghātena saṅghātasya śakalībhavanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ghaṭaḥ bhajyate।

ṇḍa

polaiṇḍadeśaḥ   

madhyayuropakhaṇḍe sthitaḥ deśaviśeṣaḥ।

polaiṇḍadeśasya rājadhānī vārasānagaram asti।

ṇḍa

āyaralaiṇḍadvīpaḥ   

yuropakhaṇḍasya deśaviśeṣaḥ।

āyaralaiṇḍadvīpena 1921 tame varṣe āṅgladeśāt svātantryaṃ prāptam।

ṇḍa

lohadaṇḍaḥ, khanitraḥ   

lohanirmitaṃ daṇḍasadṛśam upakaraṇaṃ yena bhūmyādi khanyate।

gopālaḥ kīlārthe lohadaṇḍena khanati।

ṇḍa

lohadaṇḍa   

astrabhedaḥ, lohādibhiḥ vinirmitaḥ tīkṣṇāgrayuktaḥ daṇḍaḥ;

khanakaḥ lohadaṇḍena bhūmiṃ khanati

ṇḍa

aṃśaḥ, bhāgaḥ, vibhāgaḥ, khaṇḍam, chedaḥ   

saṅghasya vā samudāyasya vā kopi khaṇḍaḥ।

yasya madhyasthaḥ aṃśaḥ kiñcit sthūlaḥ vartate।

ṇḍa

puṇḍarīkaḥ   

āgneyakoṇasthadiggajaḥ।

puṇḍarīkaḥ āgneyadiśaḥ diggajaḥ asti।

ṇḍa

sīriyādeśīyapāuṇḍam   

sīriyādeśe pracalitā mudrā।

kati sīriyādeśīyapāuṇḍāni amerikādeśasya ekaḥ ḍaॉlara ityanena samānāni bhavanti।

ṇḍa

sūḍānīpāuṇḍam   

sūḍānadeśe pracalitā mudrā।

tena sūḍānadeśaṃ gatvā bahu sūḍānīpāuṇḍāni arjitāni।

ṇḍa

ijipta- araba-gaṇarājya-pauṇḍam   

ijipta- araba-gaṇarājye pracalitā mudrā।

ekam ijipta- araba-gaṇarājya-pāuṇḍam prāyaḥ bhāratasya aṣṭarupyakāṇi yāvat vartate।

ṇḍa

sāiprasadeśīyapāuṇḍam, sāiprasīyapāuṇḍam   

sāiprasadeśe pracalitā mudrā।

ekaṃ sāiprasadeśīyapāuṇḍam iti kiyān irākadeśīyadīnārānāṃ tulyam।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍanam, vicchedaḥ, parikhaṇḍanam, bhaḍa़्gaḥ   

dhvaṃsanasya kriyā।

ārakṣakaiḥ mūrteḥ khaṇḍane prastutāḥ janāḥ pragrahītāḥ।

ṇḍa

caṇḍa   

ekaḥ daityaḥ।

durgayā caṇḍaḥ hataḥ।

ṇḍa

muṇḍa   

ekaḥ daityaḥ yaḥ caṇḍasya bhrātā āsīt।

durgā muṇḍaṃ jaghāna।

ṇḍa

kumbhāṇḍa   

ekaḥ asuraḥ।

kumbhāṇḍaḥ bāṇāsurasya mantrī āsīt।

ṇḍa

likṣā, likṣikā, diṅka, rikṣā, yūkāṇḍam   

yūkāyāḥ aṇḍam।

tasyāḥ keśeṣu likṣāḥ jātāḥ।

ṇḍa

kṣālanakuṇḍam, dhāvanapātrī   

ādhunike bhavane racitaṃ tat sthānaṃ yatra mukhasya hastayoḥ prakṣālanārthaṃ pātraṃ vartate tathā ca jalasya nālā vartate।

kṣālanakuṇḍe jalaṃ nāsti।

ṇḍa

bhaṇḍa   

brāhmaṇānām ekaḥ prakāraḥ ye śubhāśubhadarśanena tathā janebhyaḥ tīrtheṣu bhagavataḥ darśanaṃ kārayan vā svasya jīvikāṃ cālayanti।

saḥ bhaṇḍaḥ atīva kapaṭī āsīt।

ṇḍa

lohitāluḥ, khaṇḍakāluḥ, khaṇḍakālukaḥ   

śabarakandasya ekaḥ prakāraḥ।

lohitāloḥ prabalāḥ tantavaḥ bhavanti।

ṇḍa

lohitāluḥ, raktāluḥ, khaṇḍakāluḥ, khaṇḍakālukaḥ   

lohitāloḥ kṣupaḥ।

asmin kṣetre lohitāluḥ pītavarṇīyaḥ jātaḥ।

ṇḍa

ādhāradaṇḍa   

bhitteḥ nirgataḥ ekaḥ śilākhaṇḍaḥ yaḥ bhāranirvahaṇārthaṃ yujyate।

saḥ ādhāradaṇḍena āhataḥ।

ṇḍa

vedamuṇḍa   

ekaḥ daityaḥ।

vedamuṇḍasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

ṇḍa

taptasurākuṇḍa   

ekaḥ narakaḥ।

ye madyapānaṃ kurvanti te taptasurākuṇḍaṃ gacchanti।

ṇḍa

muṇḍa   

rājñaḥ baleḥ senāpatiḥ।

muṇḍasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

ṇḍa

ṣaṇḍa   

dhṛtarāṣṭrasya putraviśeṣaḥ।

ṣaṇḍasya varṇanaṃ bhāgavate asti।

ṇḍa

mahācaṇḍa   

śivasya gaṇaḥ।

mahācaṇḍasya varṇanaṃ śivapurāṇe vartate।

ṇḍa

mahācaṇḍa   

yamasya dūtaḥ।

mahācaṇḍaḥ mṛtyuśayyasthaṃ rājānaṃ gṛhītam āgataḥ।

ṇḍa

cakranadī, gaṇḍakanadī   

ekā nadī।

cakranadī nepāladeśe bihāradeśe ca pravahati।

ṇḍa

kuñjaḥ, nikuñjaḥ, nikuñjam, jhāṭaḥ, gahvaraḥ, dantaḥ, valluram, latāgṛham, latālayaḥ, maṇḍapaḥ   

vṛkṣāṇāṃ latānāṃ ca viṭapena maṇḍapam iva ācchāditaṃ sthānam।

kuñje mṛgādayaḥ paśavaḥ viharanti।

ṇḍa

muṇḍakopaniṣad, muṇḍakaḥ   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

muṇḍakopaniṣad atharvavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍa   

lekhasya saṃvidaḥ vā paṇaḥ।

khaṇḍasya ullaṅghanāya daṇḍaḥ vartate।

ṇḍa

maṇḍalabrāhmaṇa-upaniṣad, maṇḍalabrāhmaṇaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

maṇḍalabrāhmaṇa-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṇḍa

yoga-kuṇḍalini-upaniṣad, yoga-kuṇḍaliniḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

yoga-kuṇḍalini-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṇḍa

śāṇḍadūrvā   

durvāviśeṣaḥ।

saḥ bhūmau prasṛtāḥ śāṇḍadūrvāḥ aunmūlayat।

ṇḍa

plavaḥ, gātrasamplavaḥ, kāraṇḍaḥ, kāraṇḍavaḥ, jalavāyasaḥ, jalakākaḥ, jalakukkuṭaḥ   

bakaḥ iva ekaḥ pakṣī।

plavasya cañcuḥ sthūlaḥ bhavati।

ṇḍa

galagaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍiḥ, adhyarbudam, adhyarvudam   

kaṇṭhe jāyamānaḥ ekaḥ rogaviśeṣaḥ।

galagaṇḍaḥ gilāyuḥ ca kaṇṭhasya rogau।

ṇḍa

kaṇḍanam, bahulīkaraṇam, nistuṣīkaraṇam   

bījānāṃ vivecanāya dhānyāt kāṇḍānām apākaraṇam।

tena kaṇḍanam asvīkṛtam।

ṇḍa

kaṇḍanabhṛtiḥ, bahulīkaraṇabhṛtiḥ, nistuṣīkaraṇabhṛtiḥ   

bījānāṃ vivecanāya dhānyāt kāṇḍānām apākaraṇasya vetanam।

adya yāvat tena mahyaṃ kaṇḍanabhṛtiḥ na dattā।

ṇḍa

bokāromaṇḍalam   

bhāratasya jhārakhaṇḍaprāntasya ekaṃ nagaram।

bokāromaṇḍalam āyasasya udyogāya prasiddham।

ṇḍa

śyenaḥ, patrī, śaśādaḥ, śaśādanaḥ, kapotāriḥ, kravyādaḥ, krūraḥ, vegī, khagāntakaḥ, karagaḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, raṇapriyaḥ, raṇapakṣī, picchavāṇaḥ, sthūlanīlaḥ, bhayaṅkaraḥ, śaśaghātakaḥ, khagāntakaḥ, ghātipakṣī, nīlapicchaḥ, satkāṇḍaḥ, patadbhīruḥ, grāhakaḥ, mārakaḥ   

pakṣiviśeṣaḥ-yaḥ bhāratadeśe sarvatra dṛśyate।

śyenaḥ kākasadṛśaḥ śvetodaraḥ nīlapṛṣṭhavān asti।

ṇḍa

daṇḍanyāyālayam   

tat nyāyālayaṃ yasmin aparāddhaprakaraṇāni parāmṛśyante।

etad prakaraṇaṃ daṇḍanyāyālaye asti।

ṇḍa

colamaṇḍalam   

ekaḥ prācīnaḥ deśaḥ।

colamaṇḍalaṃ bhāratasya dakṣiṇe āsīt।

ṇḍa

ṇḍalika   

maṇḍalena sambaddham।

dīkṣā māṇḍalikāyāṃ krīḍāyāḥ pratiyogitāyāṃ bhāgaṃ gṛhṇāti।

ṇḍa

viṇḍahokanagaram   

nāmibiyādeśasya rājadhānī।

saḥ viṇḍahokanagare ekasmin chātrāvāse vasati।

ṇḍa

jīlaiṇḍadvīpaḥ   

ḍenamārkadeśasya mahiṣṭhaḥ dvīpaḥ।

ḍenamārkadeśasya rājadhānī jīlaiṇḍadvīpe sthitā।

ṇḍa

nyūjīlaiṇḍadvīpaḥ   

praśāntamahāsāgarasya dakṣiṇe sthitānāṃ dvīpānāṃ samūhaḥ।

nyūjīlaiṇḍadeśaḥ nyūjīlaiṇḍadvīpe sthitaḥ।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍakathā   

kathānāṃ bhedaviśeṣaḥ।

te khaṇḍakathānāṃ kṛte prasiddhāḥ।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍakathā   

kathānāṃ bhedaviśeṣaḥ।

teṣāṃ khaṇḍakathāḥ atīva pracalitāḥ।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍatālaḥ   

saṅgīte tālaviśeṣaḥ।

khaṇḍatāle kevalam ekaḥ drutaḥ bhavati।

ṇḍa

khaṇḍagrahaṇam   

na pūrṇam api tu aṃśataḥ grahaṇam।

adya candramasaḥ khaṇḍagrahaṇam asti।

ṇḍa

navakhaṇḍa   

saṃsārasya nava paurāṇikāḥ mahādvīpāḥ।

kiṃ tvaṃ mahyaṃ navakhaṇḍasya nāmāni kathayituṃ śakṣyasi।

ṇḍa

krāntimāṇḍalika   

krāntivalayena sambaddhaṃ krāntivalayasya vā।

bhāratasya adhikaḥ uttarabhāgaḥ krāntimāṇḍalikāt pradeśāt bahiḥ asti।

ṇḍa

ruṇḍa   

vinā śirasaḥ।

yuddhabhūmau bahuṣu sthāneṣu ruṇḍāni śarīrāṇi dṛśyante।

ṇḍa

saragujāmaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājyasya ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

saragujāmaṇḍalaṃ śailāṭīyaiḥ janaiḥ paripūrṇaṃ kṣetram asti।

ṇḍa

bastaramaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājyasya ekaṃ śailāṭīyaṃ maṇḍalam।

bastaramaṇḍalasya pradhānakāryālayaḥ jagadalapure asti।

ṇḍa

baharāicamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

asmākaṃ grāmaḥ baharāicamaṇḍale asti।

ṇḍa

baliyāmaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

baliyāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ baliyānagare asti।

ṇḍa

balarāmapūramaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

balarāmapūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ balarāmapūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

barelimaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

barelimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥbarelinagare asti।

ṇḍa

badāyumaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

badāyumaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥbadāyunagare asti।

ṇḍa

phaijābādamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

phaijābādamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ ayodhyānagaryām asti।

ṇḍa

pharukhābādamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

pharukhābādamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥpharukhābādanagare asti।

ṇḍa

pratāpagaḍhamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

pratāpagaḍhamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ pratāpagaḍhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

pīlībhītamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

pīlībhītamaṇḍalasya arthavyavasthā kṛṣyādhāritā asti।

ṇḍa

devariyāmaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

devariyāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥdevariyānagare asti।

ṇḍa

jyotibāphulenagaramaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

jyotibāphulenagaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥjyotibāphulenagare asti।

ṇḍa

jaunapūramaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

jaunapūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥjaunapūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

citrakūṭamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

citrakūṭamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ citrakūṭanagare vartate।

ṇḍa

citrakūṭamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

citrakūṭamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ citrakūṭanagare asti।

ṇḍa

gautamabuddhanagaramaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

gautamabuddhanagaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ gautamabuddhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

goṇḍāmaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

goṇḍāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ goṇḍā nagare asti।

ṇḍa

gājīpūramaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

gājīpūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ gājīpūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

gājiyābādamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

gājiyābādamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ gājiyābādanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kauśāmbīmaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kauśāmbīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kauśāmbīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

jhāsīmaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

jhāsīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ jhāsīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

auraiyāmaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

auraiyāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ auraiyānagare asti।

ṇḍa

eṭāmaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

eṭāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ eṭānagare asti।

ṇḍa

unnāvamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

unnāvamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ unnāvanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kannaujamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kannaujamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kannaujanagare asti।

ṇḍa

iṭāvāmaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

iṭāvāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ iṭāvānagare asti।

ṇḍa

ājamagaḍhamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

ājamagaḍhamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ ājamagaḍhamagare asti।

ṇḍa

ambeḍakaranagaramaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

ambeḍakaranagaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ ambeḍakaranagare asti।

ṇḍa

solāpūramaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

solāpūramaṇḍalasya pracchadapaṭāḥ atīva prasiddhāḥ।

ṇḍa

sāṅgalīmaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

sāṅgalīmaṇḍale nava upamaṇḍalāni santi।

ṇḍa

sātārāmaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

sātārāmaṇḍale ekasmin dhārmika-sammelane sasaṃbhramaṃ palāyanaṃ jātam।

ṇḍa

vāśīmamaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

mustākha-ahamadamahodayaḥ vāśīmamaṇḍalasya ekasmin grāme nivasati।

ṇḍa

vardhāmaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

vardhāmaṇḍalasya kṛṣakāḥ ṛṇapratyarpaṇasya asamarthatvāt ātmahananaṃ kurvanti।

ṇḍa

lāturamaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

lātūramaṇḍale nava upamaṇḍalāni santi।

ṇḍa

rāyagaḍamaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam;

rāyagaḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ alibāganagare asti।

ṇḍa

ratnāgirīmaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

ratnāgirīmaṇḍalasya āmraphalāni atīva prasiddhāni।

ṇḍa

yavatamālamaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭre vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

yavatamālamaṇḍalasyadakṣiṇī sīmā āndhrapradeśasya sīmayā lagnā।

ṇḍa

nandurabāramaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nandurabāramaṇḍalasya sīmā gujarātarājyena lagnā asti।

ṇḍa

dhulemaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dhulemaṇḍalaṃ nandurabāramaṇḍalasya jalagāvamaṇḍalasya ca madhye asti।

ṇḍa

gondiyāmaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

gondiyāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ gondiyānagare asti।

ṇḍa

gaḍacirolimaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

gaḍacirolimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ gaḍacirolinagare asti।

ṇḍa

nāndeḍamaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nāndeḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nāndeḍanagare asti।

ṇḍa

usmānābādamaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

usmānābādamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥusmānābādanagare asti।

ṇḍa

ahamadanagaramaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

ahamadanagaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ ahamadanagare asti।

ṇḍa

amarāvatimaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

amarāvatimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ amarāvatinagare asti।

ṇḍa

akolāmaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

akolāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ akolānagare asti।

ṇḍa

koriyāmaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

koriyāmaṇḍalaṃ navanirmitam asti।

ṇḍa

nāśikamaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nāśikamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥnāśikanagare asti।

ṇḍa

bīḍamaṇḍalam   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bīḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bīḍanagare asti।

ṇḍa

jaśapūramaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

jaśapūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥjaśapūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

korabāmaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

korabāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥkorabānagare asti।

ṇḍa

jāñjagīra-cāmpāmaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

jāñjagīra-cāmpāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥjāñjagīranagare asti।

ṇḍa

kavardhāmaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kavardhāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥkavardhānagare asti।

ṇḍa

mahāsamundamaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

mahāsamundamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ mahāsamundanagare asti।

ṇḍa

rājanāndagāvamaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

rājanāndagāvamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥrājanāndagāvanagare asti।

ṇḍa

dhamatarimaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dhamatarimaṇḍalaṃ 6 julai1998 tame varṣe nirmitam।

ṇḍa

kāṅkeramaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kāṅkeramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kāṅkeranagare asti।

ṇḍa

dantevāḍāmaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dantevāḍāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ dantevāḍānagare asti।

ṇḍa

kabīradhāmamaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

mukhyamantrī ramanasiṃhamahodayaḥ kabīradhāmamaṇḍalasya nivāsī asti।

ṇḍa

rāyagaḍhamaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

rāyagaḍhamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ rāyagaḍhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

bilīsapūramaṇḍalam   

chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bilāsapūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bilāsapūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

anūpapūramaṇḍalam   

bhāratasya madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

anūpapūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥanūpapūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

aśokanagaramaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

aśokanagaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ aśokanagare asti।

ṇḍa

indauramaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

indauramaṇḍasya mukhyālayaḥ indauranagare asti।

ṇḍa

ujjainamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

ujjainamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ ujjainanagare asti।

ṇḍa

umariyāmaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

umariyāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ umariyānagare asti।

ṇḍa

kaṭanimaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kaṭanimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kaṭanīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

chindavāḍāmaṇḍalam.   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

chindavāḍāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ chindavāḍānagare asti।

ṇḍa

jhābuāmaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

jhābuāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ jhābuānagare asti।

ṇḍa

ṭīkamagaḍhamaṇḍalam.   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

ṭīkamagaḍhamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ ṭīkamagaḍhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

datiyāmaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

datiyāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ datiyānagare asti।

ṇḍa

damohamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

damohamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ damohanagare asti।

ṇḍa

devāsamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

devāsamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ devāsanagare asti।

ṇḍa

dhāramaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dhāramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ dhāranagare asti।

ṇḍa

narasiṃhapūramaṇḍalam.   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

narasiṃhapūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ narasiṃhapūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

nīmucamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nīmucamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥnīmucanagare asti।

ṇḍa

pannāmaṇḍalam, pannājilhā   

bhāratadeśe madhyapradeśaprānte vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalaṃ jilhāpradeśaḥ vā।

lokapālāḥ yācanāpūrtyarthe pannāmaṇḍale samāyātāḥ।

ṇḍa

bāravānimaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bāravānimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥbāravāninagare asti।

ṇḍa

bālāghāṭamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bālāghāṭamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bālāghāṭanagare asti।

ṇḍa

baitulamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

baitulamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ baitulanagare asti।

ṇḍa

bhiṇḍanagaram   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

hyaḥ rātrau bhiṇḍanagarasya uttamarṇasya gṛhe coraiḥ cauryaṃ kṛtam।

ṇḍa

bhiṇḍamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bhiṇḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bhiṇḍanagare asti।

ṇḍa

maṇḍalānagaram   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

maṇḍalānagarasya nirmalaḥ ṛtuḥ adyāpi smaryate।

ṇḍa

maṇḍalāmaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

maṇḍalāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ maṇḍalānagare asti।

ṇḍa

maṇḍasauramaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

maṇḍasauramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ maṇḍasauranagare asti।

ṇḍa

maṇḍasauranagaram   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

vayaṃ maṇḍasauranagarāt ujjainanagaram agacchāma।

ṇḍa

muraināmaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

muraināmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥmurainānagare asti।

ṇḍa

ratalāmamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

ratalāmamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ ratalāmanagare asti।

ṇḍa

rājagaḍhamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

rājagaḍhamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ rājagaḍhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

rāyasenamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

rāyasenamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ rāyasenanagare asti।

ṇḍa

rīvāmaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

rīvāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ rīvānagare asti।

ṇḍa

vidiśāmaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

vidiśāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ vidiśānagare asti।

ṇḍa

śājāpūramaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

śājāpūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥśājāpūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

śahaḍolamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

śahaḍolamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ śahaḍolanagare asti।

ṇḍa

śivapūramaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

śivapūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ śivapūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

śivapurimaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

śivapurimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ śivapurinagare asti।

ṇḍa

sāgaramaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

sāgaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ sāgaranagare asti।

ṇḍa

sidhimaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

sidhimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ sidhinagare asti।

ṇḍa

sīhoramaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

sīhoramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ sīhoranagare asti।

ṇḍa

haradāmaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

radāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ haradānagare asti।

ṇḍa

hośaṅgābādamaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

hośaṅgābādamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ hośaṅgābādanagare asti।

ṇḍa

uḍupimaṇḍalam.   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

ḍupimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ uḍupinagare asti।

ṇḍa

uttarakannaḍamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

uttarakannaḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ karavāranagare asti।

ṇḍa

koḍagumaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

koḍagumaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ maḍikerinagare asti।

ṇḍa

koppalamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

koppalamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ koppalanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kolāramaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kolāramaṇḍalaṃ tatra vartamānānām ākarāṇāṃ kṛte prasiddhaḥ।

ṇḍa

gaḍagamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

gaḍagamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ gaḍaganagare asti।

ṇḍa

gulabargamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

gulabargamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ gulabarganagare asti।

ṇḍa

cāmarājanagaramaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

cāmarājanagaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ cāmarājanagare asti।

ṇḍa

cikamagalūramaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

cikamagalūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ cikamagalūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

citradurgamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

citradurgamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ citradurganagare asti।

ṇḍa

tumakuramaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

tumakuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ tumakuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

dhāravāḍamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dhāravāḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ dhāravāḍanagare asti।

ṇḍa

dakṣiṇakannaḍamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dakṣiṇakannaḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ maṅgalauranagare asti।

ṇḍa

baṅgaluru-ānugrāmikamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

baṅgaluru-ānugrāmikamaṇḍale aṣṭa upamaṇḍalāni santi।

ṇḍa

kānapūramaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kānapūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kānapūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

kānapūradehātamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kānapūradehātamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ akabarapūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

bagalakoṭamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bagalakoṭamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bagalakoṭanagare asti।

ṇḍa

bījāpūramaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bījāpūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bījāpūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

belagāmamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

belagāmamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ belagāmanagare asti।

ṇḍa

bellārimaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bellārimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bellārinagare asti।

ṇḍa

maṇḍyāmaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

maṇḍyāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ maṇḍyānagare asti।

ṇḍa

maisūramaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

maisūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ maisūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

rāyacūramaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

rāyacūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ rāsacūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

śimogāmaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

śimogāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ śimogānagare asti।

ṇḍa

hasanamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

hasanamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ hasananagare asti।

ṇḍa

hāverīmaṇḍalam   

karṇāṭakasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

hāverīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ hāverīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

dāvaṇageremaṇḍalam   

karṇāṭakasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

dāvaṇageremaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ dāvaṇagerenagare asti।

ṇḍa

jhārakhaṇḍarājyam   

bhāratasya sadyaḥ nirmitaḥ rājyaviśeṣaḥ yasya rājadhānī rāñcīnagaram asti।

pūrvaṃ jhārakhaṇḍarājyaṃ bihārasya bhāgaḥ āsīt।

ṇḍa

anantapuramaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

anantapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ anantapure asti।

ṇḍa

cittūramaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

cittūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ cittūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

kaḍapāmaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

kaḍapāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kaḍapānagare asti।

ṇḍa

pūrvagodāvarīmaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

pūrvagodāvarīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kākīnāḍānagare asti।

ṇḍa

guṇṭuramaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

guṇṭuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ guṇṭuranagare vartate।

ṇḍa

haidarābādamaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

haidarābādamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ haidarābādanagare asti।

ṇḍa

khammamamaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

khammamamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ khammamanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kṛṣṇāmaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

kṛṣṇāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ macilīpaṭananagare asti।

ṇḍa

kurnūlamaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

kurnūlamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kurnūlanagare asti।

ṇḍa

mahabūbanagaramaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

mahabūbanagaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ mahabūbanagare asti।

ṇḍa

meḍakamaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

meḍakamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ saṅgareḍḍīnagare vartate।

ṇḍa

nālagoṇḍāmaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

nālagoṇḍāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nālagoṇḍānagare asti।

ṇḍa

nellūramaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

nellūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nellūranagare vartate।

ṇḍa

raṅgāreḍḍīmaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

raṅgāreḍḍīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ haidarābādanagare vartate।

ṇḍa

śrīkākulamaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

śrīkākulamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ śrīkākulanagare vartate।

ṇḍa

viśākhāpaṭṭaṇamaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

viśākhāpaṭṭaṇamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ viśākhāpaṭṭaṇanagare vartate।

ṇḍa

vijiyāmaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

vijiyāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ vijiyānagare asti।

ṇḍa

paścimagodāvarīmaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

paścimagodāvarīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ īrlurunagare asti।

ṇḍa

alappujhāmaṇḍalam   

keralasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

alappujhāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ alappujhānagare asti।

ṇḍa

idukkīmaṇḍalam   

keralasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

idukkīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ pināvunagare asti।

ṇḍa

kunnūramaṇḍalam   

keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kunnūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kunnūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

kasārāgoḍamaṇḍalam   

keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kasārāgoḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kasārāgoḍanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kojhīkoḍamaṇḍalam   

keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kojhīkoḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kojhīkoḍanagare asti।

ṇḍa

koṭṭāyam-maṇḍalam   

keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

koṭṭāyam-maṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ koṭṭāyam-nagare asti।

ṇḍa

kollam-maṇḍalam   

keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kollam-maṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kollam-nagare asti।

ṇḍa

tiruanantapuram-maṇḍalam   

keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

tiruanantapuram-maṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ tiruanantapuram-nagare asti।

ṇḍa

trisūramaṇḍalam   

keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

trisūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ trisūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

palakkaḍamaṇḍalam   

keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

palakkaḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ palakkaḍunagare asti।

ṇḍa

mālappuram-maṇḍalam   

keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

mālappuram-maṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ mālappuram-nagare asti।

ṇḍa

vāyānadamaṇḍalam   

keralarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

vāyānadamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kalapeṭṭānagare asti।

ṇḍa

īruḍamaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

īruḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ īruḍanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kanyākumārīmaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kanyākumārīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nāgarakoīlanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kāñcīpuram-maṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kāñcīpuram-maṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kāñcīpuram-nagare asti।

ṇḍa

kaḍalūramaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kaḍalūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kaḍalūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

karuramaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

karuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ karuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

kṛṣṇagirimaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kṛṣṇagirimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kṛṣṇagiri nagare asti।

ṇḍa

koyambatūramaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

koyambatūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ koyambatūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

diṇḍakalanagaram   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

diṇḍakalanagaram ekaṃ audyogikaṃ nagaraṃ vartate।

ṇḍa

diṇḍakalamaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

diṇḍakalamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ diṇḍakalanagare asti।

ṇḍa

tricirāpallīmaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

tricirāpallīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ tricīrāpallīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

tirunellavelīmaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

tirunellavelīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ tirunellavelīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

tiruvannāmalaīmaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

tiruvannāmalaīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ tiruvannāmalaīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

tiruvaruramaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

tiruvaruramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ tiruvaruranagare asti।

ṇḍa

tiruvallūramaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

tiruvallūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ tiruvallūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

tūtukuḍīmaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

tūtukuḍīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ tūtukuḍīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

tenīmaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

tenīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ tenīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

dharmapurīmaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dharmapurīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ dharmapurīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

nāmakkalamaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nāmakkalamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nāmakkalanagare asti।

ṇḍa

nāgāpaṭṭinam-maṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nāgāpaṭṭinam-maṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nāgāpaṭṭinam-nagare asti।

ṇḍa

nilagirimaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nīlagirimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nīlagirinagare asti।

ṇḍa

pudukoṭṭemaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

pudukoṭṭemaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ pudukoṭṭenagare asti।

ṇḍa

perambalūramaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

perambalūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ perambalūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

maduraīmaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

maduraīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ maduraīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

rāmanāthapuram-maṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

rāmanāthapuram-maṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ rāmanāthapuram-nagare asti।

ṇḍa

virudhunagaramaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

virudhunagaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ virudhunagare asti।

ṇḍa

vilupuram-maṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

vilupuram-maṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ vilupuram-nagare asti।

ṇḍa

vellūramaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

vellūramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ vellūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

śivagaṅgāmaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

śivagaṅgāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ śivagaṅgānagare asti।

ṇḍa

selamamaṇḍalam   

tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

selamamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ selamanagare asti।

ṇḍa

āṅgulamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

āṅgulamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ āṅgulanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kaṭakamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

kaṭakamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kaṭakanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kālāhaṇḍīmaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kālāhaṇḍīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bhavānīpaṭanānagare asti।

ṇḍa

kendujharamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

kendujharamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kendujharanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kendrapāḍāmaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kendrapāḍāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kendrapāḍānagare asti।

ṇḍa

korāpuṭamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

korāpuṭamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ korāpuṭanagare asti।

ṇḍa

khurdāmaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

khurdāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ khurdānagare asti।

ṇḍa

gañjāmamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

gañjāmamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ chatrapūranagare asti।

ṇḍa

gajapatimaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

gañjāmamaṇḍalaṃ vibhajya gajapatimaṇḍalaṃ nirmitam।

ṇḍa

jagatasiṃhapuramaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

jagatasiṃhapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ jagatasiṃhapuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

jājapuramaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

jājapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ jājapuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

jhārasuguḍāmaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

jhārasuguḍāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ jhārasuguḍānagare asti।

ṇḍa

devagaḍhamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

devagaḍhamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ devagaḍhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

dhekanālamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dhekanālamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ dhekanālanagare asti।

ṇḍa

malkānagirimaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

malkānagirimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ malkānagirinagare asti।

ṇḍa

navagaṅgapuramaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

navaraṅgapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ navaraṅgapuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

nayāgaḍhamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nayāgaḍhamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nayāgaḍhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

nuāpaḍāmaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nuāpaḍāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nuāpaḍānagare asti।

ṇḍa

bāragaḍhamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bāragaḍhamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bāragaḍhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

bāleśvaramaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bāleśvaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bāleśvaranagare asti।

ṇḍa

balāṅgiramaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

balāṅgiramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ balāṅgiranagare asti।

ṇḍa

bauḍhamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bauḍhamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bauḍhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

bhadrakamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bhadrakamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bhadrakanagare asti।

ṇḍa

purīmaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

purīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ purīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

rāyagaḍhāmaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

rāyagaḍhāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ rāyagaḍhānagare asti।

ṇḍa

sambalapuramaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

sambalapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ sambalapuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

sundaragaḍhamaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

sundaragaḍhamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ sundaragaḍhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

sonapuramaṇḍalam   

uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

sonapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ sonapuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

uttaracaubīsaparaganāmaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

uttaracaubīsaparaganāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bārāsātanagare asti।

ṇḍa

uttaradinājapuramaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

uttaradinājapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ rāyagañjanagare asti।

ṇḍa

dakṣiṇadinājapuramaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dakṣiṇadinājapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bāluraghāṭanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kūcabihāramaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kūcabihāramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kūcabihāranagare asti।

ṇḍa

kolakātāmaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kolakātāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kolakātānagare asti।

ṇḍa

jalapāīguḍīmaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

jalapāīguḍīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ jalapāīguḍīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

dakṣiṇacaubīsaparaganāmaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dakṣiṇacaubīsaparaganāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ alipuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

dārjiliṅgamaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dārjiliṅgamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ dārjiliṅganagare asti।

ṇḍa

nādiyāmaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nādiyāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kṛṣṇanagare asti।

ṇḍa

puruliyāmaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

puruliyāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ puruliyānagare asti।

ṇḍa

paścimamedinīpuramaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

paścimamedinīpuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ paścimamedinīpuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

pūrvamedinīpuramaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

pūrvamedinīpuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ pūrvamedinīpuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

bāṅkurāmaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bāṅkurāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bāṅkurānagare asti।

ṇḍa

bīrabhūmamaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bīrabhūmamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ sūrīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

māladāmaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

māladāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ iṅgaliśabājāranagare asti।

ṇḍa

murśidābādamaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

murśidābādamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ beharāmapuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

hāvaḍāmaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

hāvaḍāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ hāvaḍānagare asti।

ṇḍa

hugalīmaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

hugalīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ cinsurāhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

vardhamānamaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

vardhamānamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ vardhamānanagare asti।

ṇḍa

kacaramaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kacaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ silacaranagare asti।

ṇḍa

kāmarupamaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kāmarupamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ guvahāṭīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

karbī-āṅgalāṅgamaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

karbī-āṅgalāṅgamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ diphūnagare asti।

ṇḍa

kokarājhāḍamaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kokarājhāḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kokarājhāḍanagare asti।

ṇḍa

gvālapāḍāmaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

gvālapāḍāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ gvālapāḍānagare asti।

ṇḍa

karīmagañjamaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

karīmagañjamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ karīmagañjanagare asti।

ṇḍa

ḍibrūgaḍhamaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

ḍibrūgaḍhamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ ḍibrūgaḍhanagare asti।

ṇḍa

darāṅgamaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

darāṅgamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ maṅgaladāīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

dhubarīmaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dhubarīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ dhubarīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

dhemājīmaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dhemājīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ dhemājīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

nalabāḍīmaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nalabāḍīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nalabāḍīnagare asti।

ṇḍa

nāgāvamaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nāgāvamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nāgāvanagare asti।

ṇḍa

bārapeṭāmaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bārapeṭāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bārapeṭānagare asti।

ṇḍa

boṅgāīgāvamaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

boṅgāīgāvanagarasya mukhyālayaḥ boṅgāīgāvanagare asti।

ṇḍa

marīgāvamaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

marīgāvamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ marīgāvanagare asti।

ṇḍa

uttarakacarahilsamaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

uttarakacarahilsamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ hāphalām̐ganagare asti।

ṇḍa

lakhimapuramaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

lakhimapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ lakhimapuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

sibasāgaramaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

sibasāgaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ sibasāgaranagare asti।

ṇḍa

śoṇitapuramaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

śoṇitapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ śoṇitapuranagare asti।

ṇḍa

hailākāṇḍīmaṇḍalam   

asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

hailākāṇḍīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ hailākāṇḍīnagare asti।

ṇḍa